11 40.1.2!1
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16 40.1.2!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22 40.1.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32 40.1.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44 40.1.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50 40.1.3!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56 40.1.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62 40.1.4!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68 40.1.4!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74 40.1.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83 40.1.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92 40.1.5!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98 40.1.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106 40.1.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116 40.1.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122 40.1.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128 40.1.7!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134 40.1.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141 40.1.8!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147 40.1.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153 40.1.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
159 40.1.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
165 40.1.9!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
171 40.1.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
177 40.1.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
183 40.1.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
189 40.1.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
203 40.1.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
205 40.1.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
208 40.1.12!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
213 40.1.12!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
219 40.1.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
225 40.1.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
231 40.1.13!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
237 40.1.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
243 40.1.14!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
249 40.1.14!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
255 40.1.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
261 40.1.15!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
267 40.1.15!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
273 40.1.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
290 40.1.17!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
292 40.1.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
302 40.1.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
312 40.1.17!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
322 40.1.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
324 40.1.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
326 40.1.18!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
328 40.1.18!7Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
344 40.1.18!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
351 40.1.19!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
353 40.1.19!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
357 40.1.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
363 40.1.19!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
366 40.1.19!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
370 40.1.20!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
373 40.1.20!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
374 40.1.20!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
375 40.1.20!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
377 40.1.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
383 40.1.20!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
391 40.1.20!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
395 40.1.20!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
397 40.1.20!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
399 40.1.20!27Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
400 40.1.20!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
403 40.1.20!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
413 40.1.21!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
415 40.1.21!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
426 40.1.22!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
428 40.1.22!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
441 40.1.23!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
442 40.1.23!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
444 40.1.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
456 40.1.23!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
461 40.1.23!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
468 40.1.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
500 40.1.25!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
502 40.2.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
504 40.2.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
510 40.2.1!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
516 40.2.1!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
517 40.2.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
525 40.2.2!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
535 40.2.2!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
552 40.2.3!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
573 40.2.4!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
575 40.2.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
580 40.2.5!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
585 40.2.5!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
592 40.2.6!1Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
593 40.2.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
596 40.2.6!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
599 40.2.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
600 40.2.6!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
607 40.2.6!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
613 40.2.6!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
622 40.2.7!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
623 40.2.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
633 40.2.7!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
643 40.2.8!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
650 40.2.8!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
652 40.2.8!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
658 40.2.8!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
663 40.2.9!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
671 40.2.9!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
672 40.2.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
728 40.2.11!26Appositive - Appositive
742 40.2.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
751 40.2.13!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
754 40.2.13!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
755 40.2.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
757 40.2.13!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
764 40.2.13!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
787 40.2.13!34Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
830 40.2.15!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
838 40.2.16!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
887 40.2.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
892 40.2.18!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
897 40.2.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
903 40.2.18!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
915 40.2.19!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
916 40.2.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
918 40.2.19!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
927 40.2.20!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
950 40.2.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
969 40.2.22!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
979 40.2.22!14Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1009 40.2.23!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1012 40.3.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1014 40.3.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1017 40.3.1!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1030 40.3.2!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1039 40.3.3!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
1041 40.3.3!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1050 40.3.3!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1056 40.3.3!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1061 40.3.3!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1067 40.3.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
1069 40.3.4!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
1086 40.3.4!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1088 40.3.4!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1090 40.3.4!23Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
1118 40.3.6!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
1140 40.3.7!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1149 40.3.7!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
1165 40.3.9!7Inline annotations -
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1170 40.3.9!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1177 40.3.9!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1188 40.3.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1190 40.3.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1197 40.3.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1199 40.3.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1206 40.3.10!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1211 40.3.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1213 40.3.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1217 40.3.11!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
1220 40.3.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1222 40.3.11!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1225 40.3.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1233 40.3.11!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1237 40.3.11!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1247 40.3.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1248 40.3.12!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1270 40.3.12!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1276 40.3.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1285 40.3.13!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
1293 40.3.14!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1295 40.3.14!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1300 40.3.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1301 40.3.14!8Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
1303 40.3.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1308 40.3.14!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1315 40.3.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1321 40.3.15!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1322 40.3.15!9Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1326 40.3.15!12Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1339 40.3.16!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1348 40.3.16!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
1369 40.3.17!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
1376 40.3.17!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1389 40.4.1!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1395 40.4.1!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
1411 40.4.2!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1421 40.4.3!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1422 40.4.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1424 40.4.3!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
1429 40.4.3!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
1432 40.4.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1435 40.4.4!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
1440 40.4.4!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1442 40.4.4!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1443 40.4.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1450 40.4.4!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1455 40.4.4!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1460 40.4.5!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1462 40.4.5!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1479 40.4.6!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1482 40.4.6!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1483 40.4.6!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
1485 40.4.6!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
1495 40.4.6!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1501 40.4.6!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1502 40.4.6!22EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1507 40.4.6!26OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1511 40.4.6!30DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
1517 40.4.7!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1520 40.4.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1523 40.4.7!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1531 40.4.8!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1533 40.4.8!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1541 40.4.8!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1556 40.4.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1558 40.4.9!6Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
1567 40.4.10!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1569 40.4.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1572 40.4.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1579 40.4.10!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1584 40.4.10!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1585 40.4.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1586 40.4.10!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1587 40.4.10!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1590 40.4.11!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1592 40.4.11!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1596 40.4.11!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
1597 40.4.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1606 40.4.12!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1607 40.4.12!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
1623 40.4.13!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
1639 40.4.15!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1645 40.4.15!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1652 40.4.15!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1656 40.4.16!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1662 40.4.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1664 40.4.16!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
1666 40.4.16!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1667 40.4.16!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
1674 40.4.16!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
1678 40.4.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
1681 40.4.17!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
1682 40.4.17!5Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1707 40.4.18!11Appositive - Appositive
1728 40.4.19!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
1731 40.4.19!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1741 40.4.20!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
1758 40.4.21!8Appositive - Appositive
1785 40.4.22!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
1842 40.4.24!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
1844 40.4.24!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1907 40.5.3!1Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
1914 40.5.3!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1926 40.5.4!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1934 40.5.5!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1948 40.5.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1956 40.5.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1966 40.5.8!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1967 40.5.8!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1976 40.5.9!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1977 40.5.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
1988 40.5.10!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
1995 40.5.11!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2025 40.5.12!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2034 40.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2041 40.5.13!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2043 40.5.13!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2045 40.5.13!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
2051 40.5.13!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
2064 40.5.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2075 40.5.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2101 40.5.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2112 40.5.16!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
2143 40.5.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2148 40.5.18!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2157 40.5.18!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2171 40.5.18!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2174 40.5.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2177 40.5.19!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2179 40.5.19!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
2190 40.5.19!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2198 40.5.19!23Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
2200 40.5.19!25Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
2205 40.5.19!29Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
2206 40.5.19!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2218 40.5.20!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2221 40.5.20!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
2239 40.5.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2245 40.5.21!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2248 40.5.21!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2250 40.5.21!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2253 40.5.21!12Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
2258 40.5.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2263 40.5.22!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2269 40.5.22!12Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
2274 40.5.22!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2276 40.5.22!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2282 40.5.22!23EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
2284 40.5.22!24Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2289 40.5.22!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2291 40.5.22!30Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2294 40.5.22!32EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
2296 40.5.22!33Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2304 40.5.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2306 40.5.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2316 40.5.23!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2329 40.5.24!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
2334 40.5.24!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2341 40.5.24!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2364 40.5.25!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2366 40.5.25!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
2372 40.5.25!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2378 40.5.25!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2382 40.5.26!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2401 40.5.27!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2404 40.5.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2409 40.5.28!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2425 40.5.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2427 40.5.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2453 40.5.29!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2462 40.5.30!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2463 40.5.30!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
2488 40.5.30!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2499 40.5.31!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2510 40.5.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2515 40.5.32!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2529 40.5.32!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2532 40.5.32!22Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
2542 40.5.33!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2547 40.5.33!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2549 40.5.33!13Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
2553 40.5.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2567 40.5.34!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2569 40.5.34!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
2578 40.5.35!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2580 40.5.35!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
2589 40.5.35!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2591 40.5.35!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
2596 40.5.36!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2605 40.5.36!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2607 40.5.36!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
2609 40.5.36!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
2617 40.5.37!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
2620 40.5.37!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
2623 40.5.37!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2625 40.5.37!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
2627 40.5.37!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2636 40.5.38!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2640 40.5.38!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2644 40.5.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2645 40.5.39!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2646 40.5.39!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2647 40.5.39!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2648 40.5.39!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2649 40.5.39!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2650 40.5.39!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2651 40.5.39!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2653 40.5.39!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2654 40.5.39!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2655 40.5.39!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2656 40.5.39!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2657 40.5.39!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2658 40.5.39!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2659 40.5.39!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2660 40.5.39!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2661 40.5.39!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2663 40.5.39!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2664 40.5.39!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2665 40.5.39!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2666 40.5.39!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2667 40.5.39!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2669 40.5.40!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2670 40.5.40!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2671 40.5.40!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2672 40.5.40!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2673 40.5.40!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2674 40.5.40!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2675 40.5.40!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2676 40.5.40!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2677 40.5.40!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2678 40.5.40!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2680 40.5.40!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2681 40.5.40!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2682 40.5.40!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2683 40.5.40!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2684 40.5.40!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2686 40.5.41!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2687 40.5.41!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2688 40.5.41!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2689 40.5.41!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2690 40.5.41!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2691 40.5.41!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2693 40.5.41!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2694 40.5.41!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2695 40.5.41!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2696 40.5.41!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2698 40.5.42!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2699 40.5.42!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2700 40.5.42!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2701 40.5.42!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2703 40.5.42!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2704 40.5.42!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2705 40.5.42!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2706 40.5.42!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2707 40.5.42!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2708 40.5.42!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2709 40.5.42!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2710 40.5.42!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2712 40.5.43!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2716 40.5.43!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
2720 40.5.43!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
2726 40.5.44!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2753 40.5.45!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2768 40.5.46!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2770 40.5.46!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2780 40.5.46!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2788 40.5.47!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2800 40.5.47!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2809 40.5.48!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
2812 40.5.48!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2820 40.6.1!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
2822 40.6.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2835 40.6.1!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2837 40.6.1!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2840 40.6.1!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2852 40.6.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2854 40.6.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2863 40.6.2!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2880 40.6.2!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2889 40.6.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2906 40.6.4!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
2914 40.6.4!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2926 40.6.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2937 40.6.5!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2954 40.6.5!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
2963 40.6.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2965 40.6.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
2988 40.6.6!24Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
2991 40.6.6!27Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
3000 40.6.7!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
3011 40.6.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3028 40.6.8!11Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
3032 40.6.8!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3036 40.6.9!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3039 40.6.9!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
3041 40.6.9!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3066 40.6.10!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3070 40.6.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3087 40.6.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3108 40.6.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3110 40.6.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3126 40.6.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3128 40.6.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3134 40.6.15!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3142 40.6.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3144 40.6.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3151 40.6.16!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3164 40.6.16!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3173 40.6.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3177 40.6.17!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
3184 40.6.17!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
3202 40.6.18!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3205 40.6.18!19Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
3213 40.6.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3222 40.6.19!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
3225 40.6.19!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3229 40.6.19!15Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
3242 40.6.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3251 40.6.20!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
3256 40.6.21!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
3258 40.6.21!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
3263 40.6.21!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3270 40.6.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3278 40.6.22!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3280 40.6.22!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3286 40.6.22!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3290 40.6.22!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3293 40.6.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3295 40.6.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3298 40.6.23!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3301 40.6.23!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3305 40.6.23!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3308 40.6.23!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3310 40.6.23!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3315 40.6.23!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3318 40.6.23!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3322 40.6.24!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
3324 40.6.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3332 40.6.24!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3336 40.6.24!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3339 40.6.24!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
3340 40.6.24!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3344 40.6.24!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3348 40.6.24!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3350 40.6.24!26Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
3353 40.6.25!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
3354 40.6.25!2Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3380 40.6.25!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3385 40.6.25!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3407 40.6.26!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3416 40.6.26!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3417 40.6.26!26Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3419 40.6.26!28Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
3432 40.6.27!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3436 40.6.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3458 40.6.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3466 40.6.29!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
3470 40.6.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3472 40.6.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3480 40.6.30!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3485 40.6.30!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3500 40.6.31!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3503 40.6.31!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3505 40.6.31!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3508 40.6.31!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3510 40.6.31!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3513 40.6.32!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3515 40.6.32!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
3516 40.6.32!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3529 40.6.32!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
3530 40.6.32!17Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
3534 40.6.33!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
3546 40.6.33!14Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
3557 40.6.34!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3559 40.6.34!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3566 40.6.34!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3568 40.6.34!17Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3577 40.7.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3580 40.7.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3585 40.7.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3605 40.7.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3607 40.7.3!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3622 40.7.4!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3631 40.7.4!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3632 40.7.4!16Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
3648 40.7.5!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3652 40.7.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3668 40.7.6!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3709 40.7.8!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3711 40.7.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3715 40.7.8!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3719 40.7.8!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3728 40.7.9!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
3738 40.7.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3744 40.7.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3748 40.7.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3752 40.7.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3754 40.7.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3755 40.7.11!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3758 40.7.11!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3767 40.7.11!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3780 40.7.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
3782 40.7.12!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
3791 40.7.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3797 40.7.12!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
3809 40.7.13!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3813 40.7.13!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3817 40.7.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3820 40.7.13!14Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3834 40.7.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3839 40.7.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3849 40.7.14!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3867 40.7.15!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3873 40.7.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3884 40.7.16!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3888 40.7.16!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
3890 40.7.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3891 40.7.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3894 40.7.17!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3898 40.7.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3900 40.7.17!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3902 40.7.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3910 40.7.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3917 40.7.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3921 40.7.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3927 40.7.19!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
3929 40.7.19!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3935 40.7.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3943 40.7.21!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3948 40.7.21!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3950 40.7.21!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
3970 40.7.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
3978 40.7.22!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
3982 40.7.22!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
3983 40.7.22!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3985 40.7.22!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
3988 40.7.22!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3989 40.7.22!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3991 40.7.22!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
3995 40.7.22!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
3996 40.7.22!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
3998 40.7.22!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4002 40.7.23!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4003 40.7.23!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
4007 40.7.23!6Inline annotations -
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
4019 40.7.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4021 40.7.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4023 40.7.24!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4024 40.7.24!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
4037 40.7.24!17Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4072 40.7.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4073 40.7.26!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4076 40.7.26!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4077 40.7.26!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
4090 40.7.26!18Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4126 40.7.28!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
4127 40.7.28!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
4129 40.7.28!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4131 40.7.28!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
4148 40.7.29!6Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
4169 40.8.2!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4170 40.8.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4176 40.8.2!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4178 40.8.2!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
4182 40.8.2!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
4192 40.8.3!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4199 40.8.3!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4204 40.8.4!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
4209 40.8.4!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4210 40.8.4!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
4215 40.8.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4244 40.8.6!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4246 40.8.6!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4253 40.8.6!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
4255 40.8.6!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4259 40.8.7!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
4262 40.8.7!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4269 40.8.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4273 40.8.8!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4279 40.8.8!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4280 40.8.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4298 40.8.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4299 40.8.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4301 40.8.9!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
4313 40.8.9!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
4315 40.8.9!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4321 40.8.9!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
4323 40.8.9!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4331 40.8.9!27EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
4334 40.8.9!29Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4339 40.8.10!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4347 40.8.10!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4351 40.8.10!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4355 40.8.10!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
4364 40.8.11!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4365 40.8.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4378 40.8.11!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
4384 40.8.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4386 40.8.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4396 40.8.12!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
4408 40.8.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4413 40.8.13!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4415 40.8.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4464 40.8.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4479 40.8.16!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4481 40.8.16!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
4495 40.8.17!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4496 40.8.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4500 40.8.17!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
4501 40.8.17!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4507 40.8.18!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4525 40.8.19!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4534 40.8.20!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
4536 40.8.20!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4539 40.8.20!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4541 40.8.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4544 40.8.20!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4550 40.8.20!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4552 40.8.20!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4557 40.8.20!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
4562 40.8.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4564 40.8.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4570 40.8.21!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4574 40.8.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4582 40.8.22!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4584 40.8.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4585 40.8.22!4Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
4588 40.8.22!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4597 40.8.22!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
4613 40.8.24!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4614 40.8.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4622 40.8.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4629 40.8.24!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4639 40.8.25!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4646 40.8.26!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
4649 40.8.26!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4650 40.8.26!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
4669 40.8.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4671 40.8.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4675 40.8.27!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4677 40.8.27!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
4679 40.8.27!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4694 40.8.28!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
4703 40.8.28!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4721 40.8.29!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4725 40.8.29!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4736 40.8.29!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4746 40.8.30!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
4751 40.8.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4753 40.8.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4758 40.8.31!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
4774 40.8.32!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4776 40.8.32!5Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
4785 40.8.32!13Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4793 40.8.32!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
4803 40.8.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4805 40.8.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
4821 40.8.34!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4822 40.8.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4851 40.9.1!10Inline annotations -
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4860 40.9.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4866 40.9.2!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
4875 40.9.2!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4880 40.9.2!22Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4885 40.9.3!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
4886 40.9.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
4893 40.9.3!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4905 40.9.4!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4920 40.9.5!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
4921 40.9.5!7Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4925 40.9.5!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4928 40.9.5!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
4932 40.9.6!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
4936 40.9.6!5Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
4949 40.9.6!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
4953 40.9.6!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
4955 40.9.6!22Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
4982 40.9.8!10Appositive - Appositive
4984 40.9.8!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
5001 40.9.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5005 40.9.9!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
5008 40.9.9!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5018 40.9.10!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
5019 40.9.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5026 40.9.10!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
5027 40.9.10!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5033 40.9.10!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5049 40.9.11!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5051 40.9.11!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
5061 40.9.12!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
5066 40.9.12!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5067 40.9.12!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
5074 40.9.12!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
5083 40.9.13!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
5085 40.9.13!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
5089 40.9.13!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5098 40.9.14!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
5105 40.9.14!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5107 40.9.14!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5114 40.9.14!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5116 40.9.14!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5118 40.9.14!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5124 40.9.15!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5127 40.9.15!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5136 40.9.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5153 40.9.15!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5156 40.9.16!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
5176 40.9.16!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5188 40.9.17!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5198 40.9.17!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5200 40.9.17!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5202 40.9.17!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5204 40.9.17!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5215 40.9.17!31Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5218 40.9.18!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
5219 40.9.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5222 40.9.18!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
5223 40.9.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5230 40.9.18!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5233 40.9.18!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5250 40.9.19!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5254 40.9.19!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
5260 40.9.20!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
5261 40.9.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5279 40.9.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5287 40.9.22!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5289 40.9.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5296 40.9.22!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5300 40.9.22!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5334 40.9.24!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5348 40.9.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5350 40.9.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5351 40.9.25!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5362 40.9.25!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5367 40.9.26!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
5379 40.9.27!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5389 40.9.27!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5406 40.9.28!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
5408 40.9.28!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5411 40.9.28!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5414 40.9.28!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
5415 40.9.28!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5417 40.9.28!20Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
5420 40.9.28!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5431 40.9.29!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5440 40.9.30!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
5447 40.9.30!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5451 40.9.30!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5452 40.9.30!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
5455 40.9.31!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
5466 40.9.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5469 40.9.32!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
5490 40.9.33!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5497 40.9.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5499 40.9.34!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5502 40.9.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5513 40.9.35!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5517 40.9.35!7Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
5565 40.9.37!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5567 40.9.37!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5570 40.9.37!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5572 40.9.37!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5611 40.10.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5613 40.10.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5615 40.10.2!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5618 40.10.2!8Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
5671 40.10.5!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
5675 40.10.5!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
5681 40.10.5!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5687 40.10.5!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5709 40.10.7!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
5715 40.10.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
5718 40.10.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5721 40.10.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5724 40.10.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5727 40.10.8!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5731 40.10.8!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5757 40.10.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5761 40.10.10!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
5765 40.10.11!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
5768 40.10.11!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
5778 40.10.11!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
5781 40.10.11!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5796 40.10.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5798 40.10.13!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5810 40.10.13!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5812 40.10.13!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
5816 40.10.13!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5821 40.10.13!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
5824 40.10.14!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
5850 40.10.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5854 40.10.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5856 40.10.15!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
5869 40.10.16!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
5870 40.10.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
5894 40.10.17!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5911 40.10.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5915 40.10.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5920 40.10.18!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
5927 40.10.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
5929 40.10.19!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
5946 40.10.19!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
5951 40.10.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
5990 40.10.22!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
5995 40.10.22!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
5997 40.10.22!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
6000 40.10.22!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6001 40.10.22!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6003 40.10.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6005 40.10.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6017 40.10.23!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6061 40.10.25!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6068 40.10.25!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6069 40.10.25!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6071 40.10.25!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
6072 40.10.25!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6085 40.10.26!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
6099 40.10.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6112 40.10.27!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6113 40.10.27!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6131 40.10.28!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6133 40.10.28!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6143 40.10.28!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6152 40.10.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6154 40.10.29!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6158 40.10.29!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6171 40.10.30!1Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
6173 40.10.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6178 40.10.30!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6186 40.10.31!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6191 40.10.32!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
6193 40.10.32!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
6214 40.10.33!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
6216 40.10.33!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
6256 40.10.35!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6260 40.10.35!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
6266 40.10.35!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
6273 40.10.36!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6274 40.10.36!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6281 40.10.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6290 40.10.37!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
6294 40.10.37!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6303 40.10.37!22Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
6307 40.10.38!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6320 40.10.38!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
6323 40.10.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6332 40.10.39!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6342 40.10.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6345 40.10.40!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6349 40.10.40!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6350 40.10.40!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6357 40.10.41!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6363 40.10.41!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6368 40.10.41!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6374 40.10.41!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6379 40.10.42!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
6393 40.10.42!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6405 40.11.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
6406 40.11.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
6408 40.11.1!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
6427 40.11.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6429 40.11.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6434 40.11.2!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
6446 40.11.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6451 40.11.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6456 40.11.4!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
6461 40.11.4!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6469 40.11.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6470 40.11.5!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6472 40.11.5!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6473 40.11.5!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6475 40.11.5!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6476 40.11.5!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6478 40.11.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6479 40.11.5!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6482 40.11.5!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6483 40.11.5!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6485 40.11.5!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6486 40.11.5!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6498 40.11.7!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
6502 40.11.7!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
6510 40.11.7!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6518 40.11.7!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6528 40.11.8!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6532 40.11.8!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
6533 40.11.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6534 40.11.8!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6537 40.11.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6560 40.11.10!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
6566 40.11.10!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
6567 40.11.10!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6576 40.11.10!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
6581 40.11.10!20OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
6584 40.11.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6593 40.11.11!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
6598 40.11.11!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6600 40.11.11!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6610 40.11.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6612 40.11.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6623 40.11.12!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6626 40.11.12!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6630 40.11.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6632 40.11.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6637 40.11.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6642 40.11.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6646 40.11.14!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6653 40.11.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6656 40.11.15!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
6661 40.11.16!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
6665 40.11.16!7Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
6678 40.11.17!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
6689 40.11.18!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6700 40.11.18!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6703 40.11.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6715 40.11.19!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
6716 40.11.19!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
6721 40.11.19!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6723 40.11.19!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
6752 40.11.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6763 40.11.21!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6764 40.11.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6776 40.11.21!20Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6788 40.11.22!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6796 40.11.22!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
6805 40.11.23!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6809 40.11.23!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6814 40.11.23!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6815 40.11.23!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
6835 40.11.24!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6842 40.11.24!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
6845 40.11.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6850 40.11.25!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
6854 40.11.25!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
6867 40.11.25!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
6884 40.11.26!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6885 40.11.26!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6890 40.11.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6899 40.11.27!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
6909 40.11.27!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6911 40.11.27!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6934 40.11.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6950 40.11.29!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6952 40.11.29!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
6964 40.11.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6966 40.11.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6968 40.11.30!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6970 40.11.30!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6973 40.11.30!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
6976 40.12.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
6981 40.12.1!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
6989 40.12.1!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
6991 40.12.1!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7001 40.12.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7003 40.12.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7008 40.12.2!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7009 40.12.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7020 40.12.3!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
7025 40.12.3!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7032 40.12.3!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
7045 40.12.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7053 40.12.4!16Inline annotations -
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
7075 40.12.5!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7077 40.12.5!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7084 40.12.5!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7086 40.12.5!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7093 40.12.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7099 40.12.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7101 40.12.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7105 40.12.7!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7107 40.12.7!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
7111 40.12.7!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7117 40.12.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7120 40.12.8!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
7137 40.12.10!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
7139 40.12.10!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
7141 40.12.10!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
7148 40.12.10!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7150 40.12.10!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7158 40.12.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
7163 40.12.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7167 40.12.11!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
7174 40.12.11!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7176 40.12.11!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7188 40.12.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7190 40.12.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7196 40.12.12!8Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
7206 40.12.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7207 40.12.13!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
7225 40.12.14!5Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
7231 40.12.14!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7233 40.12.15!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7235 40.12.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7249 40.12.15!15Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
7256 40.12.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7270 40.12.18!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7271 40.12.18!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7277 40.12.18!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7287 40.12.18!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7294 40.12.18!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7295 40.12.18!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7300 40.12.19!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7305 40.12.19!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7311 40.12.19!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
7315 40.12.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7319 40.12.20!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7320 40.12.20!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7325 40.12.20!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7330 40.12.20!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7331 40.12.20!16Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
7334 40.12.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7337 40.12.21!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7353 40.12.22!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7367 40.12.23!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7368 40.12.23!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
7374 40.12.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7376 40.12.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7380 40.12.24!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7390 40.12.24!16Appositive - Appositive
7402 40.12.25!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7407 40.12.25!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7410 40.12.25!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7417 40.12.25!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7421 40.12.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7422 40.12.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7424 40.12.26!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
7428 40.12.26!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7440 40.12.27!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7441 40.12.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7442 40.12.27!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
7448 40.12.27!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7455 40.12.27!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7457 40.12.27!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7458 40.12.27!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7460 40.12.27!20Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
7462 40.12.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7464 40.12.28!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7492 40.12.29!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7499 40.12.29!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7505 40.12.29!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7511 40.12.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7516 40.12.30!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7521 40.12.30!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7526 40.12.30!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7528 40.12.31!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7533 40.12.31!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7541 40.12.31!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7543 40.12.31!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7546 40.12.31!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7550 40.12.32!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7563 40.12.32!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7565 40.12.32!15Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7608 40.12.33!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7610 40.12.33!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7621 40.12.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7623 40.12.34!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7626 40.12.34!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7628 40.12.34!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7636 40.12.35!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7639 40.12.35!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7641 40.12.35!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
7647 40.12.35!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7650 40.12.35!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7652 40.12.35!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
7661 40.12.36!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7677 40.12.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7679 40.12.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7682 40.12.37!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7685 40.12.37!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7689 40.12.37!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7701 40.12.38!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7706 40.12.38!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7709 40.12.39!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
7715 40.12.39!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7723 40.12.39!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7735 40.12.40!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7737 40.12.40!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7744 40.12.40!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
7750 40.12.40!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7761 40.12.40!26DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
7767 40.12.41!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7773 40.12.41!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7789 40.12.41!21Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
7790 40.12.41!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7794 40.12.42!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7800 40.12.42!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7821 40.12.42!26Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
7822 40.12.42!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7826 40.12.43!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7828 40.12.43!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
7829 40.12.43!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
7850 40.12.44!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7855 40.12.44!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
7858 40.12.44!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7894 40.12.45!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7897 40.12.45!29Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
7903 40.12.46!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
7904 40.12.46!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
7908 40.12.46!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
7909 40.12.46!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
7919 40.12.46!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7926 40.12.47!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
7927 40.12.47!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7939 40.12.47!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
7941 40.12.48!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
7949 40.12.48!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7973 40.12.49!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
7974 40.12.49!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
7982 40.12.50!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7984 40.12.50!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
7995 40.12.50!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8004 40.13.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8009 40.13.1!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
8026 40.13.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8027 40.13.2!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8033 40.13.2!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8036 40.13.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8049 40.13.3!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
8050 40.13.3!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8057 40.13.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
8061 40.13.4!6Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8075 40.13.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8097 40.13.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8102 40.13.6!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8107 40.13.6!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8109 40.13.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8124 40.13.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8136 40.13.8!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
8139 40.13.8!15Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8142 40.13.8!18Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8146 40.13.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8149 40.13.9!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8158 40.13.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8160 40.13.10!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8165 40.13.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8171 40.13.11!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8172 40.13.11!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8182 40.13.11!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8184 40.13.11!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8187 40.13.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8189 40.13.12!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8196 40.13.12!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8198 40.13.12!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8201 40.13.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8208 40.13.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8210 40.13.13!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8211 40.13.13!4Inline annotations -
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8242 40.13.14!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8250 40.13.15!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8254 40.13.15!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
8258 40.13.15!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8259 40.13.15!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8261 40.13.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8264 40.13.15!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8265 40.13.15!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8268 40.13.15!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8270 40.13.15!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8274 40.13.15!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8277 40.13.15!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8278 40.13.15!26OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8281 40.13.15!29Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8285 40.13.15!32OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8289 40.13.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8304 40.13.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8309 40.13.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8329 40.13.18!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8337 40.13.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8359 40.13.19!21Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
8362 40.13.19!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8367 40.13.20!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8369 40.13.20!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8374 40.13.20!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
8379 40.13.20!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
8382 40.13.20!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8394 40.13.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8408 40.13.22!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8410 40.13.22!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8415 40.13.22!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
8420 40.13.22!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
8423 40.13.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8437 40.13.22!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8440 40.13.23!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8442 40.13.23!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8444 40.13.23!5Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
8453 40.13.23!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
8462 40.13.23!21Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8465 40.13.23!24Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8468 40.13.23!27Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8472 40.13.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8478 40.13.24!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8492 40.13.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8494 40.13.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8499 40.13.25!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
8512 40.13.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8514 40.13.26!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8518 40.13.26!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8536 40.13.27!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
8539 40.13.27!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8552 40.13.28!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8557 40.13.28!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8559 40.13.28!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
8562 40.13.28!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8564 40.13.28!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8565 40.13.28!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
8568 40.13.28!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
8574 40.13.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8576 40.13.29!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
8578 40.13.29!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
8598 40.13.30!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8600 40.13.30!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
8608 40.13.30!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
8620 40.13.30!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8622 40.13.30!30Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8629 40.13.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8635 40.13.31!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8654 40.13.32!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8657 40.13.32!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
8661 40.13.32!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8663 40.13.32!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8664 40.13.32!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8685 40.13.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8690 40.13.33!5Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8703 40.13.33!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8711 40.13.34!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
8712 40.13.34!2Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
8714 40.13.34!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
8718 40.13.34!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
8722 40.13.34!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8724 40.13.34!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
8737 40.13.35!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8744 40.13.35!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
8767 40.13.36!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8776 40.13.37!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
8781 40.13.37!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8792 40.13.38!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8794 40.13.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8799 40.13.38!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8801 40.13.38!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8804 40.13.38!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
8811 40.13.38!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8813 40.13.38!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8820 40.13.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8822 40.13.39!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8830 40.13.39!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8832 40.13.39!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8833 40.13.39!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8837 40.13.39!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8839 40.13.39!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8840 40.13.39!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8843 40.13.40!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8845 40.13.40!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
8849 40.13.40!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
8852 40.13.40!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
8875 40.13.41!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
8893 40.13.42!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8904 40.13.43!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8910 40.13.43!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
8917 40.13.43!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
8920 40.13.43!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
8922 40.13.44!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
8940 40.13.44!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
8956 40.13.45!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
8957 40.13.45!2Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
8984 40.13.47!2Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
8996 40.13.47!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9002 40.13.48!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
9016 40.13.48!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9018 40.13.48!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9019 40.13.48!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9022 40.13.49!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9050 40.13.50!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
9062 40.13.51!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9063 40.13.51!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
9065 40.13.51!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
9070 40.13.52!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
9075 40.13.52!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9077 40.13.52!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9084 40.13.52!14Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
9094 40.13.52!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
9099 40.13.53!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
9100 40.13.53!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
9102 40.13.53!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
9104 40.13.53!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9130 40.13.54!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9131 40.13.54!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9132 40.13.54!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9140 40.13.55!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
9143 40.13.55!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
9148 40.13.55!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9154 40.13.55!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9166 40.13.56!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
9170 40.13.56!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9171 40.13.56!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9177 40.13.56!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9178 40.13.56!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
9179 40.13.56!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
9186 40.13.57!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9188 40.13.57!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9192 40.13.57!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9218 40.14.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
9236 40.14.2!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9242 40.14.2!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9249 40.14.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9252 40.14.2!20Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9259 40.14.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9266 40.14.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9284 40.14.4!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9293 40.14.5!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
9299 40.14.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9304 40.14.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9307 40.14.6!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
9323 40.14.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9332 40.14.8!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
9340 40.14.8!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9343 40.14.8!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
9345 40.14.8!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9348 40.14.8!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
9358 40.14.9!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
9423 40.14.13!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
9453 40.14.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9462 40.14.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9467 40.14.15!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9470 40.14.15!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
9485 40.14.16!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9487 40.14.16!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9491 40.14.16!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9492 40.14.16!7Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
9501 40.14.17!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
9503 40.14.17!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
9506 40.14.17!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9517 40.14.18!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
9521 40.14.18!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9556 40.14.19!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9558 40.14.19!31Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9574 40.14.20!12Appositive - Appositive
9578 40.14.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9580 40.14.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9620 40.14.23!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
9624 40.14.23!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9627 40.14.23!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9631 40.14.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9633 40.14.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9635 40.14.24!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9653 40.14.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
9655 40.14.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
9666 40.14.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9668 40.14.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9671 40.14.26!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
9678 40.14.26!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9685 40.14.26!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
9690 40.14.27!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
9695 40.14.27!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9697 40.14.27!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9710 40.14.28!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9712 40.14.28!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
9713 40.14.28!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
9725 40.14.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
9729 40.14.29!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9736 40.14.29!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
9761 40.14.30!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9768 40.14.31!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
9776 40.14.31!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
9779 40.14.31!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9795 40.14.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9797 40.14.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9804 40.14.33!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9816 40.14.34!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
9839 40.14.35!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
9855 40.14.36!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9857 40.14.36!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
9860 40.15.1!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
9861 40.15.1!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
9865 40.15.1!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
9869 40.15.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9871 40.15.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9887 40.15.2!18Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
9890 40.15.3!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
9896 40.15.3!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9898 40.15.3!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
9910 40.15.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9912 40.15.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9915 40.15.4!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
9922 40.15.4!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9924 40.15.4!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9929 40.15.4!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
9932 40.15.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9936 40.15.5!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9945 40.15.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9948 40.15.5!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
9959 40.15.6!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
9979 40.15.8!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
9982 40.15.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9987 40.15.8!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9989 40.15.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
9991 40.15.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
9996 40.15.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
10001 40.15.9!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
10013 40.15.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10018 40.15.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10028 40.15.11!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
10033 40.15.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10042 40.15.12!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
10045 40.15.12!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10047 40.15.12!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10054 40.15.13!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10059 40.15.13!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10069 40.15.13!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10074 40.15.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10076 40.15.14!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
10079 40.15.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10081 40.15.14!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10083 40.15.14!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10085 40.15.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10086 40.15.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10097 40.15.15!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10099 40.15.15!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
10103 40.15.16!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10107 40.15.16!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10108 40.15.16!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10116 40.15.17!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10122 40.15.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10127 40.15.17!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10131 40.15.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10133 40.15.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10137 40.15.18!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10142 40.15.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10147 40.15.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10149 40.15.19!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10167 40.15.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10174 40.15.20!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10176 40.15.20!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10187 40.15.21!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
10198 40.15.22!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
10199 40.15.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10209 40.15.22!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10216 40.15.22!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10219 40.15.22!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10222 40.15.23!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10238 40.15.23!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10246 40.15.24!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10251 40.15.24!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10263 40.15.25!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10270 40.15.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10275 40.15.26!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10280 40.15.26!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10293 40.15.27!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10297 40.15.27!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10303 40.15.27!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10320 40.15.28!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
10325 40.15.28!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10328 40.15.28!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10329 40.15.28!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
10403 40.15.31!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10406 40.15.31!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10408 40.15.31!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
10411 40.15.31!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10414 40.15.31!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10422 40.15.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10424 40.15.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10431 40.15.32!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10438 40.15.32!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10449 40.15.32!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10462 40.15.33!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
10467 40.15.33!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10471 40.15.33!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
10479 40.15.34!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
10481 40.15.34!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
10484 40.15.34!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10488 40.15.34!9Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10492 40.15.34!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10520 40.15.36!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10522 40.15.36!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10533 40.15.37!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10542 40.15.38!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10544 40.15.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10579 40.16.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10586 40.16.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10592 40.16.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10596 40.16.2!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
10598 40.16.2!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
10603 40.16.3!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10606 40.16.3!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10615 40.16.3!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10617 40.16.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10620 40.16.3!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10623 40.16.3!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10625 40.16.3!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10628 40.16.3!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10631 40.16.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10639 40.16.4!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10662 40.16.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10665 40.16.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10667 40.16.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10671 40.16.6!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10682 40.16.7!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10689 40.16.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10699 40.16.8!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10707 40.16.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10711 40.16.9!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10779 40.16.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
10793 40.16.13!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10803 40.16.14!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
10807 40.16.14!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10813 40.16.14!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10817 40.16.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10825 40.16.15!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
10828 40.16.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10830 40.16.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10841 40.16.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10854 40.16.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
10859 40.16.17!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
10866 40.16.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10881 40.16.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10883 40.16.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10886 40.16.18!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10891 40.16.18!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10901 40.16.18!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10917 40.16.19!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10930 40.16.19!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10947 40.16.20!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
10950 40.16.20!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
10955 40.16.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10958 40.16.21!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
10966 40.16.21!12Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10971 40.16.21!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
10983 40.16.21!29Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
10986 40.16.21!32Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
10998 40.16.22!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11007 40.16.22!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
11009 40.16.23!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
11013 40.16.23!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11016 40.16.23!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11022 40.16.23!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11024 40.16.23!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
11038 40.16.24!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11045 40.16.24!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11046 40.16.24!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11048 40.16.24!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11063 40.16.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11065 40.16.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11070 40.16.25!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
11074 40.16.25!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11076 40.16.25!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11091 40.16.26!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11095 40.16.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11097 40.16.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11129 40.16.27!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11137 40.16.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11144 40.16.28!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11165 40.17.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11168 40.17.1!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
11169 40.17.1!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11182 40.17.1!18Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
11187 40.17.1!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
11204 40.17.2!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11206 40.17.2!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11215 40.17.3!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
11233 40.17.4!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11235 40.17.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11238 40.17.4!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11241 40.17.4!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11249 40.17.4!20Appositive - Appositive
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11252 40.17.4!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11255 40.17.4!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11258 40.17.5!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
11259 40.17.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11261 40.17.5!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
11262 40.17.5!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11268 40.17.5!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
11269 40.17.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11275 40.17.5!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11311 40.17.7!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11321 40.17.8!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
11337 40.17.9!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11341 40.17.9!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11347 40.17.9!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11351 40.17.9!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11362 40.17.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11364 40.17.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11368 40.17.10!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11373 40.17.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
11378 40.17.11!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11380 40.17.11!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
11389 40.17.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11404 40.17.12!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11405 40.17.12!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11420 40.17.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11440 40.17.15!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11443 40.17.15!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
11450 40.17.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11476 40.17.16!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
11480 40.17.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11484 40.17.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11490 40.17.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11509 40.17.18!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11538 40.17.19!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11540 40.17.19!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11546 40.17.20!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
11548 40.17.20!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
11551 40.17.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11556 40.17.20!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11561 40.17.20!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11573 40.17.20!23EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
11577 40.17.20!26Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11581 40.17.20!29Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
11593 40.17.22!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11596 40.17.22!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11611 40.17.23!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11614 40.17.23!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
11627 40.17.24!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11635 40.17.24!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11643 40.17.25!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
11645 40.17.25!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11658 40.17.25!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11659 40.17.25!14Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11687 40.17.26!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11693 40.17.26!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
11696 40.17.26!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11698 40.17.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11703 40.17.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11705 40.17.27!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11715 40.17.27!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11729 40.17.27!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11738 40.18.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11749 40.18.1!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11751 40.18.1!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
11770 40.18.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
11774 40.18.3!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11792 40.18.4!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
11794 40.18.4!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
11801 40.18.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11812 40.18.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11815 40.18.5!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
11823 40.18.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11827 40.18.6!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
11829 40.18.6!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
11879 40.18.7!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
11882 40.18.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11884 40.18.8!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11901 40.18.8!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11908 40.18.8!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
11913 40.18.8!29Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11927 40.18.9!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11928 40.18.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11941 40.18.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11944 40.18.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11951 40.18.9!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11962 40.18.10!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
11974 40.18.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
11979 40.18.10!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
11995 40.18.12!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
11999 40.18.12!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
12022 40.18.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12027 40.18.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12044 40.18.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12062 40.18.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12064 40.18.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12080 40.18.15!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12082 40.18.15!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
12089 40.18.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12091 40.18.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12103 40.18.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12113 40.18.17!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12115 40.18.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12122 40.18.17!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12124 40.18.17!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12138 40.18.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12142 40.18.18!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12153 40.18.18!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12165 40.18.19!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12169 40.18.19!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12170 40.18.19!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
12172 40.18.19!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
12194 40.18.20!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
12196 40.18.20!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
12206 40.18.20!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12219 40.18.21!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12235 40.18.22!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12237 40.18.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12240 40.18.22!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12250 40.18.23!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
12289 40.18.25!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
12304 40.18.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12310 40.18.26!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
12315 40.18.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12319 40.18.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12321 40.18.27!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12330 40.18.27!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12357 40.18.28!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
12359 40.18.28!23Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
12360 40.18.28!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
12362 40.18.29!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12364 40.18.29!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12371 40.18.29!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
12379 40.18.30!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12421 40.18.32!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12424 40.18.32!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
12427 40.18.32!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12448 40.18.33!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
12452 40.18.34!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12454 40.18.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12468 40.18.35!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12490 40.19.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
12491 40.19.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
12493 40.19.1!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12495 40.19.1!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
12535 40.19.3!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12546 40.19.4!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
12551 40.19.4!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12554 40.19.4!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12558 40.19.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
12566 40.19.5!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
12589 40.19.6!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12597 40.19.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12599 40.19.6!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12602 40.19.6!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12603 40.19.6!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
12606 40.19.7!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12609 40.19.7!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12611 40.19.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12613 40.19.7!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
12620 40.19.8!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12623 40.19.8!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12624 40.19.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12635 40.19.8!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12642 40.19.9!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12646 40.19.9!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12658 40.19.9!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
12659 40.19.10!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12665 40.19.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12666 40.19.10!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
12680 40.19.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
12685 40.19.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12686 40.19.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12688 40.19.11!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
12691 40.19.11!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
12699 40.19.12!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12726 40.19.12!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12729 40.19.12!32Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
12736 40.19.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12743 40.19.13!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12745 40.19.13!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12749 40.19.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12751 40.19.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12754 40.19.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12765 40.19.14!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12767 40.19.14!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12783 40.19.16!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
12784 40.19.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12789 40.19.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12799 40.19.17!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
12804 40.19.17!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12811 40.19.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12816 40.19.17!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12818 40.19.17!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12819 40.19.17!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
12828 40.19.18!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12831 40.19.18!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12833 40.19.18!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12835 40.19.18!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12838 40.19.18!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12839 40.19.18!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12859 40.19.19!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
12866 40.19.20!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
12868 40.19.20!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12871 40.19.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
12873 40.19.20!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
12881 40.19.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12884 40.19.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
12886 40.19.21!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
12891 40.19.21!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
12912 40.19.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12925 40.19.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12927 40.19.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12933 40.19.23!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12937 40.19.23!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12938 40.19.23!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12951 40.19.24!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12953 40.19.24!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12954 40.19.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12959 40.19.24!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12969 40.19.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12975 40.19.25!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12982 40.19.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
12987 40.19.26!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
12989 40.19.26!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
12990 40.19.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
12993 40.19.26!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12995 40.19.26!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
12996 40.19.26!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13006 40.19.27!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13007 40.19.27!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13019 40.19.28!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13021 40.19.28!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13025 40.19.28!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13029 40.19.28!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
13033 40.19.28!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
13037 40.19.28!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
13062 40.19.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13083 40.19.29!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13086 40.19.29!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13090 40.19.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13093 40.19.30!4Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
13099 40.20.1!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
13124 40.20.2!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
13146 40.20.3!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
13149 40.20.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13152 40.20.4!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
13160 40.20.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13167 40.20.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13182 40.20.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13184 40.20.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13192 40.20.6!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13195 40.20.6!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13201 40.20.6!18Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
13203 40.20.7!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13206 40.20.7!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
13207 40.20.7!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
13209 40.20.7!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
13211 40.20.7!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13214 40.20.7!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
13221 40.20.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13224 40.20.8!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13233 40.20.8!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
13249 40.20.9!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13266 40.20.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13274 40.20.10!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
13285 40.20.12!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
13288 40.20.12!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13293 40.20.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13297 40.20.12!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
13307 40.20.13!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13310 40.20.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13314 40.20.13!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
13321 40.20.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13333 40.20.14!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13345 40.20.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13353 40.20.15!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13356 40.20.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13359 40.20.15!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13360 40.20.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13363 40.20.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13375 40.20.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
13387 40.20.17!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
13393 40.20.18!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13399 40.20.18!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13428 40.20.19!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
13431 40.20.19!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
13452 40.20.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
13457 40.20.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13460 40.20.21!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13463 40.20.21!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13480 40.20.21!26DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
13487 40.20.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
13491 40.20.22!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13501 40.20.22!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
13505 40.20.22!18Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13508 40.20.22!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13510 40.20.23!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13513 40.20.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13515 40.20.23!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13517 40.20.23!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
13519 40.20.23!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
13521 40.20.23!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
13530 40.20.23!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
13531 40.20.23!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
13552 40.20.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13554 40.20.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13559 40.20.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13561 40.20.25!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13568 40.20.25!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13574 40.20.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13580 40.20.26!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13585 40.20.26!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
13588 40.20.26!15Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
13592 40.20.27!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13600 40.20.27!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
13604 40.20.28!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13633 40.20.30!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
13634 40.20.30!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13643 40.20.30!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
13649 40.20.30!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13657 40.20.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13659 40.20.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13665 40.20.31!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
13667 40.20.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13671 40.20.31!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13687 40.20.32!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13692 40.20.33!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13695 40.20.33!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13705 40.20.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
13720 40.21.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
13735 40.21.1!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
13742 40.21.2!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13765 40.21.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
13766 40.21.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13767 40.21.3!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13773 40.21.3!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13776 40.21.3!12Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
13784 40.21.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
13796 40.21.5!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13801 40.21.5!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
13802 40.21.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
13807 40.21.5!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
13812 40.21.5!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
13848 40.21.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13850 40.21.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13853 40.21.8!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
13860 40.21.8!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13873 40.21.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13875 40.21.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13885 40.21.9!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13886 40.21.9!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13890 40.21.9!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13897 40.21.9!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
13898 40.21.9!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13913 40.21.10!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13915 40.21.10!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
13917 40.21.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13919 40.21.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13922 40.21.11!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13935 40.21.12!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
13951 40.21.12!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13956 40.21.12!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
13965 40.21.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
13968 40.21.13!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13970 40.21.13!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
13973 40.21.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
13977 40.21.13!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
13979 40.21.13!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14021 40.21.15!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14030 40.21.16!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14032 40.21.16!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14033 40.21.16!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14035 40.21.16!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14037 40.21.16!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14038 40.21.16!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14041 40.21.16!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14043 40.21.16!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14046 40.21.16!17EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
14069 40.21.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14089 40.21.19!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
14099 40.21.19!21Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14102 40.21.19!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14105 40.21.19!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14124 40.21.20!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14125 40.21.20!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
14132 40.21.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14137 40.21.21!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14141 40.21.21!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14148 40.21.21!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14156 40.21.21!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14157 40.21.21!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
14162 40.21.21!28EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14169 40.21.21!34Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14172 40.21.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14179 40.21.22!9Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14200 40.21.23!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14203 40.21.23!21Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14207 40.21.23!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14210 40.21.23!27Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14216 40.21.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14221 40.21.24!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14228 40.21.24!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14231 40.21.24!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14232 40.21.24!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14234 40.21.24!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
14237 40.21.24!22Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14240 40.21.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14253 40.21.25!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
14260 40.21.25!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14263 40.21.25!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14266 40.21.25!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14269 40.21.25!24EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14276 40.21.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14280 40.21.26!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14283 40.21.26!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14287 40.21.26!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
14289 40.21.26!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14301 40.21.27!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14309 40.21.27!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14310 40.21.27!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14313 40.21.27!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
14316 40.21.27!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14324 40.21.28!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14335 40.21.28!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14344 40.21.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14349 40.21.29!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14352 40.21.29!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14364 40.21.30!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
14369 40.21.30!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14373 40.21.30!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14387 40.21.31!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14389 40.21.31!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14392 40.21.31!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14394 40.21.31!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14397 40.21.31!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14401 40.21.31!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14414 40.21.32!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14428 40.21.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14430 40.21.32!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14437 40.21.32!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14447 40.21.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14451 40.21.33!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14453 40.21.33!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
14455 40.21.33!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14458 40.21.33!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14470 40.21.33!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14478 40.21.34!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14480 40.21.34!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14505 40.21.35!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14507 40.21.35!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14509 40.21.35!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14511 40.21.35!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14513 40.21.35!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14515 40.21.35!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14530 40.21.37!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14540 40.21.37!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14545 40.21.38!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14547 40.21.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14555 40.21.38!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
14560 40.21.38!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
14569 40.21.39!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14579 40.21.40!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14581 40.21.40!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14593 40.21.41!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14596 40.21.41!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14597 40.21.41!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14602 40.21.41!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14618 40.21.42!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14620 40.21.42!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14623 40.21.42!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14629 40.21.42!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
14634 40.21.42!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
14640 40.21.42!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
14643 40.21.42!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14645 40.21.42!24OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
14652 40.21.43!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14673 40.21.44!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14675 40.21.44!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
14679 40.21.44!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14681 40.21.44!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
14684 40.21.44!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
14691 40.21.45!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14701 40.21.45!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14708 40.21.46!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14714 40.21.46!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14721 40.22.1!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14730 40.22.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14768 40.22.4!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14772 40.22.4!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
14776 40.22.4!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14784 40.22.4!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
14795 40.22.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14800 40.22.5!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14807 40.22.5!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14814 40.22.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14816 40.22.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14825 40.22.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14827 40.22.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14840 40.22.7!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14846 40.22.8!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14851 40.22.8!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14853 40.22.8!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14854 40.22.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14857 40.22.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14859 40.22.8!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14873 40.22.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
14881 40.22.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14883 40.22.10!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
14894 40.22.10!13Appositive - Appositive
14921 40.22.12!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14924 40.22.12!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14934 40.22.12!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
14939 40.22.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14945 40.22.13!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
14946 40.22.13!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
14958 40.22.13!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
14968 40.22.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14972 40.22.14!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14980 40.22.15!5Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
14983 40.22.15!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
14989 40.22.16!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
14999 40.22.16!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15003 40.22.16!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15006 40.22.16!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15010 40.22.16!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15044 40.22.18!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
15051 40.22.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15064 40.22.19!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
15071 40.22.20!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
15074 40.22.20!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15077 40.22.20!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
15082 40.22.21!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
15085 40.22.21!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15088 40.22.21!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
15091 40.22.21!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15095 40.22.21!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
15100 40.22.21!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
15112 40.22.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15132 40.22.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15135 40.22.24!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15136 40.22.24!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15156 40.22.25!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15164 40.22.25!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15193 40.22.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15195 40.22.27!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15200 40.22.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15210 40.22.28!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15217 40.22.29!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
15222 40.22.29!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15233 40.22.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15235 40.22.30!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15243 40.22.30!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15250 40.22.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15252 40.22.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15266 40.22.32!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15280 40.22.32!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15298 40.22.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15300 40.22.34!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15320 40.22.36!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15329 40.22.37!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
15334 40.22.37!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15350 40.22.37!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15357 40.22.38!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15365 40.22.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15370 40.22.39!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15377 40.22.40!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
15382 40.22.40!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15386 40.22.40!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
15396 40.22.41!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
15400 40.22.42!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15411 40.22.42!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
15414 40.22.42!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15417 40.22.43!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
15420 40.22.43!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15422 40.22.43!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15423 40.22.43!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
15430 40.22.44!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
15436 40.22.44!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
15440 40.22.44!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
15451 40.22.45!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15453 40.22.45!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15459 40.22.45!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
15464 40.22.46!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
15479 40.22.46!16Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
15482 40.23.1!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15493 40.23.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15494 40.23.2!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
15504 40.23.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15506 40.23.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15514 40.23.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15516 40.23.3!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15542 40.23.4!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15544 40.23.4!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15552 40.23.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15554 40.23.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15599 40.23.7!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
15601 40.23.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15606 40.23.8!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
15608 40.23.8!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15611 40.23.8!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
15615 40.23.8!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15617 40.23.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15618 40.23.8!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15622 40.23.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15623 40.23.9!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15625 40.23.9!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
15630 40.23.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15633 40.23.9!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
15644 40.23.10!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15648 40.23.10!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
15651 40.23.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15653 40.23.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15656 40.23.11!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
15659 40.23.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15661 40.23.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15663 40.23.12!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
15666 40.23.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15669 40.23.12!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
15690 40.23.13!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15692 40.23.13!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
15696 40.23.13!22Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15721 40.23.15!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15738 40.23.16!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
15745 40.23.16!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
15748 40.23.16!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15750 40.23.16!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15757 40.23.16!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
15759 40.23.17!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15763 40.23.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15768 40.23.17!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
15780 40.23.18!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
15787 40.23.18!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
15790 40.23.18!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15792 40.23.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15800 40.23.18!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15802 40.23.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
15804 40.23.19!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
15808 40.23.19!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
15818 40.23.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15820 40.23.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15835 40.23.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15850 40.23.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15894 40.23.23!23Appositive - Appositive
15903 40.23.23!31Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
15907 40.23.23!35Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15918 40.23.24!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
15920 40.23.24!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
15941 40.23.25!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15980 40.23.27!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15984 40.23.27!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15993 40.23.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
15994 40.23.28!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
15996 40.23.28!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16003 40.23.28!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16035 40.23.30!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16047 40.23.30!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
16055 40.23.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16059 40.23.31!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16061 40.23.31!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
16067 40.23.32!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16087 40.23.34!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16089 40.23.34!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
16090 40.23.34!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16100 40.23.34!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16102 40.23.34!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16107 40.23.34!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16154 40.23.36!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16159 40.23.36!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16160 40.23.36!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
16161 40.23.36!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16189 40.23.37!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16202 40.23.38!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
16216 40.23.39!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16224 40.23.39!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
16233 40.24.1!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
16252 40.24.2!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
16258 40.24.2!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16261 40.24.2!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
16263 40.24.2!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16294 40.24.3!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16296 40.24.3!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16297 40.24.3!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16314 40.24.4!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
16319 40.24.4!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16323 40.24.4!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16325 40.24.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16334 40.24.5!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16339 40.24.5!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16340 40.24.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16351 40.24.6!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
16384 40.24.8!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
16386 40.24.8!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
16406 40.24.9!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
16412 40.24.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16417 40.24.10!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16423 40.24.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16431 40.24.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16442 40.24.13!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
16444 40.24.13!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
16447 40.24.13!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16452 40.24.14!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16468 40.24.14!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16473 40.24.15!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16475 40.24.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16491 40.24.15!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16493 40.24.15!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16496 40.24.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16505 40.24.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16519 40.24.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16560 40.24.21!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
16577 40.24.22!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16590 40.24.22!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16592 40.24.22!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16600 40.24.23!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16601 40.24.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16602 40.24.23!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16605 40.24.23!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
16606 40.24.23!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16610 40.24.23!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16612 40.24.23!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
16614 40.24.23!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16633 40.24.24!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
16637 40.24.25!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
16641 40.24.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16643 40.24.26!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16646 40.24.26!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
16647 40.24.26!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16652 40.24.26!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16655 40.24.26!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16656 40.24.26!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
16660 40.24.26!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16663 40.24.27!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
16665 40.24.27!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16675 40.24.27!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16684 40.24.28!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
16690 40.24.28!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16696 40.24.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16698 40.24.29!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16704 40.24.29!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16706 40.24.29!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16709 40.24.29!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16718 40.24.29!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16726 40.24.29!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16730 40.24.29!32Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16733 40.24.30!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16745 40.24.30!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16754 40.24.30!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16764 40.24.30!32Reported speech. - Reported speech.
16796 40.24.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16798 40.24.32!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16804 40.24.32!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16806 40.24.32!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16812 40.24.32!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
16818 40.24.32!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16822 40.24.33!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16823 40.24.33!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16826 40.24.33!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16828 40.24.33!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16833 40.24.33!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16835 40.24.33!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
16838 40.24.34!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16845 40.24.34!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
16850 40.24.34!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16854 40.24.35!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16861 40.24.35!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16863 40.24.35!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16865 40.24.35!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16869 40.24.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16871 40.24.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16876 40.24.36!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
16879 40.24.36!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
16894 40.24.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16896 40.24.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16901 40.24.37!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16910 40.24.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16912 40.24.38!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
16949 40.24.39!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16960 40.24.40!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16966 40.24.40!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16967 40.24.40!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16969 40.24.40!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16970 40.24.40!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16972 40.24.41!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16978 40.24.41!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16979 40.24.41!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16981 40.24.41!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
16982 40.24.41!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
16990 40.24.42!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
16997 40.24.43!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
17001 40.24.43!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17007 40.24.43!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
17022 40.24.44!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
17024 40.24.44!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17030 40.24.44!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17074 40.24.46!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
17077 40.24.47!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17081 40.24.47!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17089 40.24.48!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17091 40.24.48!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17101 40.24.48!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17102 40.24.48!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
17106 40.24.49!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17143 40.24.51!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17146 40.24.51!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17151 40.24.51!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17161 40.25.1!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17181 40.25.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17183 40.25.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17188 40.25.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17191 40.25.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17193 40.25.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17204 40.25.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17206 40.25.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17226 40.25.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17228 40.25.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17229 40.25.6!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17232 40.25.6!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
17241 40.25.7!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17253 40.25.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17255 40.25.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17256 40.25.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17260 40.25.8!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17268 40.25.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17271 40.25.8!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
17273 40.25.9!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17279 40.25.9!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17296 40.25.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17305 40.25.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17319 40.25.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17321 40.25.11!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
17328 40.25.11!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17334 40.25.12!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17339 40.25.12!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17347 40.25.13!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17359 40.25.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17361 40.25.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17375 40.25.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17380 40.25.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17383 40.25.15!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17399 40.25.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
17412 40.25.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17419 40.25.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17421 40.25.18!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17435 40.25.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17437 40.25.19!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17439 40.25.19!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
17446 40.25.19!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
17453 40.25.20!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
17463 40.25.20!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17465 40.25.20!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17470 40.25.20!18Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
17471 40.25.20!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17476 40.25.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17478 40.25.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17482 40.25.21!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17489 40.25.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17494 40.25.21!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17507 40.25.22!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17516 40.25.22!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17518 40.25.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17523 40.25.22!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
17524 40.25.22!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17529 40.25.23!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17531 40.25.23!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17535 40.25.23!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17542 40.25.23!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17547 40.25.23!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17560 40.25.24!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17564 40.25.24!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
17570 40.25.24!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17575 40.25.24!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17577 40.25.24!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
17600 40.25.25!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
17605 40.25.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17607 40.25.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17613 40.25.26!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17664 40.25.29!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17666 40.25.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17668 40.25.29!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
17672 40.25.29!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
17674 40.25.29!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
17676 40.25.29!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17684 40.25.30!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17694 40.25.30!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17704 40.25.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17706 40.25.31!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17715 40.25.31!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
17744 40.25.32!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
17769 40.25.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17776 40.25.34!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17786 40.25.34!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
17789 40.25.34!20Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
17805 40.25.35!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17821 40.25.36!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17829 40.25.37!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17832 40.25.37!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17836 40.25.37!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17838 40.25.37!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17850 40.25.38!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17863 40.25.39!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17876 40.25.40!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17878 40.25.40!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17883 40.25.40!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17887 40.25.40!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
17890 40.25.40!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
17898 40.25.40!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17901 40.25.41!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17908 40.25.41!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17941 40.25.43!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17963 40.25.44!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17965 40.25.44!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
17969 40.25.44!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
17971 40.25.44!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
17991 40.25.45!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
17996 40.25.45!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18000 40.25.45!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18004 40.25.45!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18010 40.25.45!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18013 40.25.46!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18015 40.25.46!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18020 40.25.46!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18022 40.25.46!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18028 40.26.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
18029 40.26.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
18031 40.26.1!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18033 40.26.1!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18043 40.26.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18045 40.26.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18048 40.26.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18053 40.26.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18083 40.26.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18085 40.26.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18093 40.26.5!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18100 40.26.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18106 40.26.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18108 40.26.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18140 40.26.8!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18142 40.26.8!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18148 40.26.9!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18162 40.26.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18163 40.26.10!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
18168 40.26.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18170 40.26.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18175 40.26.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18183 40.26.11!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
18186 40.26.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18191 40.26.12!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18192 40.26.12!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18199 40.26.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18205 40.26.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18209 40.26.13!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18212 40.26.13!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18224 40.26.13!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18245 40.26.15!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18248 40.26.15!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
18249 40.26.15!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18250 40.26.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18254 40.26.15!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
18262 40.26.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18268 40.26.16!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
18270 40.26.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18272 40.26.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18282 40.26.17!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18290 40.26.18!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
18294 40.26.18!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18298 40.26.18!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
18305 40.26.18!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18309 40.26.18!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18312 40.26.18!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18315 40.26.18!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18327 40.26.19!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18332 40.26.19!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18340 40.26.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18352 40.26.21!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18356 40.26.21!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18368 40.26.22!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18371 40.26.22!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18372 40.26.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18377 40.26.23!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
18382 40.26.23!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18391 40.26.23!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18395 40.26.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18397 40.26.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18413 40.26.24!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18417 40.26.24!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
18419 40.26.24!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18425 40.26.24!29Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18437 40.26.25!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18438 40.26.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18443 40.26.25!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18446 40.26.25!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18453 40.26.26!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18465 40.26.26!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18468 40.26.26!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
18483 40.26.27!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18488 40.26.28!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
18497 40.26.28!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
18513 40.26.29!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18524 40.26.29!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18546 40.26.31!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18551 40.26.31!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18564 40.26.31!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
18568 40.26.31!20OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
18575 40.26.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18577 40.26.32!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18593 40.26.33!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18594 40.26.33!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18599 40.26.33!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
18605 40.26.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18608 40.26.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18612 40.26.34!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18613 40.26.34!10Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
18619 40.26.34!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18623 40.26.35!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18625 40.26.35!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18628 40.26.35!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18633 40.26.35!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
18638 40.26.35!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
18641 40.26.35!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18648 40.26.36!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18659 40.26.36!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18663 40.26.36!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18686 40.26.38!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18689 40.26.38!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18694 40.26.38!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
18715 40.26.39!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18718 40.26.39!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18719 40.26.39!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
18725 40.26.39!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18732 40.26.39!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18739 40.26.40!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18744 40.26.40!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18749 40.26.40!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18753 40.26.40!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18756 40.26.40!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18772 40.26.41!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18774 40.26.41!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18776 40.26.41!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18778 40.26.41!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18782 40.26.42!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18788 40.26.42!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18791 40.26.42!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
18794 40.26.42!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
18799 40.26.42!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
18815 40.26.43!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
18828 40.26.44!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18832 40.26.44!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
18835 40.26.45!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18840 40.26.45!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18843 40.26.45!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18849 40.26.45!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
18854 40.26.45!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18866 40.26.46!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
18873 40.26.47!2Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
18875 40.26.47!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
18876 40.26.47!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
18877 40.26.47!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18882 40.26.47!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
18899 40.26.48!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18901 40.26.48!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18908 40.26.48!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18911 40.26.48!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18924 40.26.49!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18932 40.26.50!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18934 40.26.50!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18938 40.26.50!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18949 40.26.50!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
18957 40.26.51!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
18958 40.26.51!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
18976 40.26.51!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
18981 40.26.52!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
18986 40.26.52!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
18995 40.26.52!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
18997 40.26.52!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19002 40.26.52!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
19018 40.26.53!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
19029 40.26.54!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19033 40.26.55!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19038 40.26.55!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19043 40.26.55!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19054 40.26.55!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19056 40.26.55!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19066 40.26.56!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
19068 40.26.56!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
19078 40.26.56!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19080 40.26.56!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
19086 40.26.57!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19088 40.26.57!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19089 40.26.57!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19098 40.26.57!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19103 40.26.57!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
19105 40.26.58!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19107 40.26.58!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19129 40.26.59!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19131 40.26.59!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19143 40.26.59!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
19152 40.26.60!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19158 40.26.61!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19161 40.26.61!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
19168 40.26.61!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19180 40.26.62!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19184 40.26.62!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
19186 40.26.62!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
19188 40.26.63!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19190 40.26.63!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19194 40.26.63!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19199 40.26.63!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19207 40.26.63!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19210 40.26.63!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19219 40.26.64!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
19221 40.26.64!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19224 40.26.64!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19231 40.26.64!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19234 40.26.64!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
19238 40.26.64!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
19244 40.26.64!23OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
19252 40.26.65!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19260 40.26.65!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19268 40.26.65!15Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
19269 40.26.65!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19274 40.26.66!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19278 40.26.66!4Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19283 40.26.66!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19297 40.26.67!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19302 40.26.68!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19313 40.26.69!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19315 40.26.69!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19329 40.26.69!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19337 40.26.70!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19344 40.26.70!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19358 40.26.71!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
19362 40.26.71!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19375 40.26.72!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19380 40.26.73!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19387 40.26.73!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19390 40.26.73!10Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19391 40.26.73!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19397 40.26.73!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19399 40.26.73!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19412 40.26.74!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19419 40.26.74!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19424 40.26.75!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19431 40.26.75!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19434 40.26.75!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19444 40.27.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19447 40.27.1!4Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
19493 40.27.4!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19498 40.27.4!6Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19502 40.27.4!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19506 40.27.4!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19522 40.27.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19524 40.27.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19530 40.27.6!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19533 40.27.6!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
19539 40.27.6!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19543 40.27.7!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
19560 40.27.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19563 40.27.8!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19579 40.27.9!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19609 40.27.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19611 40.27.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19620 40.27.11!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19624 40.27.11!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19631 40.27.11!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19633 40.27.11!22Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19636 40.27.11!24Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19640 40.27.12!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19649 40.27.12!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
19653 40.27.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
19658 40.27.13!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19660 40.27.13!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
19675 40.27.14!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19679 40.27.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19681 40.27.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
19683 40.27.15!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19689 40.27.15!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
19710 40.27.17!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19715 40.27.17!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
19727 40.27.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19746 40.27.19!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19753 40.27.19!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19759 40.27.19!26Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
19762 40.27.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19764 40.27.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19775 40.27.20!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19777 40.27.20!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19778 40.27.20!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
19787 40.27.21!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19789 40.27.21!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
19795 40.27.21!14Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19799 40.27.21!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19802 40.27.22!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
19804 40.27.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19807 40.27.22!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19815 40.27.22!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
19816 40.27.22!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
19818 40.27.22!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19820 40.27.23!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19824 40.27.23!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19829 40.27.23!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
19831 40.27.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19835 40.27.23!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19839 40.27.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19842 40.27.24!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
19846 40.27.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19858 40.27.24!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19860 40.27.24!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
19865 40.27.24!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19870 40.27.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19875 40.27.25!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19892 40.27.26!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19894 40.27.26!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19901 40.27.27!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
19906 40.27.27!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
19921 40.27.28!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
19951 40.27.29!24Reported speech. - Reported speech.
19972 40.27.31!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
20001 40.27.32!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
20018 40.27.33!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
20026 40.27.34!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
20058 40.27.37!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
20063 40.27.37!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20072 40.27.38!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
20078 40.27.38!7Appositive - Appositive
20086 40.27.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20088 40.27.39!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20098 40.27.40!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20103 40.27.40!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
20112 40.27.40!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20114 40.27.40!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
20125 40.27.41!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20135 40.27.42!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20138 40.27.42!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20143 40.27.42!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20171 40.27.43!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20173 40.27.43!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
20175 40.27.44!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20177 40.27.44!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20178 40.27.44!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20188 40.27.45!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20190 40.27.45!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20192 40.27.45!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20202 40.27.46!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20204 40.27.46!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20214 40.27.46!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20219 40.27.46!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
20222 40.27.46!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20227 40.27.46!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20231 40.27.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20233 40.27.47!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20235 40.27.47!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
20239 40.27.47!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20241 40.27.47!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
20261 40.27.49!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20263 40.27.49!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20266 40.27.49!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20274 40.27.50!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20276 40.27.50!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20286 40.27.51!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20287 40.27.51!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20296 40.27.51!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
20300 40.27.51!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20305 40.27.51!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20310 40.27.52!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20314 40.27.52!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20326 40.27.53!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
20339 40.27.54!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20341 40.27.54!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20359 40.27.54!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20360 40.27.54!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
20363 40.27.54!24Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
20370 40.27.55!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20405 40.27.57!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20418 40.27.57!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
20424 40.27.58!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
20435 40.27.58!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20491 40.27.62!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20493 40.27.62!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20511 40.27.63!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20515 40.27.63!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20522 40.27.63!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20525 40.27.63!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
20527 40.27.64!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20549 40.27.64!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
20554 40.27.64!25Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20565 40.27.65!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
20568 40.27.65!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20576 40.27.66!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
20589 40.28.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20591 40.28.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20612 40.28.2!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20613 40.28.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20615 40.28.2!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
20617 40.28.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20619 40.28.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20648 40.28.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20650 40.28.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20669 40.28.5!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20671 40.28.5!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
20676 40.28.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20690 40.28.6!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20698 40.28.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20705 40.28.7!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
20711 40.28.7!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20718 40.28.7!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20722 40.28.7!23Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20732 40.28.8!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
20744 40.28.9!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20745 40.28.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20750 40.28.9!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20752 40.28.9!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
20756 40.28.9!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
20764 40.28.10!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
20766 40.28.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
20769 40.28.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20783 40.28.10!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20790 40.28.11!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20791 40.28.11!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20810 40.28.12!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
20813 40.28.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20820 40.28.13!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20822 40.28.13!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20825 40.28.13!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20830 40.28.13!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
20832 40.28.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20833 40.28.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20835 40.28.14!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
20840 40.28.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20844 40.28.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20845 40.28.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20848 40.28.15!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
20859 40.28.15!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
20869 40.28.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20871 40.28.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20891 40.28.17!5Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
20897 40.28.18!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
20903 40.28.18!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20945 40.28.20!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
20946 40.28.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
20947 40.28.20!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
20967 41.1.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
20975 41.1.2!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
20976 41.1.2!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
20984 41.1.2!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
20990 41.1.3!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
20996 41.1.3!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
21001 41.1.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
21033 41.1.5!12Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21093 41.1.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21098 41.1.8!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21107 41.1.9!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
21108 41.1.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21123 41.1.9!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
21133 41.1.10!8Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
21146 41.1.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21152 41.1.11!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21162 41.1.11!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
21166 41.1.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21168 41.1.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21169 41.1.12!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21179 41.1.13!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
21193 41.1.13!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21198 41.1.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21200 41.1.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21205 41.1.14!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
21218 41.1.15!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21261 41.1.17!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
21264 41.1.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21298 41.1.19!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21328 41.1.21!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21334 41.1.21!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21354 41.1.22!12Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
21369 41.1.23!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
21377 41.1.24!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21394 41.1.24!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
21402 41.1.25!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
21406 41.1.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21437 41.1.27!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21439 41.1.27!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
21447 41.1.27!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21473 41.1.29!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21489 41.1.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21491 41.1.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
21498 41.1.30!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21521 41.1.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21525 41.1.32!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21535 41.1.32!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
21554 41.1.34!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
21560 41.1.34!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21576 41.1.35!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21586 41.1.35!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21602 41.1.37!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21605 41.1.37!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21610 41.1.38!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21613 41.1.38!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21621 41.1.38!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21625 41.1.38!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21637 41.1.39!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
21642 41.1.39!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21647 41.1.40!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21659 41.1.40!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21663 41.1.40!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
21673 41.1.41!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21676 41.1.41!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21699 41.1.44!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21702 41.1.44!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21703 41.1.44!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
21704 41.1.44!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
21709 41.1.44!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21719 41.1.44!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
21726 41.1.45!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
21741 41.1.45!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
21742 41.1.45!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21747 41.1.45!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21768 41.2.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21778 41.2.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
21791 41.2.3!2Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21816 41.2.4!16Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21822 41.2.4!22Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
21831 41.2.5!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21835 41.2.5!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21838 41.2.5!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
21856 41.2.7!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21857 41.2.7!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
21858 41.2.7!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
21870 41.2.7!13Appositive - Appositive
21882 41.2.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
21886 41.2.8!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21889 41.2.8!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21890 41.2.8!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
21905 41.2.9!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
21906 41.2.9!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
21910 41.2.9!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21913 41.2.9!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
21922 41.2.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21924 41.2.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
21926 41.2.10!5Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
21934 41.2.10!13Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
21942 41.2.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21977 41.2.12!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
21989 41.2.13!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22013 41.2.14!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22016 41.2.14!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22025 41.2.15!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22034 41.2.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22054 41.2.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22072 41.2.16!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22083 41.2.17!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22085 41.2.17!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22087 41.2.17!9Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
22094 41.2.17!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22115 41.2.18!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22117 41.2.18!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22120 41.2.18!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22122 41.2.18!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
22130 41.2.18!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
22132 41.2.18!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22134 41.2.18!28Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22136 41.2.18!30Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
22142 41.2.19!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
22145 41.2.19!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22151 41.2.19!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22153 41.2.19!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22155 41.2.19!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22160 41.2.19!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
22182 41.2.20!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22184 41.2.20!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
22189 41.2.21!1Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
22190 41.2.21!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22198 41.2.21!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22200 41.2.21!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22207 41.2.21!17Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
22213 41.2.21!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22218 41.2.22!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
22226 41.2.22!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22228 41.2.22!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22237 41.2.22!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22240 41.2.22!21Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
22252 41.2.23!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
22253 41.2.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22254 41.2.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22263 41.2.23!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22266 41.2.23!15Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
22274 41.2.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22279 41.2.24!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22282 41.2.24!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22289 41.2.25!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22292 41.2.25!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22298 41.2.25!10Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
22302 41.2.25!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
22319 41.2.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22338 41.2.26!29Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22346 41.2.27!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22348 41.2.27!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22361 41.2.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22367 41.2.28!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
22382 41.3.1!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22391 41.3.2!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22401 41.3.3!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22405 41.3.3!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22410 41.3.3!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22416 41.3.4!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22419 41.3.4!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22422 41.3.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22428 41.3.4!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
22432 41.3.4!15Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
22450 41.3.5!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22454 41.3.5!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22472 41.3.6!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22475 41.3.6!9Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
22484 41.3.7!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22486 41.3.7!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22496 41.3.7!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22498 41.3.7!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22503 41.3.7!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
22540 41.3.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22551 41.3.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22559 41.3.10!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22566 41.3.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22571 41.3.11!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22573 41.3.11!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
22581 41.3.11!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22589 41.3.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22594 41.3.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22595 41.3.12!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22599 41.3.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22604 41.3.13!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22619 41.3.14!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22633 41.3.15!3Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
22704 41.3.20!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22709 41.3.20!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22719 41.3.20!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22734 41.3.21!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22737 41.3.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22740 41.3.22!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22745 41.3.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22749 41.3.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22761 41.3.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22766 41.3.23!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22769 41.3.23!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22773 41.3.24!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22774 41.3.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22775 41.3.24!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22782 41.3.24!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
22787 41.3.25!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22788 41.3.25!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22795 41.3.25!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
22801 41.3.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22802 41.3.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22814 41.3.26!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22821 41.3.27!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22827 41.3.27!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22833 41.3.27!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
22836 41.3.27!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
22839 41.3.27!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22845 41.3.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22849 41.3.28!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22856 41.3.28!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
22865 41.3.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22867 41.3.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
22883 41.3.29!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22885 41.3.29!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
22891 41.3.30!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22896 41.3.31!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22905 41.3.31!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22920 41.3.32!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22923 41.3.32!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22924 41.3.32!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22942 41.3.33!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22944 41.3.33!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22957 41.3.34!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
22961 41.3.34!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
22963 41.3.34!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
22972 41.3.35!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
22974 41.3.35!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
22981 41.3.35!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22991 41.4.1!2Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
22999 41.4.1!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23001 41.4.1!11Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23007 41.4.1!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23016 41.4.1!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23019 41.4.1!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23032 41.4.2!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
23041 41.4.3!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23043 41.4.3!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
23050 41.4.4!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
23051 41.4.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
23054 41.4.4!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23070 41.4.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23092 41.4.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23098 41.4.6!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23103 41.4.6!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23106 41.4.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23121 41.4.7!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23126 41.4.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23143 41.4.8!17Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
23155 41.4.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23159 41.4.9!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23162 41.4.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23182 41.4.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23183 41.4.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23186 41.4.11!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
23191 41.4.11!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23193 41.4.11!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23195 41.4.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23198 41.4.11!19Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
23208 41.4.12!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
23215 41.4.12!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
23222 41.4.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23225 41.4.13!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23227 41.4.13!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
23232 41.4.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23233 41.4.13!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23238 41.4.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23240 41.4.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23244 41.4.15!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23256 41.4.15!12Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
23257 41.4.15!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23273 41.4.16!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23276 41.4.16!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23281 41.4.16!9Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
23282 41.4.16!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23287 41.4.16!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23299 41.4.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23314 41.4.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23317 41.4.18!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23322 41.4.18!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
23327 41.4.18!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23330 41.4.19!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23341 41.4.19!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23351 41.4.19!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23355 41.4.20!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23358 41.4.20!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23365 41.4.20!11Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
23373 41.4.20!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
23386 41.4.21!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23391 41.4.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23395 41.4.21!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
23402 41.4.21!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23425 41.4.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23426 41.4.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23436 41.4.24!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23440 41.4.24!7Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23443 41.4.24!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
23450 41.4.25!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
23452 41.4.25!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
23458 41.4.25!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
23462 41.4.25!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23472 41.4.26!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23479 41.4.26!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23495 41.4.27!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23505 41.4.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23510 41.4.28!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23523 41.4.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23525 41.4.29!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23542 41.4.30!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23550 41.4.30!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23553 41.4.30!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
23561 41.4.31!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23567 41.4.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23569 41.4.31!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
23578 41.4.32!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23595 41.4.32!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23599 41.4.32!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23606 41.4.33!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23618 41.4.34!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23620 41.4.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23625 41.4.34!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23628 41.4.34!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
23635 41.4.35!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23641 41.4.35!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23644 41.4.35!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23653 41.4.36!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23662 41.4.36!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23669 41.4.37!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23675 41.4.37!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23685 41.4.37!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
23689 41.4.38!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23694 41.4.38!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
23697 41.4.38!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23700 41.4.38!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23703 41.4.38!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23706 41.4.38!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23724 41.4.39!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23742 41.4.40!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23743 41.4.40!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
23760 41.4.41!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23762 41.4.41!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
23765 41.4.41!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23781 41.5.1!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
23799 41.5.2!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
23805 41.5.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23813 41.5.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23816 41.5.3!12Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
23819 41.5.3!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23822 41.5.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23824 41.5.4!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23835 41.5.4!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23837 41.5.4!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23840 41.5.4!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
23843 41.5.4!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23846 41.5.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23851 41.5.5!7Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
23880 41.5.7!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23882 41.5.7!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23901 41.5.7!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
23907 41.5.8!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23920 41.5.9!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23925 41.5.9!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
23928 41.5.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23933 41.5.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23942 41.5.10!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
23954 41.5.11!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
23964 41.5.12!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
23971 41.5.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
23981 41.5.13!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
24001 41.5.13!24Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
24005 41.5.13!27Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24034 41.5.15!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24040 41.5.15!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24048 41.5.15!14Appositive - Appositive
24091 41.5.18!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24101 41.5.19!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24104 41.5.19!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24109 41.5.19!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
24117 41.5.19!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24120 41.5.19!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24133 41.5.20!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
24141 41.5.20!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24167 41.5.22!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24178 41.5.22!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24184 41.5.23!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24189 41.5.23!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24192 41.5.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24222 41.5.25!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24227 41.5.25!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
24230 41.5.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24240 41.5.26!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
24242 41.5.26!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
24246 41.5.26!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24260 41.5.27!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
24269 41.5.28!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
24298 41.5.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24304 41.5.30!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24306 41.5.30!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
24314 41.5.30!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24315 41.5.30!19Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
24327 41.5.31!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24336 41.5.31!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24344 41.5.32!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
24345 41.5.32!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24347 41.5.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24349 41.5.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24370 41.5.34!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
24375 41.5.34!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24377 41.5.34!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24398 41.5.35!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24399 41.5.35!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24405 41.5.35!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24408 41.5.35!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24416 41.5.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24418 41.5.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24423 41.5.36!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24427 41.5.36!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24436 41.5.37!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24453 41.5.38!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24461 41.5.38!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24471 41.5.39!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24474 41.5.39!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24479 41.5.39!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24481 41.5.39!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24484 41.5.39!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24490 41.5.40!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24494 41.5.40!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24508 41.5.40!21Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24518 41.5.41!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
24520 41.5.41!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24523 41.5.41!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24530 41.5.41!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24533 41.5.41!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24541 41.5.42!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
24562 41.5.43!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
24564 41.5.43!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
24577 41.6.1!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24584 41.6.1!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24600 41.6.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24605 41.6.2!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24606 41.6.2!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
24607 41.6.2!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
24615 41.6.2!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
24618 41.6.2!25Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
24621 41.6.2!28Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
24628 41.6.3!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
24665 41.6.4!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
24668 41.6.4!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24692 41.6.5!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
24699 41.6.5!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24722 41.6.7!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
24746 41.6.8!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
24755 41.6.8!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
24771 41.6.9!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24781 41.6.10!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24787 41.6.10!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
24794 41.6.11!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
24826 41.6.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24844 41.6.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24854 41.6.14!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24862 41.6.14!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24870 41.6.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24874 41.6.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24877 41.6.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24881 41.6.15!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24893 41.6.16!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24894 41.6.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24898 41.6.16!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
24899 41.6.16!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24902 41.6.17!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
24904 41.6.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
24926 41.6.17!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24935 41.6.18!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
24945 41.6.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24947 41.6.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24953 41.6.19!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
24959 41.6.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24961 41.6.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
24980 41.6.20!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24984 41.6.20!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
24993 41.6.21!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
24994 41.6.21!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
24997 41.6.21!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25027 41.6.22!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
25029 41.6.22!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
25032 41.6.22!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25047 41.6.23!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25054 41.6.23!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
25067 41.6.24!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25070 41.6.24!9Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
25074 41.6.24!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25091 41.6.25!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25093 41.6.25!13Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
25105 41.6.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25107 41.6.26!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
25109 41.6.26!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
25153 41.6.28!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25179 41.6.30!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25197 41.6.31!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25200 41.6.31!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25201 41.6.31!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
25205 41.6.31!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
25223 41.6.31!25Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25234 41.6.32!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
25243 41.6.33!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
25246 41.6.33!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25247 41.6.33!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25283 41.6.35!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25293 41.6.35!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25319 41.6.37!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
25325 41.6.37!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25327 41.6.37!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
25331 41.6.37!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25334 41.6.37!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25336 41.6.37!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25344 41.6.38!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
25346 41.6.38!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25349 41.6.38!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25358 41.6.38!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25360 41.6.38!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25416 41.6.41!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25463 41.6.45!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
25467 41.6.45!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25482 41.6.47!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25493 41.6.47!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25514 41.6.48!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
25519 41.6.48!19Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25532 41.6.49!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
25539 41.6.49!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
25542 41.6.49!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25547 41.6.50!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25554 41.6.50!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
25562 41.6.50!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25565 41.6.50!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25567 41.6.50!17Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25603 41.6.52!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
25635 41.6.55!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25638 41.6.55!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25639 41.6.55!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25648 41.6.56!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
25659 41.6.56!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25670 41.6.56!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25679 41.6.56!31Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25683 41.6.56!35Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
25686 41.7.1!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25705 41.7.2!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25708 41.7.2!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
25716 41.7.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25718 41.7.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25723 41.7.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25725 41.7.3!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25741 41.7.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25748 41.7.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25751 41.7.4!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
25755 41.7.4!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
25765 41.7.5!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
25767 41.7.5!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
25773 41.7.5!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25787 41.7.5!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25793 41.7.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
25798 41.7.6!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25809 41.7.6!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
25812 41.7.6!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25817 41.7.6!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25819 41.7.6!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25821 41.7.6!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25826 41.7.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
25831 41.7.7!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
25836 41.7.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25852 41.7.9!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25860 41.7.9!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25865 41.7.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25869 41.7.10!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
25878 41.7.10!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25880 41.7.10!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
25885 41.7.10!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
25888 41.7.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25892 41.7.11!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
25901 41.7.11!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25909 41.7.11!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25913 41.7.12!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25916 41.7.12!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
25924 41.7.13!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25936 41.7.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25949 41.7.14!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
25955 41.7.15!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
25957 41.7.15!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
25969 41.7.15!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
25970 41.7.15!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
25981 41.7.17!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
25985 41.7.17!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
25998 41.7.18!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26001 41.7.18!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26002 41.7.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26010 41.7.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26012 41.7.18!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
26020 41.7.18!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
26025 41.7.19!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
26035 41.7.19!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26048 41.7.20!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26049 41.7.20!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
26053 41.7.20!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26058 41.7.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26060 41.7.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26065 41.7.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26071 41.7.21!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
26096 41.7.23!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
26100 41.7.23!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26107 41.7.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26120 41.7.24!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26151 41.7.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26153 41.7.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26165 41.7.26!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26177 41.7.27!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26178 41.7.27!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26193 41.7.27!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26197 41.7.28!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
26201 41.7.28!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26204 41.7.28!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26206 41.7.28!8Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26223 41.7.29!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
26234 41.7.29!14Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
26245 41.7.30!9Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26277 41.7.32!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26284 41.7.32!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26298 41.7.33!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
26323 41.7.34!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26326 41.7.34!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26330 41.7.34!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26335 41.7.35!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
26352 41.7.36!2Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
26358 41.7.36!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
26360 41.7.36!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
26361 41.7.36!10Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
26363 41.7.36!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26365 41.7.36!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26369 41.7.37!2Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26373 41.7.37!5Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26374 41.7.37!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26378 41.7.37!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26381 41.7.37!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
26383 41.7.37!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26385 41.7.37!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
26387 41.8.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26391 41.8.1!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26392 41.8.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26404 41.8.1!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26407 41.8.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26413 41.8.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26424 41.8.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26438 41.8.3!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26440 41.8.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26447 41.8.4!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
26451 41.8.4!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26452 41.8.4!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
26455 41.8.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26458 41.8.4!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
26465 41.8.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26467 41.8.5!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
26469 41.8.5!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
26473 41.8.5!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26476 41.8.6!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26512 41.8.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26525 41.8.8!9Appositive - Appositive
26579 41.8.12!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26581 41.8.12!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26582 41.8.12!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
26588 41.8.12!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26594 41.8.12!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
26597 41.8.12!21Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
26602 41.8.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26616 41.8.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26633 41.8.15!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26651 41.8.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26657 41.8.17!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26660 41.8.17!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26663 41.8.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26672 41.8.17!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26678 41.8.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26683 41.8.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26691 41.8.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26692 41.8.19!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
26702 41.8.19!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
26706 41.8.19!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26709 41.8.19!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26711 41.8.20!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26725 41.8.20!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26728 41.8.20!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26731 41.8.21!2Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26738 41.8.22!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26743 41.8.22!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26747 41.8.22!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26751 41.8.22!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
26757 41.8.23!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
26780 41.8.23!24Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26781 41.8.23!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26788 41.8.24!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26792 41.8.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26798 41.8.25!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26824 41.8.26!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26825 41.8.26!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26832 41.8.27!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
26846 41.8.27!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26850 41.8.27!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
26856 41.8.27!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26861 41.8.27!30Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
26863 41.8.28!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
26868 41.8.28!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26869 41.8.28!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
26873 41.8.28!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26874 41.8.28!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26875 41.8.28!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
26877 41.8.28!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26880 41.8.28!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
26885 41.8.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
26889 41.8.29!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26891 41.8.29!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26899 41.8.29!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26902 41.8.29!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26911 41.8.30!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
26922 41.8.31!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
26927 41.8.31!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26943 41.8.31!27Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
26946 41.8.31!30Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
26949 41.8.32!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
26956 41.8.32!8Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
26974 41.8.33!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
26976 41.8.33!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27005 41.8.34!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27006 41.8.34!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27008 41.8.34!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27023 41.8.35!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27025 41.8.35!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27030 41.8.35!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
27034 41.8.35!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27036 41.8.35!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27072 41.8.38!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
27074 41.8.38!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
27081 41.8.38!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
27091 41.8.38!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27115 41.9.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27121 41.9.1!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27141 41.9.2!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27144 41.9.2!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
27145 41.9.2!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
27157 41.9.2!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
27162 41.9.2!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
27172 41.9.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27180 41.9.3!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27186 41.9.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27206 41.9.5!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
27210 41.9.5!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27212 41.9.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27215 41.9.5!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27223 41.9.5!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
27226 41.9.5!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27229 41.9.5!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27238 41.9.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27255 41.9.7!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27270 41.9.8!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
27272 41.9.8!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
27288 41.9.9!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27296 41.9.9!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27300 41.9.9!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27305 41.9.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27314 41.9.10!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27323 41.9.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27328 41.9.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27333 41.9.12!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
27338 41.9.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27354 41.9.12!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27365 41.9.13!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
27396 41.9.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27412 41.9.16!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27424 41.9.17!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27438 41.9.18!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27441 41.9.18!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
27461 41.9.18!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
27467 41.9.19!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
27471 41.9.19!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
27473 41.9.19!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27477 41.9.19!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27522 41.9.21!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27526 41.9.21!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
27530 41.9.21!13Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
27534 41.9.21!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27539 41.9.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27544 41.9.22!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
27552 41.9.22!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27554 41.9.22!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
27562 41.9.23!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27564 41.9.23!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27568 41.9.23!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27572 41.9.23!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27579 41.9.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
27585 41.9.24!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27588 41.9.24!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
27594 41.9.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
27607 41.9.25!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27613 41.9.25!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27629 41.9.26!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27638 41.9.26!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27644 41.9.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27646 41.9.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27662 41.9.28!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27665 41.9.28!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27670 41.9.28!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27671 41.9.28!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27681 41.9.29!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27684 41.9.29!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27693 41.9.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27705 41.9.30!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
27716 41.9.31!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27731 41.9.31!23Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27734 41.9.31!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
27736 41.9.32!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
27745 41.9.32!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
27753 41.9.33!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27760 41.9.33!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27766 41.9.34!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
27770 41.9.34!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27786 41.9.35!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
27789 41.9.35!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27790 41.9.35!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27792 41.9.35!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27796 41.9.35!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
27799 41.9.35!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
27815 41.9.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27817 41.9.37!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27827 41.9.37!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27831 41.9.37!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27833 41.9.37!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27837 41.9.37!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27839 41.9.37!22Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
27849 41.9.38!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27853 41.9.38!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27869 41.9.39!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27871 41.9.39!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27874 41.9.39!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
27878 41.9.39!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
27894 41.9.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27896 41.9.40!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
27901 41.9.40!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27905 41.9.41!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
27915 41.9.41!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
27918 41.9.41!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27931 41.9.42!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
27943 41.9.42!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27962 41.9.43!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27972 41.9.43!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27975 41.9.43!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27981 41.9.43!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
27990 41.9.43!27Appositive - Appositive
27997 41.9.45!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
27998 41.9.45!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28007 41.9.45!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28016 41.9.45!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28026 41.9.47!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28027 41.9.47!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28036 41.9.47!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28039 41.9.47!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28047 41.9.47!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28056 41.9.48!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28059 41.9.48!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28062 41.9.48!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28064 41.9.48!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28068 41.9.49!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28070 41.9.49!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
28071 41.9.49!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28073 41.9.50!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28077 41.9.50!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28079 41.9.50!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28081 41.9.50!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28084 41.9.50!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28100 41.10.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28102 41.10.1!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28114 41.10.1!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28121 41.10.1!21Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28123 41.10.1!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28136 41.10.2!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
28137 41.10.2!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28142 41.10.3!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28148 41.10.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28153 41.10.4!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28157 41.10.4!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28158 41.10.4!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
28159 41.10.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
28165 41.10.5!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28167 41.10.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28171 41.10.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28177 41.10.5!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
28181 41.10.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28183 41.10.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28185 41.10.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
28191 41.10.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
28221 41.10.8!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28224 41.10.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28226 41.10.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28229 41.10.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28230 41.10.9!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28234 41.10.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28238 41.10.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28240 41.10.10!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
28246 41.10.11!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28249 41.10.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28263 41.10.12!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28264 41.10.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28279 41.10.13!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28281 41.10.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28283 41.10.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28289 41.10.14!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
28296 41.10.14!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28307 41.10.14!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28309 41.10.14!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28316 41.10.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28320 41.10.15!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28340 41.10.16!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28360 41.10.17!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28366 41.10.17!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28370 41.10.18!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28372 41.10.18!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28376 41.10.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28377 41.10.18!7Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
28386 41.10.18!15Appositive - Appositive
28389 41.10.19!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28393 41.10.19!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
28408 41.10.19!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
28416 41.10.20!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28421 41.10.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28423 41.10.20!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
28424 41.10.20!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
28430 41.10.21!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28432 41.10.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28441 41.10.21!11Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28446 41.10.21!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28465 41.10.22!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28485 41.10.23!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28490 41.10.23!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28496 41.10.23!15Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28505 41.10.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28512 41.10.24!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28514 41.10.24!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28515 41.10.24!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28517 41.10.24!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28520 41.10.24!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28522 41.10.24!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28532 41.10.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28534 41.10.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28535 41.10.25!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28542 41.10.25!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28543 41.10.25!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28550 41.10.26!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28552 41.10.26!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28558 41.10.26!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28565 41.10.27!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
28567 41.10.27!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28569 41.10.27!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28577 41.10.27!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28586 41.10.28!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
28590 41.10.28!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28591 41.10.28!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28599 41.10.29!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
28602 41.10.29!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28606 41.10.29!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
28639 41.10.30!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
28654 41.10.30!24Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28659 41.10.30!29DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
28662 41.10.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28665 41.10.31!4Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
28685 41.10.32!13Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
28686 41.10.32!14Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28693 41.10.32!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28694 41.10.32!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28707 41.10.32!32Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
28709 41.10.33!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28715 41.10.33!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28748 41.10.34!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
28751 41.10.34!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28754 41.10.35!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28765 41.10.35!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28769 41.10.35!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28776 41.10.36!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28781 41.10.36!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28783 41.10.36!7Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28792 41.10.37!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28795 41.10.37!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28796 41.10.37!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
28797 41.10.37!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28800 41.10.37!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28801 41.10.37!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28809 41.10.38!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28811 41.10.38!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28815 41.10.38!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28825 41.10.38!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28829 41.10.38!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28832 41.10.38!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28836 41.10.39!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
28841 41.10.39!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28843 41.10.39!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28845 41.10.39!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28849 41.10.39!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28852 41.10.39!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28854 41.10.39!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28859 41.10.39!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28861 41.10.39!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
28863 41.10.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28865 41.10.40!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28874 41.10.40!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28897 41.10.42!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28900 41.10.42!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
28902 41.10.42!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28910 41.10.42!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28917 41.10.43!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
28924 41.10.43!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28927 41.10.43!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
28933 41.10.43!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
28937 41.10.44!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28947 41.10.44!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
28951 41.10.45!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
28965 41.10.45!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
28970 41.10.46!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
28979 41.10.46!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
28986 41.10.46!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29000 41.10.47!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29009 41.10.47!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29023 41.10.48!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
29025 41.10.48!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29029 41.10.48!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29041 41.10.49!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29045 41.10.49!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29046 41.10.49!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
29051 41.10.49!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29058 41.10.50!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
29073 41.10.51!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
29077 41.10.51!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29080 41.10.51!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
29082 41.10.51!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29084 41.10.51!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29088 41.10.51!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29094 41.10.52!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29099 41.10.52!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29101 41.10.52!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29119 41.11.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
29120 41.11.1!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29127 41.11.1!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
29133 41.11.1!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29139 41.11.2!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29142 41.11.2!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29160 41.11.2!21Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
29162 41.11.2!23Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
29170 41.11.3!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29171 41.11.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
29172 41.11.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29173 41.11.3!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29176 41.11.3!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
29178 41.11.3!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29180 41.11.3!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29181 41.11.3!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29184 41.11.3!13Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
29188 41.11.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29202 41.11.4!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
29208 41.11.4!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29215 41.11.5!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
29219 41.11.5!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29225 41.11.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
29239 41.11.7!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29247 41.11.7!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29259 41.11.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29260 41.11.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29268 41.11.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29270 41.11.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29277 41.11.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29284 41.11.9!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29286 41.11.9!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
29302 41.11.10!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
29311 41.11.11!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
29318 41.11.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29331 41.11.12!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
29349 41.11.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29358 41.11.13!19Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
29364 41.11.13!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29366 41.11.13!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29369 41.11.13!29Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
29376 41.11.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29377 41.11.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29382 41.11.14!11Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
29394 41.11.15!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29415 41.11.15!21Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29431 41.11.16!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29444 41.11.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29447 41.11.17!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29450 41.11.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29453 41.11.17!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
29457 41.11.17!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29476 41.11.18!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
29482 41.11.18!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29484 41.11.18!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29493 41.11.19!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
29494 41.11.19!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
29517 41.11.21!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29520 41.11.21!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29522 41.11.21!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
29523 41.11.21!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29527 41.11.21!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
29531 41.11.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
29533 41.11.22!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29536 41.11.22!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29540 41.11.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29544 41.11.23!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
29551 41.11.23!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
29558 41.11.23!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29568 41.11.23!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29570 41.11.23!29Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
29575 41.11.24!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29580 41.11.24!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
29596 41.11.25!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
29602 41.11.25!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29609 41.11.25!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29623 41.11.27!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29629 41.11.27!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
29634 41.11.27!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29649 41.11.28!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29652 41.11.28!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29656 41.11.28!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29659 41.11.28!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29663 41.11.28!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29664 41.11.28!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
29666 41.11.29!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29668 41.11.29!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29672 41.11.29!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29684 41.11.29!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
29687 41.11.29!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29690 41.11.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29694 41.11.30!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29697 41.11.30!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
29710 41.11.31!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
29713 41.11.31!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
29716 41.11.31!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29718 41.11.31!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
29725 41.11.32!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29728 41.11.32!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
29735 41.11.32!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29742 41.11.32!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29749 41.11.33!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29751 41.11.33!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29755 41.11.33!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29757 41.11.33!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29760 41.11.33!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29761 41.11.33!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29764 41.11.33!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
29767 41.11.33!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29773 41.12.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
29777 41.12.1!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29806 41.12.2!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
29809 41.12.2!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29828 41.12.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29835 41.12.4!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29841 41.12.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29844 41.12.5!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29847 41.12.5!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
29859 41.12.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29862 41.12.6!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
29872 41.12.6!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
29877 41.12.7!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29879 41.12.7!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
29881 41.12.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29885 41.12.7!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
29890 41.12.7!13Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
29895 41.12.7!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29900 41.12.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
29933 41.12.10!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29938 41.12.10!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
29944 41.12.10!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
29950 41.12.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
29953 41.12.11!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
29955 41.12.11!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
29966 41.12.12!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
29976 41.12.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
29988 41.12.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
29998 41.12.13!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30004 41.12.14!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
30007 41.12.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30011 41.12.14!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30028 41.12.14!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30030 41.12.14!25Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
30051 41.12.15!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
30057 41.12.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30067 41.12.16!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
30072 41.12.16!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
30075 41.12.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30078 41.12.16!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
30083 41.12.16!14Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
30088 41.12.16!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30090 41.12.17!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30092 41.12.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30096 41.12.17!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30101 41.12.17!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30113 41.12.18!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
30120 41.12.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30129 41.12.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30131 41.12.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30135 41.12.19!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30136 41.12.19!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30142 41.12.19!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30148 41.12.19!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30161 41.12.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30166 41.12.20!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30178 41.12.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30190 41.12.21!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30195 41.12.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30201 41.12.22!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30203 41.12.22!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30208 41.12.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30218 41.12.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30220 41.12.23!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30227 41.12.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
30230 41.12.24!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30231 41.12.24!6Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30234 41.12.24!9Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
30244 41.12.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30246 41.12.25!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30263 41.12.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30265 41.12.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30285 41.12.26!22EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30298 41.12.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30305 41.12.27!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30326 41.12.28!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30333 41.12.29!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
30336 41.12.29!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30339 41.12.29!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30343 41.12.29!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
30347 41.12.29!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30348 41.12.29!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30374 41.12.30!24OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30381 41.12.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30382 41.12.31!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
30384 41.12.31!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30391 41.12.31!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30401 41.12.32!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
30404 41.12.32!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30408 41.12.32!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30412 41.12.32!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30421 41.12.33!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30422 41.12.33!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30423 41.12.33!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30439 41.12.33!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30441 41.12.33!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30446 41.12.33!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30448 41.12.33!28Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
30455 41.12.34!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30460 41.12.34!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
30465 41.12.34!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30468 41.12.34!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
30475 41.12.34!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
30476 41.12.34!21Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30479 41.12.34!24Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
30483 41.12.35!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
30491 41.12.35!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30496 41.12.35!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30498 41.12.35!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30502 41.12.36!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30511 41.12.36!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30517 41.12.36!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30521 41.12.36!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
30532 41.12.37!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30540 41.12.37!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30542 41.12.37!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
30545 41.12.37!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30553 41.12.38!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30559 41.12.38!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30565 41.12.38!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
30584 41.12.40!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
30591 41.12.40!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
30592 41.12.40!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
30595 41.12.40!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
30607 41.12.41!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30616 41.12.41!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30642 41.12.43!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30646 41.12.43!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
30651 41.12.43!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30654 41.12.43!20Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
30660 41.12.44!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
30662 41.12.44!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30668 41.12.44!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
30670 41.12.44!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30679 41.12.44!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
30690 41.13.1!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
30697 41.13.1!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30699 41.13.1!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
30707 41.13.2!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30712 41.13.2!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30745 41.13.3!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
30753 41.13.4!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30755 41.13.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30756 41.13.4!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
30765 41.13.4!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
30767 41.13.4!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
30769 41.13.5!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30771 41.13.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30776 41.13.5!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30778 41.13.5!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30780 41.13.5!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
30782 41.13.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30790 41.13.6!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30793 41.13.6!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
30794 41.13.6!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30797 41.13.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30799 41.13.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30834 41.13.8!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30836 41.13.8!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
30840 41.13.9!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
30848 41.13.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30852 41.13.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30864 41.13.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30868 41.13.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30875 41.13.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30886 41.13.11!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
30894 41.13.11!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
30938 41.13.13!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
30940 41.13.13!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
30943 41.13.13!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
30944 41.13.13!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
30947 41.13.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30949 41.13.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
30959 41.13.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30961 41.13.14!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
30964 41.13.14!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30973 41.13.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30975 41.13.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
30990 41.13.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31007 41.13.17!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
31034 41.13.19!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
31050 41.13.20!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31051 41.13.20!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31065 41.13.20!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31075 41.13.21!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31076 41.13.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31077 41.13.21!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31078 41.13.21!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31081 41.13.21!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
31082 41.13.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31086 41.13.21!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
31089 41.13.21!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31107 41.13.22!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
31110 41.13.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31119 41.13.24!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31127 41.13.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31129 41.13.24!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31132 41.13.24!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31141 41.13.25!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31144 41.13.25!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
31147 41.13.25!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31150 41.13.25!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31156 41.13.25!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31158 41.13.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31159 41.13.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31161 41.13.26!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
31175 41.13.27!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31196 41.13.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31198 41.13.28!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31204 41.13.28!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31206 41.13.28!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31209 41.13.28!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
31218 41.13.28!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31223 41.13.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31224 41.13.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31227 41.13.29!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31229 41.13.29!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
31230 41.13.29!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31234 41.13.29!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31236 41.13.29!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
31239 41.13.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31246 41.13.30!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
31251 41.13.30!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31252 41.13.30!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
31255 41.13.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31262 41.13.31!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31264 41.13.31!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31266 41.13.31!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31270 41.13.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31272 41.13.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31278 41.13.32!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
31281 41.13.32!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
31301 41.13.33!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31307 41.13.34!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31321 41.13.34!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
31327 41.13.34!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31339 41.13.35!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31346 41.13.35!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
31362 41.13.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31364 41.13.37!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31366 41.13.37!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31390 41.14.1!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31391 41.14.1!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31399 41.14.2!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31436 41.14.3!26Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
31447 41.14.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31449 41.14.4!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
31458 41.14.5!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
31474 41.14.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31476 41.14.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31479 41.14.6!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31482 41.14.6!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31484 41.14.6!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
31487 41.14.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31493 41.14.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31502 41.14.7!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31506 41.14.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31509 41.14.7!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
31512 41.14.7!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31515 41.14.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31528 41.14.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31533 41.14.9!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31543 41.14.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31546 41.14.9!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
31553 41.14.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31555 41.14.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
31564 41.14.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31568 41.14.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
31575 41.14.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31581 41.14.11!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31582 41.14.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31586 41.14.12!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31592 41.14.12!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31595 41.14.12!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31597 41.14.12!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31603 41.14.12!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31613 41.14.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31619 41.14.13!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31622 41.14.13!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31631 41.14.13!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31639 41.14.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31646 41.14.14!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31656 41.14.14!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31658 41.14.14!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31664 41.14.15!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31665 41.14.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31666 41.14.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31674 41.14.15!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31699 41.14.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31701 41.14.17!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31711 41.14.18!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31715 41.14.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31719 41.14.18!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31724 41.14.18!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
31738 41.14.19!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31741 41.14.20!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
31746 41.14.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31759 41.14.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31761 41.14.21!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31777 41.14.21!19Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
31788 41.14.21!29Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
31806 41.14.22!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31808 41.14.22!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
31831 41.14.24!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31843 41.14.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31848 41.14.25!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31861 41.14.25!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31880 41.14.27!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31882 41.14.27!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
31885 41.14.27!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31886 41.14.27!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31891 41.14.27!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
31895 41.14.27!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
31896 41.14.27!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31898 41.14.27!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
31900 41.14.28!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31901 41.14.28!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31911 41.14.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31913 41.14.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31917 41.14.29!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31918 41.14.29!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
31927 41.14.30!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31929 41.14.30!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
31932 41.14.30!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31936 41.14.30!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
31937 41.14.30!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31938 41.14.30!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31941 41.14.30!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31943 41.14.30!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
31946 41.14.30!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31950 41.14.31!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
31952 41.14.31!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31955 41.14.31!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31961 41.14.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31966 41.14.31!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
31968 41.14.31!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
31973 41.14.32!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31982 41.14.32!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
31987 41.14.32!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
31993 41.14.33!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32012 41.14.34!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32015 41.14.34!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32020 41.14.34!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
32039 41.14.35!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32040 41.14.35!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
32051 41.14.36!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32055 41.14.36!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32060 41.14.36!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
32069 41.14.36!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32076 41.14.37!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32078 41.14.37!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32083 41.14.37!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32087 41.14.37!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32093 41.14.37!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32107 41.14.38!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32109 41.14.38!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32111 41.14.38!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32113 41.14.38!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32117 41.14.39!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32120 41.14.39!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32126 41.14.40!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32134 41.14.40!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
32147 41.14.41!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32151 41.14.41!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32154 41.14.41!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32166 41.14.41!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
32181 41.14.42!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
32182 41.14.42!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32185 41.14.42!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
32189 41.14.43!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
32191 41.14.43!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
32192 41.14.43!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32194 41.14.43!8Appositive - Appositive
32197 41.14.43!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
32217 41.14.44!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
32224 41.14.44!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32227 41.14.44!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32241 41.14.45!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32243 41.14.45!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32249 41.14.46!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32259 41.14.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32261 41.14.47!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32274 41.14.47!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
32285 41.14.48!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32296 41.14.49!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32301 41.14.49!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32320 41.14.50!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
32324 41.14.51!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32334 41.14.51!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32337 41.14.52!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32342 41.14.52!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32354 41.14.53!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32366 41.14.54!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32368 41.14.54!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32391 41.14.55!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32393 41.14.55!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32402 41.14.55!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
32412 41.14.56!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32419 41.14.56!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32426 41.14.57!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32433 41.14.58!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32438 41.14.58!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32446 41.14.58!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32449 41.14.58!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32454 41.14.59!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32473 41.14.60!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32478 41.14.60!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
32480 41.14.60!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
32482 41.14.61!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32490 41.14.61!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32491 41.14.61!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32496 41.14.61!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32499 41.14.61!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32508 41.14.62!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32510 41.14.62!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32513 41.14.62!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32517 41.14.62!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
32522 41.14.62!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
32525 41.14.62!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
32528 41.14.62!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
32535 41.14.63!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32537 41.14.63!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32542 41.14.63!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32544 41.14.63!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32554 41.14.64!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32558 41.14.64!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32560 41.14.64!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32563 41.14.64!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32565 41.14.64!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
32574 41.14.65!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
32584 41.14.65!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32587 41.14.65!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32589 41.14.65!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32601 41.14.66!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32610 41.14.67!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
32615 41.14.67!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32617 41.14.67!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32623 41.14.67!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
32626 41.14.68!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32631 41.14.68!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32635 41.14.68!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32646 41.14.68!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32650 41.14.69!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32660 41.14.69!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32665 41.14.70!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32667 41.14.70!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32671 41.14.70!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32674 41.14.70!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32677 41.14.70!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
32680 41.14.70!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32687 41.14.70!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32689 41.14.71!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32696 41.14.71!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32698 41.14.71!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
32706 41.14.72!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32713 41.14.72!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
32723 41.14.72!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32727 41.14.72!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32737 41.15.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32738 41.15.1!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32762 41.15.2!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
32765 41.15.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32772 41.15.2!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32776 41.15.2!16Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32778 41.15.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32788 41.15.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32790 41.15.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32791 41.15.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32796 41.15.4!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32800 41.15.4!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
32801 41.15.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32805 41.15.5!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32807 41.15.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32809 41.15.5!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
32818 41.15.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32820 41.15.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32833 41.15.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32838 41.15.7!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
32841 41.15.7!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32854 41.15.9!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32856 41.15.9!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32861 41.15.9!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32872 41.15.10!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32879 41.15.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32881 41.15.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32887 41.15.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32892 41.15.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32894 41.15.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32895 41.15.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32900 41.15.12!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32911 41.15.13!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32913 41.15.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32916 41.15.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32919 41.15.14!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32921 41.15.14!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32925 41.15.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32928 41.15.14!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
32930 41.15.14!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
32932 41.15.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
32935 41.15.14!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
32938 41.15.15!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32940 41.15.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32945 41.15.15!8Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
32960 41.15.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32962 41.15.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
32974 41.15.16!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32980 41.15.17!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32984 41.15.17!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
32987 41.15.17!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
32995 41.15.18!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33003 41.15.19!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
33019 41.15.20!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33035 41.15.20!16Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33043 41.15.21!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33065 41.15.22!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33069 41.15.22!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33075 41.15.22!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33090 41.15.24!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33093 41.15.24!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33124 41.15.26!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33130 41.15.27!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33132 41.15.27!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33136 41.15.27!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
33140 41.15.27!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33146 41.15.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33157 41.15.29!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33175 41.15.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33176 41.15.31!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33187 41.15.31!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33190 41.15.31!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33195 41.15.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33212 41.15.32!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33223 41.15.33!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33234 41.15.34!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33243 41.15.34!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33251 41.15.34!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33264 41.15.35!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33270 41.15.35!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33271 41.15.35!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33288 41.15.36!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33296 41.15.37!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33298 41.15.37!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33305 41.15.38!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33312 41.15.38!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
33327 41.15.39!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33331 41.15.39!14Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33332 41.15.39!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
33335 41.15.39!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33344 41.15.40!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33367 41.15.41!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33378 41.15.41!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
33389 41.15.42!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33392 41.15.42!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33409 41.15.43!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
33430 41.15.44!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33432 41.15.44!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33445 41.15.44!15Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
33487 41.15.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33489 41.15.47!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33504 41.16.1!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
33512 41.16.1!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33522 41.16.2!2Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33528 41.16.2!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33541 41.16.3!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33554 41.16.4!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33583 41.16.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
33585 41.16.6!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
33588 41.16.6!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33591 41.16.6!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33593 41.16.6!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
33604 41.16.6!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
33621 41.16.7!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
33627 41.16.7!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33650 41.16.8!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
33651 41.16.8!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
33853 41.16.8!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33855 41.16.8!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33857 41.16.8!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33861 41.16.8!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33864 41.16.8!29Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
33866 41.16.8!31Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
33867 41.16.8!32Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
33871 41.16.8!36Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33675 41.16.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33686 41.16.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33697 41.16.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
33699 41.16.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
33700 41.16.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33706 41.16.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33712 41.16.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33719 41.16.13!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33723 41.16.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33727 41.16.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33743 41.16.14!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
33750 41.16.15!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
33754 41.16.15!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
33762 41.16.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33766 41.16.16!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
33768 41.16.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33770 41.16.16!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33771 41.16.16!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
33773 41.16.17!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33777 41.16.17!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
33780 41.16.17!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33784 41.16.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33787 41.16.17!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33789 41.16.17!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
33792 41.16.18!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33795 41.16.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33797 41.16.18!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33798 41.16.18!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33801 41.16.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33806 41.16.18!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33808 41.16.18!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33814 41.16.19!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33817 41.16.19!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33819 41.16.19!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
33834 41.16.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33840 41.16.20!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33844 41.16.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33890 42.1.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
33891 42.1.1!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33897 42.1.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33906 42.1.2!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33908 42.1.2!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33912 42.1.2!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
33920 42.1.3!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
33921 42.1.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
33930 42.1.4!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
33932 42.1.4!5Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
33954 42.1.5!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33962 42.1.5!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
33984 42.1.6!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
33999 42.1.7!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34000 42.1.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34007 42.1.8!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
34009 42.1.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34022 42.1.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34038 42.1.10!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34042 42.1.10!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
34043 42.1.10!7Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34082 42.1.13!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34094 42.1.13!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34100 42.1.13!22Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34113 42.1.14!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
34117 42.1.14!8Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34135 42.1.15!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
34140 42.1.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34150 42.1.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34162 42.1.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34185 42.1.17!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34190 42.1.18!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34191 42.1.18!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34195 42.1.18!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34198 42.1.18!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34200 42.1.18!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34205 42.1.18!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34216 42.1.19!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34221 42.1.19!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34224 42.1.19!10Appositive - Appositive
34238 42.1.19!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34241 42.1.20!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
34252 42.1.20!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34285 42.1.21!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34297 42.1.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34304 42.1.22!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34314 42.1.23!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
34315 42.1.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34329 42.1.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34331 42.1.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34348 42.1.25!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34362 42.1.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34364 42.1.26!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34382 42.1.27!1DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34394 42.1.27!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34406 42.1.28!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34410 42.1.28!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34415 42.1.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
34420 42.1.29!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
34423 42.1.29!9Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34435 42.1.30!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34448 42.1.31!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
34461 42.1.31!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34463 42.1.32!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
34467 42.1.32!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34490 42.1.33!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34495 42.1.33!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34504 42.1.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34505 42.1.34!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34509 42.1.34!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34511 42.1.34!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34515 42.1.34!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
34520 42.1.35!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34525 42.1.35!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34532 42.1.35!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34539 42.1.35!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34541 42.1.35!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34544 42.1.35!23Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
34548 42.1.36!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
34549 42.1.36!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
34553 42.1.36!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
34562 42.1.36!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
34563 42.1.36!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34567 42.1.36!20Appositive - Appositive
34577 42.1.37!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34582 42.1.38!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34584 42.1.38!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34600 42.1.38!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34606 42.1.39!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34616 42.1.39!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34632 42.1.41!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
34633 42.1.41!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34635 42.1.41!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34639 42.1.41!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
34654 42.1.41!22Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
34664 42.1.42!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34680 42.1.43!4Inline annotations -
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
34691 42.1.44!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
34693 42.1.44!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34708 42.1.44!17Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
34732 42.1.46!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34747 42.1.47!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
34760 42.1.48!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
34762 42.1.48!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34775 42.1.49!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
34779 42.1.49!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
34785 42.1.50!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34816 42.1.53!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34820 42.1.53!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34845 42.1.55!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
34865 42.1.57!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34867 42.1.57!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
34901 42.1.59!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
34902 42.1.59!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
34930 42.1.60!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34941 42.1.61!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34949 42.1.61!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34971 42.1.63!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
34978 42.1.63!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
34986 42.1.64!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
35002 42.1.65!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
35007 42.1.65!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35014 42.1.65!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
35031 42.1.66!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
35033 42.1.66!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
35038 42.1.66!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35040 42.1.66!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35047 42.1.67!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35048 42.1.67!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
35058 42.1.68!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
35091 42.1.70!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
35132 42.1.74!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35133 42.1.74!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
35145 42.1.75!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35150 42.1.76!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35156 42.1.76!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35172 42.1.77!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35180 42.1.78!1DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35196 42.1.79!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
35212 42.1.80!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35214 42.1.80!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35233 42.2.1!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
35235 42.2.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35250 42.2.2!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
35251 42.2.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35257 42.2.2!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35264 42.2.3!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
35283 42.2.4!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35310 42.2.6!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
35312 42.2.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35351 42.2.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35353 42.2.8!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
35370 42.2.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35375 42.2.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35391 42.2.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
35394 42.2.10!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
35410 42.2.11!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35420 42.2.12!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35425 42.2.12!6Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
35434 42.2.13!2Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35448 42.2.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
35453 42.2.14!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35461 42.2.15!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
35462 42.2.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35469 42.2.15!10Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
35470 42.2.15!11Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35478 42.2.15!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
35484 42.2.15!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
35490 42.2.15!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35523 42.2.17!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
35529 42.2.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35539 42.2.18!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
35542 42.2.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35544 42.2.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35545 42.2.19!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35547 42.2.19!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
35577 42.2.21!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35590 42.2.21!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35592 42.2.21!15Appositive - Appositive
35607 42.2.22!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35633 42.2.23!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35637 42.2.23!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35654 42.2.24!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
35662 42.2.25!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
35663 42.2.25!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35672 42.2.25!11Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
35685 42.2.25!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35687 42.2.25!24Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
35716 42.2.27!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35721 42.2.27!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35740 42.2.28!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35753 42.2.29!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35765 42.2.29!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35821 42.2.34!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
35822 42.2.34!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
35838 42.2.35!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
35840 42.2.35!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
35841 42.2.35!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35849 42.2.35!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
35866 42.2.36!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
35883 42.2.37!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35895 42.2.37!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35904 42.2.38!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35922 42.2.39!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35935 42.2.39!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35940 42.2.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35942 42.2.40!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
35950 42.2.40!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
35965 42.2.41!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
35971 42.2.42!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
35988 42.2.43!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36008 42.2.44!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36014 42.2.44!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
36036 42.2.46!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
36037 42.2.46!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36084 42.2.48!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36091 42.2.48!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
36092 42.2.48!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36105 42.2.49!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36113 42.2.49!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36120 42.2.49!19Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
36123 42.2.50!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36147 42.2.51!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36160 42.2.52!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
36174 42.3.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36177 42.3.1!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36195 42.3.1!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36197 42.3.1!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36202 42.3.1!26Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
36208 42.3.1!31Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36209 42.3.1!32Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36213 42.3.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36227 42.3.2!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
36255 42.3.4!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
36261 42.3.4!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
36266 42.3.4!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36272 42.3.5!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
36274 42.3.5!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
36276 42.3.5!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
36280 42.3.5!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
36313 42.3.7!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36322 42.3.7!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
36339 42.3.8!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36344 42.3.8!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36351 42.3.8!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36360 42.3.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36363 42.3.9!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36365 42.3.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36372 42.3.9!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36374 42.3.9!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36381 42.3.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36393 42.3.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36402 42.3.11!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36412 42.3.11!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36415 42.3.11!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36428 42.3.12!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36433 42.3.13!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
36439 42.3.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36454 42.3.14!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36463 42.3.14!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36490 42.3.15!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36498 42.3.16!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
36501 42.3.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36503 42.3.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36524 42.3.16!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36525 42.3.16!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36534 42.3.17!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36553 42.3.17!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36555 42.3.17!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36560 42.3.18!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36563 42.3.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36570 42.3.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36572 42.3.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36591 42.3.19!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
36592 42.3.19!22Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
36593 42.3.19!23Inline annotations -
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
36601 42.3.20!6Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
36608 42.3.21!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
36610 42.3.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36616 42.3.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36638 42.3.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36643 42.3.22!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36653 42.3.22!27Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
36656 42.3.23!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
36658 42.3.23!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
36670 42.3.23!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
36824 42.4.1!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
36826 42.4.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36839 42.4.1!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
36842 42.4.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36869 42.4.3!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36870 42.4.3!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
36872 42.4.3!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
36876 42.4.3!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
36887 42.4.4!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
36890 42.4.4!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36891 42.4.4!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36892 42.4.4!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
36893 42.4.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36917 42.4.6!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
36920 42.4.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36922 42.4.6!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
36925 42.4.6!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
36932 42.4.6!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36935 42.4.6!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36941 42.4.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
36943 42.4.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36954 42.4.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
36959 42.4.8!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
36961 42.4.8!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
36967 42.4.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
36969 42.4.8!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
36988 42.4.9!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
36989 42.4.9!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
36991 42.4.9!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
37002 42.4.10!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
37012 42.4.11!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37014 42.4.11!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
37022 42.4.11!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37030 42.4.12!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
37033 42.4.12!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37035 42.4.12!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
37046 42.4.13!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
37056 42.4.14!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
37063 42.4.14!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37068 42.4.14!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37074 42.4.14!20Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
37078 42.4.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37109 42.4.16!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37135 42.4.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37151 42.4.18!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37154 42.4.18!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37164 42.4.19!4Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37176 42.4.20!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37179 42.4.20!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
37192 42.4.21!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37194 42.4.21!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
37203 42.4.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37223 42.4.22!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37224 42.4.22!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37226 42.4.22!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
37227 42.4.22!24Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
37234 42.4.23!5Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37237 42.4.23!8Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
37241 42.4.23!11Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
37246 42.4.23!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37263 42.4.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37267 42.4.24!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
37269 42.4.24!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
37276 42.4.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37282 42.4.25!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37289 42.4.25!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37314 42.4.26!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
37325 42.4.26!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37330 42.4.27!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37336 42.4.27!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
37342 42.4.27!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
37356 42.4.28!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
37358 42.4.28!7Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
37379 42.4.29!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37382 42.4.29!20Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37400 42.4.31!5Appositive - Appositive
37420 42.4.32!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37428 42.4.33!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37443 42.4.34!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37462 42.4.34!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
37470 42.4.35!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
37474 42.4.35!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37483 42.4.35!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
37491 42.4.35!23Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
37507 42.4.36!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37508 42.4.36!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
37512 42.4.36!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37546 42.4.38!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37548 42.4.38!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37573 42.4.39!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37583 42.4.40!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37594 42.4.40!15Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
37596 42.4.40!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37599 42.4.40!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37615 42.4.41!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37631 42.4.41!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37633 42.4.41!27Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
37646 42.4.42!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37665 42.4.43!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
37671 42.4.43!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37673 42.4.43!9Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
37686 42.4.43!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
37697 42.5.1!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
37699 42.5.1!3Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37712 42.5.1!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37729 42.5.2!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37731 42.5.2!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37734 42.5.2!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
37752 42.5.3!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37760 42.5.3!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37767 42.5.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37769 42.5.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37777 42.5.4!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37791 42.5.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
37794 42.5.5!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37796 42.5.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37800 42.5.5!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
37803 42.5.5!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37805 42.5.5!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37813 42.5.6!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
37832 42.5.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
37858 42.5.8!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
37861 42.5.8!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37866 42.5.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37872 42.5.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37889 42.5.10!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
37912 42.5.10!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37915 42.5.10!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37918 42.5.10!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
37935 42.5.12!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
37936 42.5.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37945 42.5.12!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
37961 42.5.12!26Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37963 42.5.12!27Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
37967 42.5.12!31Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
37977 42.5.13!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
37983 42.5.13!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37990 42.5.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
37993 42.5.14!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
37996 42.5.14!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38036 42.5.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38047 42.5.17!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
38048 42.5.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38053 42.5.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38077 42.5.17!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38086 42.5.18!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
38091 42.5.18!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
38099 42.5.18!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
38119 42.5.19!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38130 42.5.19!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
38141 42.5.20!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38152 42.5.21!4Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
38159 42.5.21!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38161 42.5.21!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
38168 42.5.21!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38188 42.5.22!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38199 42.5.23!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
38201 42.5.23!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
38207 42.5.23!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38210 42.5.23!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
38214 42.5.24!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38216 42.5.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38218 42.5.24!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38222 42.5.24!9Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
38234 42.5.24!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38250 42.5.25!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38270 42.5.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38283 42.5.26!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38288 42.5.27!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
38305 42.5.27!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38321 42.5.29!6Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38356 42.5.30!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38373 42.5.31!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38374 42.5.31!9Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
38381 42.5.31!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38394 42.5.33!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
38400 42.5.33!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38406 42.5.33!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38409 42.5.33!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
38415 42.5.33!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38417 42.5.33!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38418 42.5.33!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
38422 42.5.34!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38424 42.5.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38429 42.5.34!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38431 42.5.34!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38435 42.5.34!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38437 42.5.34!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38439 42.5.34!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38456 42.5.35!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38458 42.5.35!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
38470 42.5.36!8Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38471 42.5.36!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38472 42.5.36!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38481 42.5.36!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38483 42.5.36!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38489 42.5.36!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
38491 42.5.36!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38503 42.5.37!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
38511 42.5.37!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38513 42.5.37!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38525 42.5.37!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38526 42.5.37!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
38528 42.5.37!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38530 42.5.37!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
38533 42.5.38!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38535 42.5.38!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38541 42.5.39!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
38550 42.5.39!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38552 42.5.39!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38555 42.6.1!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
38557 42.6.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38577 42.6.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38579 42.6.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38583 42.6.2!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38599 42.6.3!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38600 42.6.3!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38602 42.6.3!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
38607 42.6.3!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
38614 42.6.4!1Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
38622 42.6.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38648 42.6.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38650 42.6.5!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
38657 42.6.6!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
38659 42.6.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38660 42.6.6!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38675 42.6.6!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38692 42.6.7!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38702 42.6.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38714 42.6.8!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
38719 42.6.8!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38737 42.6.9!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38749 42.6.9!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
38760 42.6.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38765 42.6.10!11Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
38775 42.6.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38790 42.6.12!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
38792 42.6.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
38813 42.6.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
38830 42.6.13!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38883 42.6.17!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
38919 42.6.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38927 42.6.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38935 42.6.19!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
38944 42.6.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
38955 42.6.20!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
38960 42.6.20!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39004 42.6.22!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
39018 42.6.23!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
39020 42.6.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39028 42.6.23!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
39035 42.6.23!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
39074 42.6.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39081 42.6.26!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
39088 42.6.26!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
39094 42.6.27!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39096 42.6.27!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
39121 42.6.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39133 42.6.29!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39136 42.6.29!15Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
39139 42.6.29!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39145 42.6.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39151 42.6.30!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39160 42.6.31!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39174 42.6.32!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39181 42.6.32!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39185 42.6.32!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39187 42.6.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39196 42.6.33!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39203 42.6.33!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39207 42.6.33!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39215 42.6.34!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39223 42.6.34!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39227 42.6.34!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39245 42.6.35!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
39261 42.6.35!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39262 42.6.35!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39264 42.6.35!26Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
39273 42.6.36!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39309 42.6.38!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39320 42.6.38!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39322 42.6.38!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39332 42.6.39!5Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39338 42.6.39!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
39341 42.6.39!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39342 42.6.39!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39375 42.6.41!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39377 42.6.41!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39381 42.6.41!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39393 42.6.42!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
39405 42.6.42!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39406 42.6.42!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39407 42.6.42!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39427 42.6.42!36Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39429 42.6.42!38Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39451 42.6.43!10Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39460 42.6.44!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39461 42.6.44!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39469 42.6.44!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39475 42.6.44!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39477 42.6.44!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39480 42.6.45!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39483 42.6.45!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39485 42.6.45!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39494 42.6.45!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39496 42.6.45!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39503 42.6.45!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39505 42.6.45!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39513 42.6.46!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39527 42.6.47!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
39534 42.6.47!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
39547 42.6.48!1Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
39563 42.6.48!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39584 42.6.49!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39586 42.6.49!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39590 42.6.49!7Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
39598 42.6.49!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
39619 42.7.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39635 42.7.2!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39637 42.7.2!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39639 42.7.2!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39670 42.7.4!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
39681 42.7.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39685 42.7.4!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
39693 42.7.5!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39695 42.7.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39699 42.7.6!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39701 42.7.6!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39708 42.7.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39710 42.7.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39712 42.7.6!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
39717 42.7.6!18Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
39722 42.7.6!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39729 42.7.6!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39732 42.7.6!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39740 42.7.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39744 42.7.7!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
39756 42.7.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39758 42.7.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39759 42.7.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39761 42.7.8!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
39774 42.7.8!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
39776 42.7.8!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39782 42.7.8!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
39784 42.7.8!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39792 42.7.8!28EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
39795 42.7.8!30Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39800 42.7.9!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
39801 42.7.9!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
39809 42.7.9!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
39814 42.7.9!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39817 42.7.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39821 42.7.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39830 42.7.10!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
39835 42.7.10!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
39838 42.7.11!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
39839 42.7.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39858 42.7.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39860 42.7.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
39867 42.7.12!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
39877 42.7.12!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39882 42.7.12!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
39885 42.7.12!25Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
39902 42.7.13!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39911 42.7.14!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39913 42.7.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39919 42.7.14!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39921 42.7.14!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
39928 42.7.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
39952 42.7.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39960 42.7.16!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
39969 42.7.17!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
39976 42.7.17!10Inline annotations -
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
39985 42.7.18!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
39986 42.7.18!4Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
39989 42.7.18!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40000 42.7.18!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
40008 42.7.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40013 42.7.19!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40024 42.7.20!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40033 42.7.20!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40038 42.7.20!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40041 42.7.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40056 42.7.21!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40066 42.7.22!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40075 42.7.22!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40078 42.7.22!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40081 42.7.22!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40085 42.7.22!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40088 42.7.22!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40091 42.7.22!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40107 42.7.24!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40113 42.7.24!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
40114 42.7.24!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40116 42.7.24!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40124 42.7.24!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40134 42.7.25!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40139 42.7.25!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
40140 42.7.25!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40141 42.7.25!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40147 42.7.25!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40168 42.7.27!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40174 42.7.27!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
40175 42.7.27!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
40188 42.7.27!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
40191 42.7.28!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40194 42.7.28!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40195 42.7.28!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40199 42.7.28!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
40202 42.7.28!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40204 42.7.28!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40216 42.7.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40220 42.7.29!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
40222 42.7.29!8Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40232 42.7.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40234 42.7.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40238 42.7.30!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40251 42.7.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40256 42.7.31!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40265 42.7.32!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
40269 42.7.32!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40279 42.7.32!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
40290 42.7.33!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40305 42.7.33!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40308 42.7.34!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40320 42.7.34!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
40331 42.7.35!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40345 42.7.36!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
40357 42.7.36!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
40362 42.7.37!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
40369 42.7.37!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
40393 42.7.38!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40401 42.7.38!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40430 42.7.39!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40431 42.7.39!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40447 42.7.39!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40458 42.7.40!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40463 42.7.40!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40465 42.7.40!13Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
40468 42.7.40!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40472 42.7.40!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
40474 42.7.41!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40480 42.7.41!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40486 42.7.41!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40488 42.7.41!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40495 42.7.42!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40501 42.7.42!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40506 42.7.43!2Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40509 42.7.43!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40512 42.7.43!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40516 42.7.43!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
40521 42.7.43!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40529 42.7.44!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40533 42.7.44!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40534 42.7.44!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40539 42.7.44!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
40544 42.7.44!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40546 42.7.44!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40551 42.7.44!24Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40553 42.7.44!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40556 42.7.44!29Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
40560 42.7.44!33Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40565 42.7.45!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40570 42.7.45!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40572 42.7.45!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40578 42.7.45!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
40582 42.7.46!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40583 42.7.46!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40589 42.7.46!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40591 42.7.46!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40614 42.7.47!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40616 42.7.47!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40619 42.7.47!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40626 42.7.48!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40627 42.7.48!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
40639 42.7.49!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40640 42.7.49!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40644 42.7.49!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40653 42.7.50!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40664 42.8.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
40665 42.8.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40669 42.8.1!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40683 42.8.1!20Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
40684 42.8.1!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40689 42.8.2!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
40708 42.8.2!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40737 42.8.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40747 42.8.5!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40757 42.8.5!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
40761 42.8.5!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40771 42.8.5!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40779 42.8.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40795 42.8.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40804 42.8.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40810 42.8.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40824 42.8.8!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
40828 42.8.8!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40832 42.8.8!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40840 42.8.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40841 42.8.9!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40843 42.8.9!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
40846 42.8.10!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
40850 42.8.10!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
40860 42.8.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40862 42.8.10!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40867 42.8.10!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
40878 42.8.11!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
40879 42.8.11!4Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
40882 42.8.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40890 42.8.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40892 42.8.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40917 42.8.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40919 42.8.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
40923 42.8.13!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40925 42.8.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40932 42.8.13!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40933 42.8.13!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
40934 42.8.13!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
40938 42.8.13!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40942 42.8.13!24Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
40947 42.8.14!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
40949 42.8.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
40954 42.8.14!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40960 42.8.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40974 42.8.15!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
40976 42.8.15!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
40978 42.8.15!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
40981 42.8.15!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
40984 42.8.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
40998 42.8.16!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
41000 42.8.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
41006 42.8.16!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41011 42.8.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41016 42.8.16!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41028 42.8.17!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41038 42.8.17!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41047 42.8.18!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
41050 42.8.18!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
41056 42.8.18!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
41061 42.8.18!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41093 42.8.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41102 42.8.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41106 42.8.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
41113 42.8.21!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41118 42.8.21!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41120 42.8.21!14Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
41121 42.8.21!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
41129 42.8.22!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
41131 42.8.22!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41136 42.8.22!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41140 42.8.22!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
41150 42.8.22!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41184 42.8.24!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41189 42.8.24!9Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
41212 42.8.25!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41225 42.8.25!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41227 42.8.25!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
41230 42.8.25!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41234 42.8.25!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
41273 42.8.27!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41280 42.8.27!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41284 42.8.27!26Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
41297 42.8.28!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41301 42.8.28!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41306 42.8.28!16Appositive - Appositive
41318 42.8.28!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
41331 42.8.29!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41333 42.8.29!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41352 42.8.29!30DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
41362 42.8.30!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41364 42.8.30!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
41367 42.8.30!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
41371 42.8.30!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41387 42.8.31!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41410 42.8.32!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41420 42.8.33!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
41437 42.8.33!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
41473 42.8.35!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
41480 42.8.35!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
41518 42.8.37!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41522 42.8.37!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41548 42.8.39!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41557 42.8.39!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41564 42.8.39!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41575 42.8.40!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41577 42.8.40!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41588 42.8.40!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
41593 42.8.41!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
41601 42.8.41!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
41602 42.8.41!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41623 42.8.42!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41627 42.8.42!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
41631 42.8.42!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41635 42.8.42!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41637 42.8.42!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41640 42.8.42!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41646 42.8.43!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41651 42.8.43!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
41656 42.8.43!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
41663 42.8.43!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
41677 42.8.44!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41690 42.8.45!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41702 42.8.45!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41704 42.8.45!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41711 42.8.46!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41713 42.8.46!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41716 42.8.46!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41720 42.8.46!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41723 42.8.46!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41735 42.8.47!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41740 42.8.47!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41750 42.8.47!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
41755 42.8.48!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
41760 42.8.48!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41762 42.8.48!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41772 42.8.49!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
41774 42.8.49!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
41775 42.8.49!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
41782 42.8.49!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41792 42.8.50!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41794 42.8.50!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41799 42.8.50!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41819 42.8.51!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
41837 42.8.52!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
41842 42.8.52!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
41846 42.8.52!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41863 42.8.54!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41872 42.8.54!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41889 42.8.55!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
41899 42.8.56!6Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
41903 42.8.56!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
41922 42.9.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41943 42.9.3!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
41949 42.9.3!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
41959 42.9.3!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
41960 42.9.3!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
41965 42.9.4!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
41971 42.9.4!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41972 42.9.4!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
41974 42.9.4!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
41975 42.9.4!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
41978 42.9.5!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
41989 42.9.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42019 42.9.7!8Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42038 42.9.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42044 42.9.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42054 42.9.9!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42056 42.9.9!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
42061 42.9.9!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42065 42.9.9!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42087 42.9.10!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
42092 42.9.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42094 42.9.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42111 42.9.11!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42112 42.9.11!19Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
42117 42.9.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42119 42.9.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42130 42.9.12!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42148 42.9.12!28Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42149 42.9.12!29Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42159 42.9.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42161 42.9.13!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
42164 42.9.13!9Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
42168 42.9.13!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42184 42.9.13!27Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42189 42.9.13!32DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
42204 42.9.14!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42209 42.9.14!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
42247 42.9.17!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42254 42.9.17!11Appositive - Appositive
42255 42.9.17!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
42259 42.9.18!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
42260 42.9.18!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42277 42.9.18!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42282 42.9.18!23Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
42284 42.9.19!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
42289 42.9.19!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
42293 42.9.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42295 42.9.19!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
42297 42.9.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42300 42.9.19!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42310 42.9.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42312 42.9.20!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42317 42.9.20!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
42322 42.9.20!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42328 42.9.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
42333 42.9.21!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
42335 42.9.21!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42339 42.9.22!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42344 42.9.22!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42358 42.9.22!22Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42361 42.9.22!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
42368 42.9.23!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42369 42.9.23!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42371 42.9.23!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
42389 42.9.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42391 42.9.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42396 42.9.24!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
42401 42.9.24!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
42403 42.9.24!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
42411 42.9.24!20Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
42423 42.9.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42429 42.9.26!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
42431 42.9.26!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
42439 42.9.26!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
42440 42.9.26!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42468 42.9.27!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
42483 42.9.28!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
42485 42.9.28!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42486 42.9.28!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42506 42.9.29!2Inline annotations -
Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
42507 42.9.29!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42511 42.9.29!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42518 42.9.29!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42525 42.9.30!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
42526 42.9.30!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42551 42.9.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42553 42.9.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42577 42.9.33!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
42578 42.9.33!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42591 42.9.33!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42593 42.9.33!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42595 42.9.33!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42596 42.9.33!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42604 42.9.33!25Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
42618 42.9.34!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
42620 42.9.34!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
42621 42.9.34!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
42639 42.9.35!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42646 42.9.35!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42655 42.9.35!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
42658 42.9.36!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42668 42.9.36!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42671 42.9.36!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
42677 42.9.36!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
42681 42.9.37!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
42683 42.9.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
42697 42.9.38!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
42698 42.9.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42705 42.9.38!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42716 42.9.38!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42721 42.9.39!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
42722 42.9.39!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42727 42.9.39!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42736 42.9.39!15Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
42762 42.9.41!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42816 42.9.43!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42824 42.9.43!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42837 42.9.44!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42843 42.9.44!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42847 42.9.44!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42849 42.9.44!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42858 42.9.45!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
42861 42.9.45!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42879 42.9.45!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42897 42.9.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42899 42.9.47!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42917 42.9.48!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42920 42.9.48!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
42927 42.9.48!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42931 42.9.48!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42933 42.9.48!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
42940 42.9.48!25Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
42942 42.9.48!27Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
42947 42.9.48!32Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42957 42.9.49!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42961 42.9.49!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
42981 42.9.50!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
42984 42.9.50!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
42987 42.9.50!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42989 42.9.50!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
42993 42.9.50!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
42997 42.9.51!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
42999 42.9.51!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43008 42.9.51!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43009 42.9.51!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43041 42.9.53!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43058 42.9.54!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43079 42.9.56!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43083 42.9.57!2Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43102 42.9.58!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
43105 42.9.58!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43107 42.9.58!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43110 42.9.58!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43116 42.9.58!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43118 42.9.58!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43123 42.9.58!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43133 42.9.59!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43136 42.9.59!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
43140 42.9.59!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43155 42.9.60!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43160 42.9.60!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43163 42.9.60!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43177 42.9.61!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43182 42.9.61!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43197 42.9.62!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
43200 42.9.62!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
43211 42.9.62!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43218 42.10.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
43220 42.10.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
43222 42.10.1!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
43236 42.10.1!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
43251 42.10.2!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43253 42.10.2!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43256 42.10.2!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43258 42.10.2!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43268 42.10.2!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43277 42.10.3!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
43297 42.10.4!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43298 42.10.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43303 42.10.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43306 42.10.5!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43308 42.10.5!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
43309 42.10.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43312 42.10.5!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
43313 42.10.5!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
43317 42.10.6!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43318 42.10.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43319 42.10.6!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43331 42.10.6!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43333 42.10.6!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43338 42.10.6!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
43340 42.10.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43343 42.10.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43354 42.10.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43358 42.10.7!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
43370 42.10.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43389 42.10.9!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
43395 42.10.9!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
43403 42.10.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43406 42.10.10!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43421 42.10.11!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43431 42.10.11!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
43438 42.10.11!17Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43440 42.10.11!19Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
43447 42.10.12!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43450 42.10.12!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43457 42.10.12!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
43473 42.10.13!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43474 42.10.13!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43488 42.10.13!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43496 42.10.14!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43504 42.10.14!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
43508 42.10.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43513 42.10.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43517 42.10.15!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43522 42.10.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43525 42.10.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43529 42.10.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43532 42.10.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43535 42.10.16!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43537 42.10.16!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43553 42.10.17!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43555 42.10.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43569 42.10.18!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43572 42.10.18!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43579 42.10.19!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
43600 42.10.19!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43602 42.10.19!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
43607 42.10.20!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43611 42.10.20!6Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
43612 42.10.20!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43615 42.10.20!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
43620 42.10.20!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43628 42.10.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43641 42.10.21!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43654 42.10.21!24Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
43671 42.10.21!37Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43672 42.10.21!38Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43677 42.10.22!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43686 42.10.22!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
43719 42.10.23!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
43723 42.10.23!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43735 42.10.24!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43742 42.10.24!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43757 42.10.25!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
43758 42.10.25!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43765 42.10.25!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43769 42.10.25!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43773 42.10.26!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
43779 42.10.26!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43788 42.10.27!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
43793 42.10.27!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
43823 42.10.27!34OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
43833 42.10.28!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43836 42.10.28!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43841 42.10.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
43847 42.10.29!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
43851 42.10.29!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43854 42.10.29!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
43858 42.10.30!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
43862 42.10.30!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43870 42.10.30!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43878 42.10.30!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43884 42.10.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43887 42.10.31!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43903 42.10.32!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43913 42.10.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43915 42.10.33!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
43951 42.10.35!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43963 42.10.35!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
43967 42.10.35!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43971 42.10.35!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
43972 42.10.35!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
43979 42.10.36!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
43980 42.10.36!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
43983 42.10.36!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
43993 42.10.37!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
43997 42.10.37!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44007 42.10.37!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
44010 42.10.37!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44012 42.10.37!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44016 42.10.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44018 42.10.38!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44021 42.10.38!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44027 42.10.38!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44029 42.10.38!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44036 42.10.39!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44055 42.10.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44057 42.10.40!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44067 42.10.40!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44073 42.10.40!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44076 42.10.40!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44086 42.10.40!28Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
44095 42.10.41!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44104 42.10.42!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44109 42.10.42!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
44111 42.10.42!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44112 42.10.42!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44121 42.11.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
44122 42.11.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44131 42.11.1!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44142 42.11.1!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44149 42.11.1!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44160 42.11.2!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44165 42.11.2!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
44177 42.11.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44195 42.11.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44197 42.11.4!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44215 42.11.5!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44229 42.11.5!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
44237 42.11.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44251 42.11.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44252 42.11.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44256 42.11.7!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
44257 42.11.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44258 42.11.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44264 42.11.7!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
44267 42.11.7!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44272 42.11.7!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44283 42.11.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44286 42.11.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44298 42.11.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44310 42.11.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44331 42.11.10!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44333 42.11.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44338 42.11.10!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44343 42.11.10!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44351 42.11.11!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
44359 42.11.11!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44361 42.11.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44374 42.11.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44376 42.11.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44377 42.11.13!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44380 42.11.13!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44389 42.11.13!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44406 42.11.14!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44410 42.11.14!9Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
44414 42.11.14!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
44424 42.11.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44426 42.11.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44430 42.11.15!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44440 42.11.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44443 42.11.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44450 42.11.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44453 42.11.17!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
44459 42.11.17!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44461 42.11.17!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44467 42.11.17!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44470 42.11.17!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
44472 42.11.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44474 42.11.18!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44489 42.11.18!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44496 42.11.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44498 42.11.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44499 42.11.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44505 42.11.19!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44512 42.11.19!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
44514 42.11.19!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44515 42.11.19!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44516 42.11.19!19Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
44519 42.11.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44521 42.11.20!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44538 42.11.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44539 42.11.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44547 42.11.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44554 42.11.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44556 42.11.22!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44562 42.11.22!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44571 42.11.22!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44576 42.11.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44581 42.11.23!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44586 42.11.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44591 42.11.23!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
44593 42.11.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44594 42.11.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44595 42.11.24!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44604 42.11.24!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44615 42.11.24!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
44623 42.11.25!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44634 42.11.26!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44656 42.11.27!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
44658 42.11.27!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
44662 42.11.27!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
44666 42.11.27!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
44673 42.11.27!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44684 42.11.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44688 42.11.28!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44699 42.11.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44701 42.11.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44706 42.11.29!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
44709 42.11.29!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44713 42.11.29!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44717 42.11.29!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44727 42.11.30!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44729 42.11.30!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44731 42.11.30!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44735 42.11.30!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44742 42.11.30!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
44746 42.11.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44755 42.11.31!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
44775 42.11.31!28Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
44776 42.11.31!29Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44780 42.11.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44786 42.11.32!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
44802 42.11.32!21Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
44803 42.11.32!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44807 42.11.33!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
44808 42.11.33!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
44810 42.11.33!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44813 42.11.33!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
44817 42.11.33!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
44823 42.11.33!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44825 42.11.33!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44829 42.11.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44838 42.11.34!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44839 42.11.34!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44842 42.11.34!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44845 42.11.34!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44850 42.11.34!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44853 42.11.34!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44855 42.11.34!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44858 42.11.34!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44867 42.11.35!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44872 42.11.35!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44875 42.11.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44877 42.11.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44887 42.11.36!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
44894 42.11.36!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44896 42.11.36!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44901 42.11.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44903 42.11.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44905 42.11.37!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
44917 42.11.38!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44919 42.11.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44924 42.11.38!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44932 42.11.39!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
44937 42.11.39!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
44938 42.11.39!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44941 42.11.39!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44950 42.11.39!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44952 42.11.39!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44962 42.11.40!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
44966 42.11.40!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44972 42.11.41!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
44978 42.11.41!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
44979 42.11.41!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45011 42.11.42!25Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
45015 42.11.42!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45050 42.11.44!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45063 42.11.45!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
45066 42.11.45!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45068 42.11.45!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45070 42.11.45!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45074 42.11.46!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
45078 42.11.46!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45088 42.11.46!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
45092 42.11.46!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45093 42.11.46!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45111 42.11.47!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45113 42.11.47!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45119 42.11.48!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45130 42.11.48!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45134 42.11.48!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45138 42.11.49!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45141 42.11.49!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45147 42.11.49!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
45157 42.11.49!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
45161 42.11.50!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45173 42.11.50!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45178 42.11.51!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
45199 42.11.51!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45216 42.11.52!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45217 42.11.52!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
45220 42.11.52!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45224 42.11.53!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45233 42.11.53!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45242 42.11.54!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45268 42.12.1!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
45270 42.12.1!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45280 42.12.1!26DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
45283 42.12.2!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
45285 42.12.2!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
45292 42.12.2!9Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45300 42.12.3!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45304 42.12.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45310 42.12.3!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45311 42.12.3!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45338 42.12.4!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45354 42.12.5!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45358 42.12.5!12Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45373 42.12.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45380 42.12.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45391 42.12.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45397 42.12.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45403 42.12.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45411 42.12.8!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
45421 42.12.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45435 42.12.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45437 42.12.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45450 42.12.10!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
45462 42.12.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45464 42.12.10!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45472 42.12.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45474 42.12.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45496 42.12.12!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45498 42.12.12!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45506 42.12.12!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
45518 42.12.13!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45530 42.12.14!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
45535 42.12.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45537 42.12.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45551 42.12.15!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45560 42.12.15!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45568 42.12.15!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
45580 42.12.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45593 42.12.17!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
45605 42.12.18!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45608 42.12.18!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45612 42.12.18!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
45616 42.12.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45654 42.12.20!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
45660 42.12.20!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
45662 42.12.20!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45665 42.12.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45672 42.12.20!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45674 42.12.20!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45679 42.12.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45685 42.12.21!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45697 42.12.22!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45715 42.12.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45717 42.12.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45718 42.12.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45723 42.12.23!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45745 42.12.24!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45750 42.12.24!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45763 42.12.25!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45770 42.12.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45772 42.12.26!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45773 42.12.26!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45777 42.12.26!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45797 42.12.27!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45805 42.12.27!21Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45809 42.12.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45811 42.12.28!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45813 42.12.28!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45819 42.12.28!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45822 42.12.28!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45824 42.12.28!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
45834 42.12.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45847 42.12.30!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
45849 42.12.30!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
45850 42.12.30!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45856 42.12.30!9Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45858 42.12.30!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45863 42.12.30!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
45872 42.12.31!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
45907 42.12.33!13Appositive - Appositive
45914 42.12.33!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
45918 42.12.33!23Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
45919 42.12.33!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
45921 42.12.34!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
45923 42.12.34!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
45928 42.12.34!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45929 42.12.34!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45936 42.12.35!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
45946 42.12.36!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
45979 42.12.37!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
45992 42.12.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
45993 42.12.38!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46010 42.12.39!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46014 42.12.39!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46020 42.12.39!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46032 42.12.40!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46038 42.12.40!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46053 42.12.41!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46055 42.12.41!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46057 42.12.41!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
46062 42.12.41!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
46068 42.12.42!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
46071 42.12.42!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46093 42.12.42!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
46110 42.12.44!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46114 42.12.44!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46122 42.12.45!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46124 42.12.45!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46133 42.12.45!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
46139 42.12.45!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46177 42.12.46!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46180 42.12.46!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46185 42.12.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46187 42.12.47!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46208 42.12.48!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46210 42.12.48!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46219 42.12.48!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
46221 42.12.48!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
46225 42.12.48!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46231 42.12.48!21Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
46235 42.12.48!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46239 42.12.49!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46253 42.12.50!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46267 42.12.51!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46270 42.12.51!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
46280 42.12.51!13Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
46289 42.12.52!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46338 42.12.54!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46349 42.12.54!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46352 42.12.54!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46357 42.12.55!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46358 42.12.55!3Inline annotations -
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46366 42.12.55!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46371 42.12.56!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46378 42.12.56!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
46381 42.12.56!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
46384 42.12.56!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
46385 42.12.56!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46393 42.12.57!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46401 42.12.58!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46403 42.12.58!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46408 42.12.58!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
46411 42.12.58!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46428 42.12.58!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46430 42.12.58!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46436 42.12.58!32Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46438 42.12.58!34Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46451 42.12.59!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46472 42.13.1!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46484 42.13.2!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46486 42.13.2!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
46489 42.13.2!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46497 42.13.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46506 42.13.3!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46509 42.13.3!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46510 42.13.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46514 42.13.4!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
46531 42.13.4!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46532 42.13.4!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46534 42.13.4!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
46548 42.13.5!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46551 42.13.5!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46552 42.13.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46557 42.13.6!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
46561 42.13.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46564 42.13.6!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
46586 42.13.7!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
46587 42.13.7!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46594 42.13.7!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
46607 42.13.7!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46612 42.13.8!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46615 42.13.8!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
46618 42.13.8!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
46623 42.13.8!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
46636 42.13.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46642 42.13.9!7Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46646 42.13.9!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46659 42.13.10!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
46664 42.13.11!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
46666 42.13.11!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46668 42.13.11!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
46693 42.13.12!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46707 42.13.13!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46722 42.13.14!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46725 42.13.14!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
46732 42.13.14!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46740 42.13.14!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46745 42.13.14!28Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
46760 42.13.15!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46762 42.13.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46764 42.13.15!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46781 42.13.16!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
46783 42.13.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46791 42.13.16!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
46792 42.13.16!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
46800 42.13.16!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
46804 42.13.16!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
46810 42.13.17!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
46820 42.13.17!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46836 42.13.18!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46849 42.13.19!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
46870 42.13.19!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
46884 42.13.20!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46891 42.13.21!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
46900 42.13.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46916 42.13.22!9Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
46926 42.13.23!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46929 42.13.23!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46933 42.13.23!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
46939 42.13.24!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46943 42.13.24!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46947 42.13.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
46971 42.13.25!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
46979 42.13.25!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
46984 42.13.25!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
46989 42.13.25!27EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
46995 42.13.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
46999 42.13.26!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47006 42.13.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47012 42.13.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47017 42.13.27!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47031 42.13.28!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47058 42.13.28!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47083 42.13.30!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
47097 42.13.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47107 42.13.31!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47113 42.13.31!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47116 42.13.31!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
47122 42.13.32!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47124 42.13.32!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
47128 42.13.32!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
47132 42.13.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47139 42.13.32!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47143 42.13.33!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47146 42.13.33!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47157 42.13.33!14Inline annotations -
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
47186 42.13.34!23Inline annotations -
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
47216 42.13.35!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
47224 42.14.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
47225 42.14.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47240 42.14.1!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47246 42.14.2!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
47247 42.14.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47248 42.14.2!4Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
47266 42.14.3!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47273 42.14.4!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
47285 42.14.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47289 42.14.5!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47294 42.14.5!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47300 42.14.5!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47312 42.14.6!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
47320 42.14.7!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
47324 42.14.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47332 42.14.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47336 42.14.8!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
47346 42.14.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47355 42.14.9!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47362 42.14.9!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47366 42.14.9!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47367 42.14.9!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47371 42.14.9!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47372 42.14.9!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47377 42.14.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47383 42.14.10!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47387 42.14.10!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47395 42.14.10!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47400 42.14.10!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47411 42.14.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47417 42.14.11!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47429 42.14.12!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47453 42.14.12!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47463 42.14.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47464 42.14.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47477 42.14.14!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47500 42.14.15!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
47504 42.14.15!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47514 42.14.16!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
47519 42.14.16!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47542 42.14.17!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47546 42.14.17!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47549 42.14.18!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47556 42.14.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47561 42.14.18!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47577 42.14.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47578 42.14.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47581 42.14.19!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47584 42.14.19!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
47597 42.14.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47601 42.14.20!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47604 42.14.20!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
47610 42.14.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47618 42.14.21!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
47629 42.14.21!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47640 42.14.21!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47651 42.14.22!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47653 42.14.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
47656 42.14.22!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47663 42.14.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47667 42.14.23!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47669 42.14.23!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
47671 42.14.23!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
47675 42.14.23!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
47687 42.14.23!19Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
47695 42.14.24!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
47702 42.14.24!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
47718 42.14.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47719 42.14.26!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47755 42.14.26!36Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
47758 42.14.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47772 42.14.27!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
47780 42.14.28!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47783 42.14.28!9Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47797 42.14.29!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
47803 42.14.29!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47808 42.14.29!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
47811 42.14.30!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
47821 42.14.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47825 42.14.31!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47835 42.14.31!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47842 42.14.31!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47849 42.14.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47851 42.14.32!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47855 42.14.32!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47856 42.14.32!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
47858 42.14.32!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47865 42.14.33!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47867 42.14.33!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47880 42.14.33!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
47883 42.14.34!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47888 42.14.34!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47891 42.14.34!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
47893 42.14.34!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
47899 42.14.35!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47908 42.14.35!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47912 42.14.35!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
47941 42.15.2!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47942 42.15.2!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
47952 42.15.3!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
47957 42.15.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
47968 42.15.4!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
48010 42.15.6!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48020 42.15.7!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48023 42.15.7!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48024 42.15.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48040 42.15.7!21Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
48045 42.15.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48047 42.15.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
48049 42.15.8!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
48051 42.15.8!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48079 42.15.9!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48088 42.15.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48100 42.15.10!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
48108 42.15.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48109 42.15.11!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48110 42.15.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48111 42.15.11!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48112 42.15.11!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48114 42.15.12!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48115 42.15.12!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48116 42.15.12!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48117 42.15.12!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48118 42.15.12!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48119 42.15.12!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48120 42.15.12!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48122 42.15.12!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48127 42.15.12!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
48132 42.15.12!16Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48133 42.15.12!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48134 42.15.12!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48135 42.15.12!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48136 42.15.12!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48137 42.15.12!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48139 42.15.13!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48140 42.15.13!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48141 42.15.13!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48142 42.15.13!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48143 42.15.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48144 42.15.13!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48145 42.15.13!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48146 42.15.13!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48147 42.15.13!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48148 42.15.13!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48149 42.15.13!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48150 42.15.13!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48151 42.15.13!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48152 42.15.13!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48154 42.15.13!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48155 42.15.13!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48156 42.15.13!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48157 42.15.13!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48158 42.15.13!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48159 42.15.13!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48160 42.15.13!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48161 42.15.13!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48163 42.15.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48164 42.15.14!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48165 42.15.14!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48166 42.15.14!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48167 42.15.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48168 42.15.14!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48169 42.15.14!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48170 42.15.14!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48171 42.15.14!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48172 42.15.14!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48173 42.15.14!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48175 42.15.14!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48176 42.15.14!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48177 42.15.14!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48178 42.15.14!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48180 42.15.15!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48181 42.15.15!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48182 42.15.15!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48183 42.15.15!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48184 42.15.15!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48185 42.15.15!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48186 42.15.15!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48187 42.15.15!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48188 42.15.15!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48190 42.15.15!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48191 42.15.15!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48192 42.15.15!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48193 42.15.15!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48194 42.15.15!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48195 42.15.15!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48196 42.15.15!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48197 42.15.15!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48198 42.15.15!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48200 42.15.16!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48201 42.15.16!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48202 42.15.16!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48203 42.15.16!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48204 42.15.16!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48205 42.15.16!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48206 42.15.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48207 42.15.16!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48208 42.15.16!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48209 42.15.16!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48211 42.15.16!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48212 42.15.16!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48213 42.15.16!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48214 42.15.16!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48216 42.15.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48217 42.15.17!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48218 42.15.17!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48219 42.15.17!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48220 42.15.17!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48222 42.15.17!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48230 42.15.17!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48232 42.15.17!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
48234 42.15.17!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48271 42.15.20!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48272 42.15.20!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48273 42.15.20!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48274 42.15.20!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48275 42.15.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48276 42.15.20!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48277 42.15.20!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48279 42.15.20!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48280 42.15.20!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48281 42.15.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48282 42.15.20!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48283 42.15.20!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48284 42.15.20!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48285 42.15.20!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48286 42.15.20!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48287 42.15.20!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48288 42.15.20!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48289 42.15.20!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48290 42.15.20!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48291 42.15.20!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48292 42.15.20!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48293 42.15.20!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48294 42.15.20!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48295 42.15.20!24Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48296 42.15.20!25Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48297 42.15.20!26Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48298 42.15.20!27Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48299 42.15.20!28Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48300 42.15.20!29Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48302 42.15.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48303 42.15.21!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48304 42.15.21!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48305 42.15.21!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48306 42.15.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48308 42.15.21!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48325 42.15.22!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48326 42.15.22!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48327 42.15.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48328 42.15.22!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48329 42.15.22!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48330 42.15.22!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48331 42.15.22!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48332 42.15.22!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48334 42.15.22!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48370 42.15.24!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
48374 42.15.24!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48384 42.15.24!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48385 42.15.24!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48386 42.15.24!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48388 42.15.25!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48389 42.15.25!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48390 42.15.25!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48391 42.15.25!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48392 42.15.25!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48393 42.15.25!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48394 42.15.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48395 42.15.25!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48396 42.15.25!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48398 42.15.25!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48399 42.15.25!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48400 42.15.25!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48401 42.15.25!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48402 42.15.25!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48403 42.15.25!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48405 42.15.25!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48406 42.15.25!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48407 42.15.25!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48408 42.15.25!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48410 42.15.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48411 42.15.26!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48412 42.15.26!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48413 42.15.26!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48414 42.15.26!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48415 42.15.26!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48416 42.15.26!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48417 42.15.26!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48418 42.15.26!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48419 42.15.26!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
48421 42.15.27!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48422 42.15.27!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48423 42.15.27!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48424 42.15.27!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48425 42.15.27!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48426 42.15.27!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48442 42.15.27!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48446 42.15.28!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48447 42.15.28!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48448 42.15.28!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48449 42.15.28!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48450 42.15.28!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48451 42.15.28!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48453 42.15.28!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48454 42.15.28!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48455 42.15.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48456 42.15.28!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48457 42.15.28!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48458 42.15.28!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48459 42.15.28!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48461 42.15.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48462 42.15.29!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48463 42.15.29!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48464 42.15.29!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48465 42.15.29!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48466 42.15.29!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48467 42.15.29!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48469 42.15.29!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
48470 42.15.29!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48476 42.15.29!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48481 42.15.29!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48486 42.15.29!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48492 42.15.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48494 42.15.30!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48498 42.15.30!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
48500 42.15.30!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
48510 42.15.30!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
48513 42.15.31!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48514 42.15.31!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48515 42.15.31!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48516 42.15.31!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48518 42.15.31!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48520 42.15.31!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48521 42.15.31!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48527 42.15.31!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48537 42.15.32!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48540 42.15.32!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
48544 42.15.32!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48561 42.16.1!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48564 42.16.1!10Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
48585 42.16.2!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48586 42.16.2!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
48604 42.16.3!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48608 42.16.3!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
48611 42.16.3!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48614 42.16.3!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48623 42.16.3!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48625 42.16.3!20Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48635 42.16.4!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48647 42.16.5!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48656 42.16.5!10Inline annotations -
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48666 42.16.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48670 42.16.6!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48674 42.16.6!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48679 42.16.6!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48680 42.16.6!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
48685 42.16.6!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48689 42.16.7!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48690 42.16.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48693 42.16.7!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48698 42.16.7!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48702 42.16.7!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48706 42.16.7!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48709 42.16.7!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
48710 42.16.7!17Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
48717 42.16.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48723 42.16.8!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
48726 42.16.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48730 42.16.8!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48732 42.16.8!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
48735 42.16.8!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48749 42.16.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48750 42.16.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48753 42.16.9!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48763 42.16.9!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48769 42.16.9!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
48772 42.16.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48776 42.16.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48783 42.16.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48786 42.16.10!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
48787 42.16.10!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48790 42.16.10!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
48793 42.16.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48795 42.16.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48796 42.16.11!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
48803 42.16.11!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48805 42.16.11!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48810 42.16.12!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48811 42.16.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48818 42.16.12!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48820 42.16.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48824 42.16.13!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
48827 42.16.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48835 42.16.13!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48839 42.16.13!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48842 42.16.13!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
48843 42.16.13!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48847 42.16.13!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48851 42.16.13!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48853 42.16.13!27Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
48858 42.16.14!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
48859 42.16.14!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48873 42.16.15!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
48882 42.16.15!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48884 42.16.15!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48891 42.16.15!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48892 42.16.15!21Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
48900 42.16.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48908 42.16.16!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
48910 42.16.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48916 42.16.16!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
48919 42.16.16!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48921 42.16.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48924 42.16.17!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
48929 42.16.17!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48931 42.16.17!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48937 42.16.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48946 42.16.18!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
48948 42.16.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
48953 42.16.18!16Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
48956 42.16.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48958 42.16.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48970 42.16.19!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
48972 42.16.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48974 42.16.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
48996 42.16.21!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49016 42.16.22!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
49030 42.16.23!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49042 42.16.23!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
49054 42.16.24!2Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49058 42.16.24!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49073 42.16.24!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
49082 42.16.24!27Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49087 42.16.25!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49089 42.16.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
49091 42.16.25!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49105 42.16.25!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
49110 42.16.25!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49113 42.16.25!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49114 42.16.25!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49116 42.16.25!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49119 42.16.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49121 42.16.26!4Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49126 42.16.26!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49131 42.16.26!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49137 42.16.26!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49141 42.16.26!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49142 42.16.26!23Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49146 42.16.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49149 42.16.27!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49176 42.16.28!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49179 42.16.28!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49186 42.16.29!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49188 42.16.29!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
49190 42.16.29!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49199 42.16.30!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49203 42.16.30!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49209 42.16.30!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49210 42.16.30!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49211 42.16.30!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49218 42.16.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49222 42.16.31!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49223 42.16.31!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49231 42.16.31!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49232 42.16.31!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49233 42.16.31!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49245 42.17.1!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49250 42.17.1!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49254 42.17.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49262 42.17.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49277 42.17.2!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49279 42.17.2!21Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49294 42.17.3!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49300 42.17.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49301 42.17.4!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49308 42.17.4!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49314 42.17.4!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49316 42.17.4!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49323 42.17.5!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
49326 42.17.5!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49332 42.17.6!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
49335 42.17.6!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49344 42.17.6!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49348 42.17.6!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49355 42.17.6!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49364 42.17.7!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49366 42.17.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
49378 42.17.7!17EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49382 42.17.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49387 42.17.8!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49400 42.17.8!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49407 42.17.9!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49417 42.17.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49418 42.17.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49421 42.17.10!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49430 42.17.10!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49434 42.17.10!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49440 42.17.11!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
49441 42.17.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49447 42.17.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49472 42.17.13!2Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49477 42.17.13!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49488 42.17.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49495 42.17.14!11Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
49496 42.17.14!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49502 42.17.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49504 42.17.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49512 42.17.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49531 42.17.16!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49537 42.17.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
49541 42.17.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49542 42.17.17!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49546 42.17.17!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49548 42.17.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49560 42.17.18!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49568 42.17.19!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49571 42.17.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49582 42.17.20!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49593 42.17.20!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49595 42.17.20!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
49605 42.17.21!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
49606 42.17.21!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49607 42.17.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49609 42.17.21!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49611 42.17.21!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49613 42.17.21!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49617 42.17.21!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49627 42.17.22!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49631 42.17.22!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
49638 42.17.22!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49647 42.17.23!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
49648 42.17.23!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49652 42.17.23!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
49653 42.17.23!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49655 42.17.23!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49660 42.17.24!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49662 42.17.24!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49670 42.17.24!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49676 42.17.24!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49687 42.17.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49691 42.17.25!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49701 42.17.26!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49708 42.17.26!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49745 42.17.28!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49764 42.17.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49782 42.17.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49792 42.17.30!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49794 42.17.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49798 42.17.31!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49817 42.17.31!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49820 42.17.31!25Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49838 42.17.33!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
49842 42.17.33!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49844 42.17.33!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49852 42.17.34!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49861 42.17.34!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49863 42.17.34!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49865 42.17.34!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49867 42.17.34!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49871 42.17.35!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49878 42.17.35!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49879 42.17.35!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49881 42.17.35!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
49882 42.17.35!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49886 42.17.37!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
49889 42.17.37!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49893 42.17.37!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
49898 42.17.37!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49902 42.17.37!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49903 42.17.37!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49915 42.18.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49924 42.18.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49930 42.18.2!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
49932 42.18.2!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49935 42.18.2!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
49936 42.18.2!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
49939 42.18.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
49952 42.18.3!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
49959 42.18.4!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
49965 42.18.4!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49967 42.18.4!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
49972 42.18.4!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49974 42.18.4!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
49976 42.18.4!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49979 42.18.4!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
49980 42.18.4!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
49982 42.18.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49984 42.18.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
49988 42.18.5!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
49995 42.18.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50003 42.18.6!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
50006 42.18.6!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50008 42.18.6!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
50010 42.18.6!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
50014 42.18.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50016 42.18.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50048 42.18.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50052 42.18.8!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50077 42.18.9!17Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
50081 42.18.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50082 42.18.10!2Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50093 42.18.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50097 42.18.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50100 42.18.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50102 42.18.11!6Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50105 42.18.11!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
50119 42.18.11!20Appositive - Appositive
50128 42.18.11!26Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50142 42.18.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50144 42.18.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50145 42.18.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50149 42.18.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50164 42.18.13!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
50169 42.18.13!25Appositive - Appositive
50172 42.18.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50176 42.18.14!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50186 42.18.14!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50190 42.18.14!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50192 42.18.14!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50194 42.18.14!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50196 42.18.14!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50206 42.18.15!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50215 42.18.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50217 42.18.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50222 42.18.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50233 42.18.16!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50235 42.18.16!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50242 42.18.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50246 42.18.17!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50267 42.18.18!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
50270 42.18.18!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50275 42.18.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50282 42.18.19!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
50285 42.18.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50286 42.18.19!7Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
50295 42.18.19!15Appositive - Appositive
50298 42.18.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50302 42.18.20!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
50322 42.18.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
50326 42.18.21!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50327 42.18.21!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
50333 42.18.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
50338 42.18.22!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50339 42.18.22!8Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50343 42.18.22!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50363 42.18.23!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
50366 42.18.23!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50367 42.18.23!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50380 42.18.24!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
50384 42.18.24!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50395 42.18.24!20Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50400 42.18.25!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50401 42.18.25!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50406 42.18.25!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50407 42.18.25!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50419 42.18.26!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50424 42.18.27!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
50428 42.18.27!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50432 42.18.27!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50443 42.18.28!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50444 42.18.28!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50451 42.18.29!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
50456 42.18.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50460 42.18.29!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
50484 42.18.30!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50489 42.18.30!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50505 42.18.31!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50518 42.18.31!20Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
50540 42.18.33!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50544 42.18.33!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50547 42.18.34!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50548 42.18.34!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
50554 42.18.34!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50567 42.18.35!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
50569 42.18.35!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50575 42.18.35!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50588 42.18.36!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50590 42.18.36!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50596 42.18.37!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50605 42.18.38!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50613 42.18.39!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50620 42.18.39!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50622 42.18.39!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50626 42.18.39!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50648 42.18.41!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50653 42.18.41!5Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
50657 42.18.41!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50663 42.18.42!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
50668 42.18.42!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50670 42.18.42!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50677 42.18.43!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50688 42.18.43!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50704 42.19.2!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
50711 42.19.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50715 42.19.2!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50733 42.19.3!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50735 42.19.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50752 42.19.4!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50756 42.19.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50769 42.19.5!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50774 42.19.5!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50776 42.19.5!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50799 42.19.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50807 42.19.8!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50813 42.19.8!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50814 42.19.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50822 42.19.8!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50827 42.19.8!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50828 42.19.8!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
50830 42.19.8!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
50838 42.19.9!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
50841 42.19.9!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50842 42.19.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50843 42.19.9!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50849 42.19.9!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50851 42.19.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50870 42.19.11!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50876 42.19.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50878 42.19.11!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
50884 42.19.11!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50895 42.19.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50922 42.19.13!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
50927 42.19.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50929 42.19.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50941 42.19.14!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
50943 42.19.14!15Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50948 42.19.15!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50949 42.19.15!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
50950 42.19.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50961 42.19.15!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
50980 42.19.16!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
50982 42.19.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
50985 42.19.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
50987 42.19.16!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
50989 42.19.17!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
50993 42.19.17!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
50998 42.19.17!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
50999 42.19.17!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51005 42.19.17!13Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
51011 42.19.18!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51017 42.19.18!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51027 42.19.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51029 42.19.19!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51032 42.19.19!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51033 42.19.19!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51034 42.19.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51036 42.19.19!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
51039 42.19.20!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51040 42.19.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51045 42.19.20!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51047 42.19.20!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
51061 42.19.21!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51075 42.19.22!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51078 42.19.22!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51090 42.19.22!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51091 42.19.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51110 42.19.23!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
51116 42.19.23!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51118 42.19.23!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51124 42.19.24!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51125 42.19.24!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51129 42.19.24!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51137 42.19.24!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
51142 42.19.25!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51146 42.19.25!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51152 42.19.26!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51155 42.19.26!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51158 42.19.26!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
51160 42.19.26!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51162 42.19.26!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51165 42.19.26!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51171 42.19.27!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
51175 42.19.27!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
51191 42.19.28!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
51201 42.19.29!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
51202 42.19.29!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51208 42.19.29!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
51221 42.19.30!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51236 42.19.30!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51238 42.19.30!17Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
51246 42.19.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51247 42.19.31!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51248 42.19.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51249 42.19.31!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51252 42.19.31!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51256 42.19.31!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51259 42.19.31!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51262 42.19.31!15Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
51267 42.19.32!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
51286 42.19.33!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51291 42.19.34!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
51295 42.19.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51298 42.19.34!8Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
51310 42.19.35!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
51356 42.19.37!26Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
51362 42.19.38!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51367 42.19.38!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
51371 42.19.38!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51380 42.19.39!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51390 42.19.39!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51401 42.19.40!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51404 42.19.40!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51405 42.19.40!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51408 42.19.40!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51413 42.19.41!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51425 42.19.42!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51427 42.19.42!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51431 42.19.42!9Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
51433 42.19.42!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
51437 42.19.42!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51506 42.19.46!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51508 42.19.46!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
51516 42.19.46!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51518 42.19.46!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51530 42.19.47!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
51534 42.19.47!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51536 42.19.47!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51542 42.19.47!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
51543 42.19.47!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
51556 42.19.48!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51559 42.19.48!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51565 42.20.1!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
51566 42.20.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51595 42.20.2!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51597 42.20.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51600 42.20.2!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51609 42.20.2!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51619 42.20.3!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51628 42.20.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51631 42.20.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51634 42.20.4!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
51638 42.20.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
51645 42.20.5!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51648 42.20.5!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51651 42.20.5!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51653 42.20.5!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51659 42.20.6!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51663 42.20.6!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51666 42.20.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51668 42.20.6!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
51672 42.20.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51675 42.20.6!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
51676 42.20.6!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51686 42.20.8!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51691 42.20.8!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51692 42.20.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51695 42.20.8!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
51698 42.20.8!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51703 42.20.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51707 42.20.9!7Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
51711 42.20.9!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51727 42.20.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
51732 42.20.10!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
51735 42.20.10!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51743 42.20.10!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51745 42.20.10!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51749 42.20.10!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
51753 42.20.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51755 42.20.11!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
51757 42.20.11!6Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
51759 42.20.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51768 42.20.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51771 42.20.12!5Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
51773 42.20.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51780 42.20.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
51785 42.20.13!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
51792 42.20.13!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
51796 42.20.13!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51799 42.20.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51809 42.20.14!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
51818 42.20.14!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51823 42.20.15!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51843 42.20.16!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51851 42.20.16!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
51857 42.20.16!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51860 42.20.17!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
51866 42.20.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51869 42.20.17!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
51873 42.20.17!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
51879 42.20.17!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
51885 42.20.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
51892 42.20.18!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
51894 42.20.18!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
51897 42.20.18!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
51928 42.20.19!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51931 42.20.19!27Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
51941 42.20.20!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51946 42.20.20!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
51965 42.20.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
51969 42.20.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51979 42.20.21!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51981 42.20.21!19Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51990 42.20.22!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
51997 42.20.23!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
52004 42.20.24!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52014 42.20.24!9Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
52018 42.20.24!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52020 42.20.25!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
52026 42.20.25!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52030 42.20.25!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52035 42.20.25!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52042 42.20.26!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
52062 42.20.27!6Appositive - Appositive
52064 42.20.27!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
52072 42.20.28!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52074 42.20.28!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52078 42.20.28!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52079 42.20.28!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52085 42.20.28!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
52086 42.20.28!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52087 42.20.28!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52091 42.20.28!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
52100 42.20.28!26DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52104 42.20.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52106 42.20.29!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52110 42.20.29!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52118 42.20.30!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52128 42.20.31!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52137 42.20.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52138 42.20.32!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52143 42.20.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52146 42.20.33!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52154 42.20.33!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52156 42.20.33!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52164 42.20.34!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
52167 42.20.34!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52176 42.20.35!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52178 42.20.35!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52179 42.20.35!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
52183 42.20.35!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
52189 42.20.35!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
52197 42.20.36!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
52200 42.20.36!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52204 42.20.36!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52206 42.20.36!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
52207 42.20.36!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52212 42.20.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52214 42.20.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52217 42.20.37!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52226 42.20.37!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
52227 42.20.37!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52237 42.20.38!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52241 42.20.38!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
52245 42.20.38!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52257 42.20.39!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52274 42.20.41!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52276 42.20.41!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52279 42.20.41!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
52282 42.20.42!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52284 42.20.42!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52290 42.20.42!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
52306 42.20.43!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52311 42.20.44!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52313 42.20.44!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52319 42.20.44!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52333 42.20.46!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52337 42.20.46!5Appositive - Appositive
52366 42.20.47!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52367 42.20.47!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52370 42.20.47!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52383 42.21.1!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
52386 42.21.1!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52401 42.21.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52405 42.21.3!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52410 42.21.3!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52414 42.21.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52416 42.21.4!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52417 42.21.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52426 42.21.4!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52428 42.21.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52431 42.21.4!17Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52440 42.21.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52447 42.21.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52454 42.21.6!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52476 42.21.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52478 42.21.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52480 42.21.7!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52489 42.21.7!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52492 42.21.8!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
52496 42.21.8!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52500 42.21.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52509 42.21.8!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52511 42.21.8!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52513 42.21.8!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
52515 42.21.8!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
52517 42.21.8!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52522 42.21.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52524 42.21.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52534 42.21.9!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52540 42.21.9!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52548 42.21.10!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52557 42.21.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52561 42.21.11!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
52562 42.21.11!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52571 42.21.11!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
52577 42.21.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52579 42.21.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52580 42.21.12!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
52602 42.21.12!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52622 42.21.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52662 42.21.17!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52673 42.21.18!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
52677 42.21.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52686 42.21.20!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52688 42.21.20!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52692 42.21.20!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
52694 42.21.20!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52703 42.21.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52713 42.21.21!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52720 42.21.21!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52730 42.21.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52732 42.21.22!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52742 42.21.23!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
52762 42.21.23!22Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52775 42.21.24!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
52778 42.21.24!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
52802 42.21.25!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52825 42.21.26!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52827 42.21.26!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52830 42.21.26!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
52833 42.21.27!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52835 42.21.27!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52842 42.21.27!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
52850 42.21.28!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52870 42.21.29!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
52878 42.21.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52887 42.21.30!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52893 42.21.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52894 42.21.31!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52897 42.21.31!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
52899 42.21.31!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52904 42.21.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52911 42.21.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52918 42.21.32!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52923 42.21.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52926 42.21.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
52933 42.21.33!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52935 42.21.33!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
52937 42.21.33!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
52947 42.21.34!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
52963 42.21.34!21Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
52966 42.21.35!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
52990 42.21.36!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
52991 42.21.36!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53013 42.21.37!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53015 42.21.37!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53026 42.21.38!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53044 42.22.1!7Appositive - Appositive
53090 42.22.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53100 42.22.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53114 42.22.6!11Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53145 42.22.9!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53150 42.22.9!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53154 42.22.10!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53159 42.22.10!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53168 42.22.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53188 42.22.11!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
53198 42.22.11!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53200 42.22.11!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53206 42.22.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53207 42.22.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53213 42.22.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53230 42.22.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53236 42.22.14!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
53247 42.22.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53249 42.22.15!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53258 42.22.15!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
53283 42.22.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53306 42.22.18!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
53312 42.22.18!22Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
53324 42.22.19!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53330 42.22.19!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
53334 42.22.19!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
53339 42.22.19!24Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
53342 42.22.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53351 42.22.20!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53355 42.22.20!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
53363 42.22.20!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
53368 42.22.21!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
53381 42.22.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53384 42.22.22!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53386 42.22.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53401 42.22.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53407 42.22.23!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53410 42.22.23!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
53413 42.22.23!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
53414 42.22.23!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
53431 42.22.25!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53436 42.22.25!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53443 42.22.25!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53446 42.22.25!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53449 42.22.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53455 42.22.26!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53465 42.22.26!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53475 42.22.27!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
53485 42.22.27!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53487 42.22.27!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
53489 42.22.27!16Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53508 42.22.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53518 42.22.29!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
53528 42.22.30!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
53537 42.22.30!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53541 42.22.30!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
53547 42.22.31!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
53548 42.22.31!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53558 42.22.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53571 42.22.32!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53572 42.22.32!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53579 42.22.33!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53584 42.22.33!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53586 42.22.33!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53588 42.22.33!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53591 42.22.33!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53598 42.22.34!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53602 42.22.34!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53610 42.22.34!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
53612 42.22.34!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53621 42.22.35!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53632 42.22.35!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53635 42.22.35!16Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53639 42.22.35!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53645 42.22.36!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53646 42.22.36!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53647 42.22.36!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53657 42.22.36!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53672 42.22.37!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53680 42.22.37!12Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
53682 42.22.37!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
53683 42.22.37!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53689 42.22.37!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53692 42.22.37!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53695 42.22.38!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53699 42.22.38!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53701 42.22.38!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
53702 42.22.38!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
53704 42.22.38!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
53706 42.22.38!9Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
53711 42.22.38!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53720 42.22.39!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
53741 42.22.40!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53748 42.22.41!2Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
53753 42.22.41!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
53763 42.22.42!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53765 42.22.42!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
53768 42.22.42!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
53776 42.22.42!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53797 42.22.44!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53823 42.22.45!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
53833 42.22.46!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53845 42.22.47!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
53847 42.22.47!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
53848 42.22.47!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
53852 42.22.47!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53855 42.22.47!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
53868 42.22.48!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
53873 42.22.48!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53875 42.22.48!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53891 42.22.49!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53904 42.22.50!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
53922 42.22.51!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53924 42.22.51!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
53935 42.22.52!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
53949 42.22.52!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
53958 42.22.53!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53975 42.22.53!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
53977 42.22.53!19Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
53998 42.22.54!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54000 42.22.54!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54014 42.22.55!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
54033 42.22.56!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54039 42.22.57!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54044 42.22.57!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54051 42.22.58!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54053 42.22.58!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54058 42.22.58!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54064 42.22.58!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54066 42.22.58!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54069 42.22.58!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54079 42.22.59!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54084 42.22.59!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54086 42.22.59!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54087 42.22.59!13Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54099 42.22.60!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
54102 42.22.60!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54110 42.22.60!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54111 42.22.60!12Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
54127 42.22.61!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
54137 42.22.61!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54138 42.22.61!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
54152 42.22.63!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54167 42.22.64!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54176 42.22.65!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54184 42.22.66!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54194 42.22.66!10Appositive - Appositive
54209 42.22.67!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54210 42.22.67!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54222 42.22.67!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
54224 42.22.67!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
54229 42.22.68!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54231 42.22.68!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54237 42.22.69!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54242 42.22.69!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
54258 42.22.70!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54266 42.22.70!11Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54270 42.22.70!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
54272 42.22.70!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54275 42.22.70!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54278 42.22.71!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54282 42.22.71!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54285 42.22.71!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
54288 42.22.71!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
54314 42.23.2!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54322 42.23.2!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54323 42.23.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54328 42.23.2!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54329 42.23.2!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54332 42.23.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54334 42.23.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54339 42.23.3!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54346 42.23.3!13Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54352 42.23.3!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54355 42.23.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54357 42.23.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54366 42.23.4!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54368 42.23.4!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
54369 42.23.4!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54374 42.23.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54379 42.23.5!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54396 42.23.6!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
54401 42.23.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54403 42.23.6!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54409 42.23.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54424 42.23.7!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54429 42.23.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54431 42.23.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54440 42.23.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54454 42.23.8!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54457 42.23.8!27Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
54468 42.23.9!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54470 42.23.9!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
54481 42.23.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54507 42.23.12!3Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54518 42.23.12!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
54523 42.23.12!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54529 42.23.13!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
54544 42.23.14!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54546 42.23.14!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54555 42.23.14!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
54556 42.23.14!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54557 42.23.14!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54560 42.23.14!19Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
54562 42.23.14!21Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54566 42.23.14!25Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
54583 42.23.15!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
54584 42.23.15!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
54602 42.23.18!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54603 42.23.18!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54613 42.23.19!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
54627 42.23.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54629 42.23.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54639 42.23.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54644 42.23.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54648 42.23.22!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54650 42.23.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54655 42.23.22!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54659 42.23.22!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54661 42.23.22!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
54673 42.23.23!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
54680 42.23.23!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
54689 42.23.24!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
54699 42.23.25!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
54709 42.23.25!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54711 42.23.25!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54718 42.23.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54757 42.23.28!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
54761 42.23.28!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54770 42.23.28!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54773 42.23.28!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
54780 42.23.29!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
54786 42.23.29!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
54801 42.23.30!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54803 42.23.30!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
54807 42.23.30!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
54815 42.23.30!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
54818 42.23.31!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54819 42.23.31!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54820 42.23.31!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
54824 42.23.31!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54827 42.23.31!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54836 42.23.32!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
54839 42.23.32!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54840 42.23.32!8Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54853 42.23.33!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54869 42.23.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54871 42.23.34!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54874 42.23.34!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54906 42.23.35!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54913 42.23.35!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
54920 42.23.35!23Appositive - Appositive
54931 42.23.36!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54937 42.23.37!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
54938 42.23.37!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54955 42.23.38!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54959 42.23.38!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
54961 42.23.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54963 42.23.39!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54970 42.23.39!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54971 42.23.39!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
54989 42.23.40!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
54996 42.23.40!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
54998 42.23.40!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
55003 42.23.41!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55007 42.23.41!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55009 42.23.41!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55013 42.23.41!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
55015 42.23.41!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
55022 42.23.42!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55037 42.23.43!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55040 42.23.43!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55041 42.23.43!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55055 42.23.44!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55066 42.23.45!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55080 42.23.46!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
55084 42.23.46!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55086 42.23.46!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
55094 42.23.46!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
55096 42.23.46!18Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
55110 42.23.47!11Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55111 42.23.47!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
55114 42.23.47!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55118 42.23.48!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55122 42.23.48!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55131 42.23.48!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55145 42.23.49!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
55155 42.23.49!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55158 42.23.50!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
55162 42.23.50!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55171 42.23.51!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
55195 42.23.52!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
55225 42.23.54!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55227 42.23.54!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
55230 42.23.54!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55244 42.23.55!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
55264 42.23.56!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55266 42.23.56!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55272 42.24.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55274 42.24.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55277 42.24.1!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55282 42.24.1!11Inline annotations -
Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
55309 42.24.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55313 42.24.4!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55316 42.24.4!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
55317 42.24.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55325 42.24.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55340 42.24.5!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55366 42.24.7!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55380 42.24.7!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
55383 42.24.7!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55397 42.24.9!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55398 42.24.9!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
55409 42.24.10!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
55427 42.24.10!21Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55435 42.24.11!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
55443 42.24.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55445 42.24.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55454 42.24.12!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
55462 42.24.12!18Inline annotations -
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
55469 42.24.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55472 42.24.13!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55491 42.24.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55495 42.24.14!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55497 42.24.14!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
55502 42.24.15!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
55503 42.24.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
55510 42.24.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55516 42.24.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55518 42.24.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55531 42.24.17!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55532 42.24.17!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55554 42.24.18!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55555 42.24.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55565 42.24.18!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55574 42.24.19!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55576 42.24.19!5Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
55581 42.24.19!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55621 42.24.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55625 42.24.21!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55636 42.24.21!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55639 42.24.21!18Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55645 42.24.21!24Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
55646 42.24.21!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55650 42.24.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55670 42.24.23!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55678 42.24.23!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55693 42.24.24!13Appositive - Appositive
55697 42.24.24!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55699 42.24.24!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55701 42.24.24!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55705 42.24.25!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55710 42.24.25!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55726 42.24.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55729 42.24.26!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
55753 42.24.27!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
55767 42.24.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55769 42.24.28!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55777 42.24.29!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55782 42.24.29!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55787 42.24.29!14Inline annotations -
Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
55800 42.24.30!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
55815 42.24.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55825 42.24.31!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55826 42.24.31!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55836 42.24.32!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55837 42.24.32!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55840 42.24.32!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55869 42.24.33!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
55877 42.24.34!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55878 42.24.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55887 42.24.35!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55903 42.24.36!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
55906 42.24.36!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
55907 42.24.36!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55913 42.24.36!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
55915 42.24.36!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55921 42.24.37!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55924 42.24.37!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55931 42.24.38!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
55932 42.24.38!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
55938 42.24.38!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
55954 42.24.39!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55964 42.24.39!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
55965 42.24.39!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55971 42.24.39!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
55976 42.24.40!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
55998 42.24.41!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56003 42.24.42!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
56007 42.24.42!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
56013 42.24.43!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56022 42.24.44!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56050 42.24.44!32DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
56055 42.24.45!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
56067 42.24.46!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56076 42.24.46!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
56090 42.24.47!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
56099 42.24.48!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56101 42.24.48!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
56104 42.24.49!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
56105 42.24.49!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56115 42.24.49!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56124 42.24.49!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
56145 42.24.51!2Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
56146 42.24.51!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
56161 42.24.52!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56182 43.1.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56189 43.1.1!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56197 43.1.1!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56199 43.1.1!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
56202 43.1.2!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56210 43.1.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56212 43.1.3!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56224 43.1.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56226 43.1.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56230 43.1.4!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56239 43.1.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56241 43.1.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56247 43.1.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56250 43.1.5!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
56255 43.1.6!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56263 43.1.7!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56275 43.1.7!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56308 43.1.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56314 43.1.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56316 43.1.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56321 43.1.10!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56324 43.1.10!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
56327 43.1.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56333 43.1.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56336 43.1.11!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
56339 43.1.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
56341 43.1.12!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
56347 43.1.12!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56351 43.1.12!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
56359 43.1.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56377 43.1.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56379 43.1.14!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56392 43.1.14!15Appositive - Appositive
56404 43.1.15!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56405 43.1.15!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56409 43.1.15!6Inline annotations -
Historical Perfect - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56412 43.1.15!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56417 43.1.15!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56418 43.1.15!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
56421 43.1.15!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56426 43.1.15!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56431 43.1.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56435 43.1.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56436 43.1.16!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
56445 43.1.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56447 43.1.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56451 43.1.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56456 43.1.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56461 43.1.18!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56462 43.1.18!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
56466 43.1.18!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
56475 43.1.18!14Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56476 43.1.18!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
56480 43.1.19!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56494 43.1.19!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
56501 43.1.19!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56513 43.1.20!8Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
56514 43.1.20!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56524 43.1.21!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56527 43.1.21!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56528 43.1.21!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56532 43.1.21!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56534 43.1.21!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56537 43.1.21!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56545 43.1.21!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56551 43.1.22!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56555 43.1.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56568 43.1.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56569 43.1.23!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56570 43.1.23!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56571 43.1.23!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56572 43.1.23!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56573 43.1.23!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56575 43.1.23!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
56580 43.1.23!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56588 43.1.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56601 43.1.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56605 43.1.25!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56618 43.1.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
56622 43.1.26!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56627 43.1.26!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56632 43.1.26!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
56635 43.1.27!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
56636 43.1.27!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
56647 43.1.27!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
56653 43.1.28!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56654 43.1.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56667 43.1.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56669 43.1.29!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56677 43.1.29!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56679 43.1.29!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56684 43.1.29!16Appositive - Appositive
56691 43.1.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56695 43.1.30!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56698 43.1.30!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56703 43.1.30!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56708 43.1.30!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56712 43.1.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56718 43.1.31!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
56722 43.1.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56726 43.1.31!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
56732 43.1.32!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
56735 43.1.32!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56749 43.1.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56755 43.1.33!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
56761 43.1.33!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56762 43.1.33!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56765 43.1.33!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
56777 43.1.33!26Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56785 43.1.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56791 43.1.34!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
56798 43.1.35!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56802 43.1.35!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
56804 43.1.35!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
56816 43.1.36!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56818 43.1.36!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56838 43.1.38!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
56844 43.1.38!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56847 43.1.38!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56850 43.1.38!13Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
56855 43.1.38!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56862 43.1.38!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56865 43.1.39!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56868 43.1.39!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56880 43.1.39!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
56887 43.1.39!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56898 43.1.40!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
56910 43.1.41!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56911 43.1.41!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
56913 43.1.41!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
56915 43.1.41!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
56917 43.1.41!8Appositive - Appositive
56919 43.1.41!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56922 43.1.41!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56939 43.1.42!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
56943 43.1.42!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56950 43.1.42!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
56958 43.1.43!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
56967 43.1.43!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56970 43.1.43!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56972 43.1.43!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
56975 43.1.43!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
56985 43.1.44!7Appositive - Appositive
56992 43.1.45!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
56993 43.1.45!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
56997 43.1.45!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57000 43.1.45!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57011 43.1.45!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
57022 43.1.46!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57024 43.1.46!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57027 43.1.46!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57031 43.1.46!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57033 43.1.46!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
57036 43.1.46!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57049 43.1.47!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57053 43.1.47!13Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57054 43.1.47!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57058 43.1.47!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57062 43.1.48!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57064 43.1.48!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57066 43.1.48!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57071 43.1.48!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57076 43.1.48!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57080 43.1.48!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
57090 43.1.49!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57092 43.1.49!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57094 43.1.49!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57101 43.1.49!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57102 43.1.49!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57104 43.1.49!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
57108 43.1.50!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57113 43.1.50!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57117 43.1.50!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
57122 43.1.50!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57124 43.1.50!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57129 43.1.51!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57132 43.1.51!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57156 43.2.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57160 43.2.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57191 43.2.3!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57199 43.2.3!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57204 43.2.4!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57206 43.2.4!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
57209 43.2.4!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57222 43.2.5!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57223 43.2.5!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
57229 43.2.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57242 43.2.6!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57256 43.2.7!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57261 43.2.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57273 43.2.8!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57276 43.2.8!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57283 43.2.8!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
57287 43.2.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57289 43.2.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57290 43.2.9!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
57294 43.2.9!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57303 43.2.9!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57305 43.2.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57307 43.2.9!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
57312 43.2.9!23Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57315 43.2.9!26Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
57318 43.2.10!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57321 43.2.10!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57323 43.2.10!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57324 43.2.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57325 43.2.10!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57330 43.2.10!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57335 43.2.10!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57338 43.2.10!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57343 43.2.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57345 43.2.11!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
57368 43.2.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57373 43.2.12!6Inline annotations -
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
57388 43.2.12!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57395 43.2.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57406 43.2.13!12Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
57414 43.2.14!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
57431 43.2.15!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57436 43.2.15!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
57444 43.2.15!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57447 43.2.15!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
57450 43.2.15!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57455 43.2.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57456 43.2.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57461 43.2.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57462 43.2.16!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57472 43.2.16!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
57480 43.2.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57483 43.2.17!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57487 43.2.17!12Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57505 43.2.18!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57506 43.2.18!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
57509 43.2.19!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57514 43.2.19!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57515 43.2.19!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57519 43.2.19!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57527 43.2.20!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
57530 43.2.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57535 43.2.20!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57540 43.2.20!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57541 43.2.20!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57547 43.2.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57557 43.2.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57559 43.2.22!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57568 43.2.22!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
57583 43.2.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57585 43.2.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57592 43.2.23!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
57596 43.2.23!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57604 43.2.23!20Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
57610 43.2.24!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
57612 43.2.24!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
57619 43.2.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57625 43.2.25!4Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
57628 43.2.25!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57634 43.2.25!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57650 43.3.1!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57658 43.3.2!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
57667 43.3.2!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57671 43.3.2!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57674 43.3.2!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
57676 43.3.2!16Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
57679 43.3.2!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57683 43.3.2!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
57684 43.3.2!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57696 43.3.3!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57701 43.3.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57706 43.3.3!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57708 43.3.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57720 43.3.4!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
57723 43.3.4!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
57726 43.3.4!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57730 43.3.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57735 43.3.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57741 43.3.4!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57747 43.3.5!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57749 43.3.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57754 43.3.5!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57756 43.3.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57772 43.3.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57777 43.3.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57781 43.3.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57786 43.3.6!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57794 43.3.7!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
57799 43.3.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57801 43.3.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57806 43.3.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57820 43.3.8!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57830 43.3.9!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57835 43.3.9!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57837 43.3.9!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57841 43.3.10!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
57846 43.3.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57853 43.3.10!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
57854 43.3.10!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
57857 43.3.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57862 43.3.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57866 43.3.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57871 43.3.11!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57874 43.3.11!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
57877 43.3.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57878 43.3.12!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57887 43.3.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57894 43.3.13!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
57895 43.3.13!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
57903 43.3.13!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
57908 43.3.13!14Appositive - Appositive
57914 43.3.14!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57915 43.3.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57923 43.3.14!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
57924 43.3.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57932 43.3.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57942 43.3.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57950 43.3.16!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
57962 43.3.16!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
57992 43.3.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
57999 43.3.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58001 43.3.18!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58003 43.3.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58018 43.3.19!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58024 43.3.19!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58043 43.3.19!25Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
58045 43.3.19!27Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
58048 43.3.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58050 43.3.20!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58070 43.3.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58072 43.3.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58082 43.3.21!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
58086 43.3.21!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58091 43.3.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58106 43.3.22!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
58126 43.3.23!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58143 43.3.24!8Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
58156 43.3.25!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
58168 43.3.26!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58170 43.3.26!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
58179 43.3.26!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58182 43.3.26!20Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
58183 43.3.26!21Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
58186 43.3.26!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58192 43.3.27!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58196 43.3.27!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58211 43.3.28!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58219 43.3.28!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
58226 43.3.28!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58227 43.3.28!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58229 43.3.28!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
58232 43.3.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58236 43.3.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58239 43.3.29!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58241 43.3.29!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58250 43.3.29!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58258 43.3.29!24Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
58260 43.3.29!26Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
58266 43.3.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58268 43.3.30!3DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
58270 43.3.30!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58272 43.3.30!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
58275 43.3.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58276 43.3.31!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58278 43.3.31!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58282 43.3.31!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58287 43.3.31!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58295 43.3.31!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
58297 43.3.31!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58298 43.3.31!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58302 43.3.31!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58306 43.3.32!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
58310 43.3.32!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
58311 43.3.32!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
58314 43.3.32!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58317 43.3.32!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
58320 43.3.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58322 43.3.33!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
58327 43.3.33!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58329 43.3.33!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58332 43.3.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58334 43.3.34!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58337 43.3.34!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58345 43.3.34!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58351 43.3.35!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58358 43.3.35!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58365 43.3.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58374 43.3.36!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58376 43.3.36!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58384 43.3.36!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58392 43.4.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
58394 43.4.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
58402 43.4.1!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58403 43.4.1!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58408 43.4.1!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
58412 43.4.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58416 43.4.2!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
58439 43.4.5!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58466 43.4.6!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58468 43.4.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58479 43.4.6!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58484 43.4.7!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58492 43.4.7!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58497 43.4.7!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58501 43.4.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58503 43.4.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58511 43.4.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58514 43.4.9!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58517 43.4.9!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58522 43.4.9!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58523 43.4.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58524 43.4.9!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58526 43.4.9!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58530 43.4.9!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58541 43.4.10!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58546 43.4.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
58559 43.4.10!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
58563 43.4.10!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58574 43.4.11!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58576 43.4.11!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58579 43.4.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58582 43.4.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58585 43.4.11!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58599 43.4.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58600 43.4.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58602 43.4.12!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
58613 43.4.12!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58617 43.4.12!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
58627 43.4.13!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58632 43.4.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58636 43.4.13!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58642 43.4.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58644 43.4.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58650 43.4.14!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58662 43.4.14!19Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58677 43.4.15!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58680 43.4.15!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58683 43.4.15!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58687 43.4.15!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58700 43.4.16!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58703 43.4.16!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58713 43.4.17!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58719 43.4.17!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58723 43.4.17!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58725 43.4.17!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58728 43.4.17!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58731 43.4.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58735 43.4.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58737 43.4.18!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58741 43.4.18!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58746 43.4.18!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
58749 43.4.18!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
58750 43.4.18!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58753 43.4.19!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58755 43.4.19!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58758 43.4.19!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58762 43.4.19!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58766 43.4.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58769 43.4.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58776 43.4.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58779 43.4.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58786 43.4.20!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
58788 43.4.21!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58790 43.4.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58793 43.4.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58802 43.4.21!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58814 43.4.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58820 43.4.22!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58826 43.4.22!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58828 43.4.22!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58837 43.4.23!5Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58841 43.4.23!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58842 43.4.23!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
58854 43.4.23!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58856 43.4.23!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58858 43.4.23!24Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
58862 43.4.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58867 43.4.24!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
58870 43.4.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58877 43.4.25!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58879 43.4.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58882 43.4.25!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58884 43.4.25!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58887 43.4.25!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
58891 43.4.25!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
58899 43.4.26!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58901 43.4.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
58904 43.4.26!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58907 43.4.26!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
58913 43.4.27!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
58923 43.4.27!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58927 43.4.27!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
58931 43.4.27!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58935 43.4.27!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58945 43.4.28!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
58953 43.4.28!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
58957 43.4.29!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58968 43.4.29!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
58982 43.4.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
58991 43.4.31!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
58995 43.4.32!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
59000 43.4.32!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59001 43.4.32!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59004 43.4.32!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59005 43.4.32!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59011 43.4.33!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59016 43.4.33!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59017 43.4.33!8Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59022 43.4.34!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
59024 43.4.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59027 43.4.34!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59039 43.4.34!17Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
59044 43.4.35!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59047 43.4.35!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
59048 43.4.35!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59051 43.4.35!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
59053 43.4.35!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59055 43.4.35!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59068 43.4.35!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59070 43.4.35!26Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59074 43.4.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59076 43.4.36!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59086 43.4.36!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59088 43.4.36!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59090 43.4.36!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
59094 43.4.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59096 43.4.37!3Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59097 43.4.37!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59102 43.4.37!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59107 43.4.37!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59111 43.4.38!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59117 43.4.38!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59120 43.4.38!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59124 43.4.38!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59125 43.4.38!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59132 43.4.39!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59134 43.4.39!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59137 43.4.39!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59141 43.4.39!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59150 43.4.39!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59156 43.4.40!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59158 43.4.40!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59177 43.4.41!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59185 43.4.42!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59187 43.4.42!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59190 43.4.42!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59191 43.4.42!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59197 43.4.42!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59204 43.4.42!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59212 43.4.43!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59214 43.4.43!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59223 43.4.44!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59225 43.4.44!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59228 43.4.44!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59229 43.4.44!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59233 43.4.44!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59237 43.4.45!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59239 43.4.45!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59249 43.4.45!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59251 43.4.45!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59255 43.4.45!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
59259 43.4.45!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59287 43.4.46!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59293 43.4.47!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59296 43.4.47!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59313 43.4.47!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
59323 43.4.48!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59328 43.4.48!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59330 43.4.48!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59339 43.4.49!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
59342 43.4.49!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59345 43.4.49!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59354 43.4.50!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
59356 43.4.50!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59359 43.4.50!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59364 43.4.50!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59374 43.4.50!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59381 43.4.51!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59383 43.4.51!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59390 43.4.51!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59393 43.4.51!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59401 43.4.52!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59403 43.4.52!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59410 43.4.52!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59434 43.4.53!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59437 43.4.53!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59448 43.4.54!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59450 43.4.54!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59464 43.5.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59473 43.5.1!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59485 43.5.2!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
59491 43.5.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59495 43.5.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59513 43.5.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59523 43.5.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59527 43.5.6!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
59532 43.5.6!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59534 43.5.6!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59537 43.5.6!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
59540 43.5.6!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59541 43.5.6!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59546 43.5.7!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59549 43.5.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59551 43.5.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59555 43.5.7!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59565 43.5.7!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59568 43.5.7!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59570 43.5.7!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59571 43.5.7!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59575 43.5.8!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
59577 43.5.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59580 43.5.8!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59617 43.5.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59629 43.5.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
59634 43.5.11!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59638 43.5.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59641 43.5.11!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
59651 43.5.12!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59659 43.5.12!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
59663 43.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59665 43.5.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59671 43.5.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59673 43.5.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59675 43.5.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59681 43.5.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59683 43.5.14!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
59694 43.5.14!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59695 43.5.14!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59703 43.5.14!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59705 43.5.14!22Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59709 43.5.15!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
59716 43.5.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59724 43.5.16!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
59732 43.5.16!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59737 43.5.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59739 43.5.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59743 43.5.17!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59746 43.5.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59749 43.5.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59752 43.5.18!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59760 43.5.18!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
59770 43.5.18!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59771 43.5.18!19Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59779 43.5.18!26Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59791 43.5.19!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
59808 43.5.19!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59812 43.5.19!27Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
59814 43.5.19!29Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
59815 43.5.19!30Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59818 43.5.19!32Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59819 43.5.19!33Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59825 43.5.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59827 43.5.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59832 43.5.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59835 43.5.20!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59837 43.5.20!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59840 43.5.20!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59844 43.5.20!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
59848 43.5.20!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59850 43.5.21!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
59852 43.5.21!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59860 43.5.21!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59861 43.5.21!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59864 43.5.21!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59870 43.5.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59876 43.5.22!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59878 43.5.22!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59884 43.5.23!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
59893 43.5.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59902 43.5.23!19Appositive - Appositive
59906 43.5.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59911 43.5.24!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59912 43.5.24!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
59928 43.5.24!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59935 43.5.24!29DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
59939 43.5.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59947 43.5.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59950 43.5.25!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59962 43.5.25!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
59964 43.5.26!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
59966 43.5.26!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
59973 43.5.26!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
59974 43.5.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59978 43.5.26!14Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
59984 43.5.27!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59987 43.5.27!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59991 43.5.27!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
59997 43.5.28!3Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
60004 43.5.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60015 43.5.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
60016 43.5.29!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60023 43.5.29!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60025 43.5.29!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60041 43.5.30!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60046 43.5.30!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60050 43.5.30!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60067 43.5.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60068 43.5.31!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60073 43.5.31!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60080 43.5.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60090 43.5.32!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60094 43.5.32!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60099 43.5.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60109 43.5.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60112 43.5.34!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60119 43.5.34!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60123 43.5.34!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
60125 43.5.35!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60134 43.5.35!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60140 43.5.35!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
60145 43.5.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60154 43.5.36!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
60156 43.5.36!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
60166 43.5.36!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60176 43.5.36!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60179 43.5.36!32Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
60182 43.5.37!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
60186 43.5.37!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60192 43.5.37!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60194 43.5.37!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60197 43.5.37!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60202 43.5.38!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60207 43.5.38!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
60209 43.5.38!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
60212 43.5.38!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
60215 43.5.38!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60217 43.5.38!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
60225 43.5.39!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60227 43.5.39!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60229 43.5.39!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60234 43.5.39!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60248 43.5.40!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
60249 43.5.40!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
60251 43.5.41!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60261 43.5.42!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60270 43.5.43!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60283 43.5.43!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60284 43.5.43!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60289 43.5.43!19Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
60292 43.5.43!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60300 43.5.44!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60301 43.5.44!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60306 43.5.44!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60319 43.5.45!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60330 43.5.45!14Appositive - Appositive
60335 43.5.45!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
60337 43.5.46!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60339 43.5.46!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60340 43.5.46!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
60346 43.5.46!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60348 43.5.46!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60352 43.5.47!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60354 43.5.47!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60355 43.5.47!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60361 43.5.47!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60362 43.5.47!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60366 43.6.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
60369 43.6.1!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60376 43.6.1!11Appositive - Appositive
60400 43.6.3!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
60403 43.6.3!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60413 43.6.4!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
60416 43.6.4!6Appositive - Appositive
60425 43.6.5!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
60430 43.6.5!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60435 43.6.5!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
60439 43.6.5!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60444 43.6.5!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
60446 43.6.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60452 43.6.6!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60461 43.6.7!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60464 43.6.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60471 43.6.7!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60472 43.6.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60476 43.6.8!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
60484 43.6.8!8Appositive - Appositive
60490 43.6.9!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60503 43.6.9!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60510 43.6.10!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60513 43.6.10!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60530 43.6.10!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60539 43.6.11!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
60547 43.6.11!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
60552 43.6.11!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
60555 43.6.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60557 43.6.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60558 43.6.12!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
60563 43.6.12!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60565 43.6.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60570 43.6.12!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60592 43.6.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60594 43.6.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60601 43.6.14!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60612 43.6.15!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60629 43.6.15!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
60632 43.6.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60634 43.6.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60656 43.6.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60667 43.6.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60669 43.6.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60670 43.6.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60683 43.6.19!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
60691 43.6.19!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60699 43.6.20!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
60701 43.6.20!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
60704 43.6.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60730 43.6.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60732 43.6.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60741 43.6.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60758 43.6.22!28Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60769 43.6.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60771 43.6.23!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
60785 43.6.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60787 43.6.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
60791 43.6.24!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
60795 43.6.24!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
60801 43.6.24!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60810 43.6.24!25Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60822 43.6.25!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60824 43.6.25!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60830 43.6.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60835 43.6.26!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60871 43.6.27!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60878 43.6.27!22Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
60880 43.6.27!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60883 43.6.27!27Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
60891 43.6.28!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60901 43.6.29!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60907 43.6.29!7Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60924 43.6.30!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60928 43.6.30!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
60939 43.6.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60942 43.6.31!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60953 43.6.31!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
60964 43.6.32!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
60967 43.6.32!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
60973 43.6.32!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60983 43.6.32!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
60993 43.6.32!30Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
60996 43.6.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
60998 43.6.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61008 43.6.33!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61018 43.6.34!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61020 43.6.34!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61023 43.6.34!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61029 43.6.35!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
61032 43.6.35!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61039 43.6.35!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61048 43.6.35!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61061 43.6.36!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
61068 43.6.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61076 43.6.37!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
61079 43.6.37!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61107 43.6.39!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61116 43.6.39!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
61132 43.6.40!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61141 43.6.40!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61172 43.6.41!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61185 43.6.42!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61186 43.6.42!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
61194 43.6.42!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61202 43.6.42!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61205 43.6.42!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61206 43.6.42!22EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61212 43.6.43!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61217 43.6.43!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61222 43.6.44!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
61229 43.6.44!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61237 43.6.44!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61251 43.6.45!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
61257 43.6.45!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61271 43.6.46!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61277 43.6.46!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
61283 43.6.46!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61288 43.6.47!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61293 43.6.47!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61299 43.6.48!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61306 43.6.49!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61313 43.6.49!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
61318 43.6.50!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
61323 43.6.50!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61328 43.6.50!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61329 43.6.50!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61336 43.6.51!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61343 43.6.51!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61348 43.6.51!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61349 43.6.51!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61351 43.6.51!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61361 43.6.51!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61364 43.6.51!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61365 43.6.51!28Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61367 43.6.51!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61373 43.6.51!36Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61385 43.6.52!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61387 43.6.52!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61388 43.6.52!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61401 43.6.53!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61406 43.6.53!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61417 43.6.53!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
61427 43.6.54!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61429 43.6.54!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
61434 43.6.54!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
61441 43.6.54!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61448 43.6.55!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61450 43.6.55!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61452 43.6.55!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61454 43.6.55!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
61457 43.6.55!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61460 43.6.55!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61462 43.6.55!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
61464 43.6.56!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61466 43.6.56!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
61471 43.6.56!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
61474 43.6.56!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61477 43.6.56!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61481 43.6.57!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61485 43.6.57!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61487 43.6.57!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61493 43.6.57!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
61497 43.6.57!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61502 43.6.58!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61507 43.6.58!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61519 43.6.58!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61521 43.6.58!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61529 43.6.59!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
61538 43.6.60!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61541 43.6.60!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
61547 43.6.60!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61549 43.6.60!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61556 43.6.60!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
61566 43.6.61!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61574 43.6.61!16Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61591 43.6.63!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61597 43.6.63!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61603 43.6.63!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61609 43.6.63!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61612 43.6.63!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61628 43.6.64!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
61645 43.6.65!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61650 43.6.65!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
61665 43.6.66!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61667 43.6.66!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61678 43.6.66!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61689 43.6.67!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61690 43.6.67!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61700 43.6.68!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61706 43.6.68!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61712 43.6.69!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61717 43.6.69!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61726 43.6.70!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
61729 43.6.70!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61730 43.6.70!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61731 43.6.70!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61737 43.6.70!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61739 43.6.70!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61740 43.6.70!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61750 43.6.71!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
61756 43.6.71!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
61762 43.7.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61774 43.7.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61784 43.7.1!22Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
61804 43.7.3!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61813 43.7.3!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61818 43.7.3!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
61824 43.7.4!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61827 43.7.4!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61832 43.7.4!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61833 43.7.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61837 43.7.4!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61838 43.7.4!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61846 43.7.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61848 43.7.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61855 43.7.6!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
61858 43.7.6!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
61861 43.7.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61868 43.7.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61870 43.7.6!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61873 43.7.6!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61884 43.7.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61889 43.7.7!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61894 43.7.7!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61897 43.7.7!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61900 43.7.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61906 43.7.8!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61909 43.7.8!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
61915 43.7.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61916 43.7.8!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
61921 43.7.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
61923 43.7.9!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
61924 43.7.9!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61930 43.7.10!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61932 43.7.10!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61940 43.7.10!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
61941 43.7.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61952 43.7.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61954 43.7.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61963 43.7.11!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61968 43.7.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61972 43.7.12!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
61977 43.7.12!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
61981 43.7.12!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61984 43.7.12!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
61988 43.7.12!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
61995 43.7.13!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
61997 43.7.13!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62011 43.7.14!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62013 43.7.14!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62026 43.7.15!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62027 43.7.15!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62028 43.7.15!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62041 43.7.16!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62042 43.7.16!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62052 43.7.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62053 43.7.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62055 43.7.17!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62065 43.7.17!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62070 43.7.17!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62071 43.7.17!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62075 43.7.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62076 43.7.18!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62079 43.7.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62081 43.7.18!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
62085 43.7.18!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
62087 43.7.18!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
62093 43.7.18!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62094 43.7.18!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62097 43.7.18!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62105 43.7.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62112 43.7.19!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
62121 43.7.19!16Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
62128 43.7.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62131 43.7.20!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62137 43.7.21!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62142 43.7.21!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62147 43.7.21!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62149 43.7.22!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62151 43.7.22!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62159 43.7.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62163 43.7.22!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
62169 43.7.22!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62174 43.7.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62175 43.7.23!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62187 43.7.23!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62190 43.7.23!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62192 43.7.23!18Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
62203 43.7.24!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62204 43.7.24!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62216 43.7.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62217 43.7.25!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62224 43.7.26!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
62225 43.7.26!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62228 43.7.26!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62233 43.7.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62238 43.7.26!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62244 43.7.27!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62249 43.7.27!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62251 43.7.27!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62252 43.7.27!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62254 43.7.27!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
62265 43.7.28!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
62270 43.7.28!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62278 43.7.28!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62286 43.7.28!25Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
62291 43.7.28!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62292 43.7.28!30Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62295 43.7.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62300 43.7.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62303 43.7.29!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62305 43.7.29!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62310 43.7.30!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62313 43.7.30!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
62327 43.7.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62331 43.7.31!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62339 43.7.31!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62341 43.7.31!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62344 43.7.31!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62347 43.7.31!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
62348 43.7.31!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62360 43.7.32!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62379 43.7.33!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62400 43.7.34!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62403 43.7.34!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62415 43.7.35!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62416 43.7.35!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62420 43.7.35!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62426 43.7.35!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62440 43.7.36!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62446 43.7.36!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
62454 43.7.36!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62457 43.7.36!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62462 43.7.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62464 43.7.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62465 43.7.37!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62467 43.7.37!6Appositive - Appositive
62479 43.7.37!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62480 43.7.37!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62488 43.7.38!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
62493 43.7.38!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62498 43.7.38!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62499 43.7.38!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62504 43.7.38!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
62507 43.7.39!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62516 43.7.39!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
62527 43.7.39!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62531 43.7.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62536 43.7.40!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62541 43.7.40!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62547 43.7.41!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62550 43.7.41!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62555 43.7.41!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
62559 43.7.41!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62561 43.7.41!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62569 43.7.42!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62573 43.7.42!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62591 43.7.43!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62597 43.7.43!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
62600 43.7.44!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62603 43.7.44!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
62609 43.7.44!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
62631 43.7.45!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62638 43.7.46!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
62641 43.7.46!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62652 43.7.47!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62653 43.7.47!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62658 43.7.48!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62665 43.7.48!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
62671 43.7.49!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62679 43.7.49!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62682 43.7.50!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
62687 43.7.50!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
62694 43.7.50!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62696 43.7.50!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
62699 43.7.51!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62700 43.7.51!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62722 43.7.52!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62723 43.7.52!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62734 43.7.52!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62738 43.7.52!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62750 43.8.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62759 43.8.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62761 43.8.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62767 43.8.2!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62779 43.8.3!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
62787 43.8.3!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
62795 43.8.4!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
62798 43.8.4!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62800 43.8.4!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62808 43.8.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62810 43.8.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62812 43.8.5!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62813 43.8.5!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62815 43.8.5!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62817 43.8.5!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
62819 43.8.5!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62824 43.8.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
62835 43.8.6!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62837 43.8.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62838 43.8.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62840 43.8.6!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62847 43.8.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62849 43.8.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62858 43.8.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62861 43.8.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62868 43.8.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62875 43.8.9!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
62890 43.8.9!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62892 43.8.9!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62903 43.8.10!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62907 43.8.10!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62911 43.8.11!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
62915 43.8.11!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62921 43.8.11!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
62924 43.8.11!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62925 43.8.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62931 43.8.11!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62938 43.8.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62942 43.8.12!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
62946 43.8.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62953 43.8.12!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62976 43.8.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
62977 43.8.13!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
62981 43.8.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
62989 43.8.14!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
62994 43.8.14!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
62995 43.8.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63000 43.8.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63014 43.8.14!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63024 43.8.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63025 43.8.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63030 43.8.15!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63035 43.8.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63039 43.8.16!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63041 43.8.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63045 43.8.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63049 43.8.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63057 43.8.16!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63061 43.8.17!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63066 43.8.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63070 43.8.17!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63077 43.8.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63088 43.8.18!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63096 43.8.19!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63103 43.8.19!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
63105 43.8.19!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63108 43.8.19!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63113 43.8.19!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63114 43.8.19!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63117 43.8.19!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63124 43.8.20!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
63137 43.8.20!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
63153 43.8.21!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63160 43.8.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63166 43.8.21!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63167 43.8.21!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63169 43.8.21!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63176 43.8.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63179 43.8.22!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63185 43.8.22!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63186 43.8.22!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63188 43.8.22!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63197 43.8.23!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63198 43.8.23!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63203 43.8.23!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63204 43.8.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63209 43.8.23!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63210 43.8.23!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63216 43.8.23!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63219 43.8.23!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
63228 43.8.24!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
63234 43.8.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63236 43.8.24!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63239 43.8.24!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
63252 43.8.25!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63258 43.8.25!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63261 43.8.25!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63269 43.8.26!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63271 43.8.26!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63273 43.8.26!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63278 43.8.26!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63281 43.8.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63284 43.8.26!14Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63289 43.8.26!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63298 43.8.27!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63306 43.8.28!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63309 43.8.28!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63316 43.8.28!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63319 43.8.28!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
63323 43.8.28!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63329 43.8.28!23Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
63334 43.8.28!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63338 43.8.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63341 43.8.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63351 43.8.29!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63352 43.8.29!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63358 43.8.30!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
63360 43.8.30!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63361 43.8.30!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63376 43.8.31!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63377 43.8.31!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63385 43.8.31!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63396 43.8.32!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63405 43.8.33!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63409 43.8.33!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
63414 43.8.33!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63417 43.8.33!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63423 43.8.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63426 43.8.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63431 43.8.34!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63436 43.8.34!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63438 43.8.34!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63441 43.8.35!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63443 43.8.35!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63449 43.8.35!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
63453 43.8.35!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63460 43.8.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63462 43.8.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63465 43.8.36!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
63467 43.8.36!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63473 43.8.37!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63480 43.8.37!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63483 43.8.37!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63492 43.8.38!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63493 43.8.38!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63501 43.8.38!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63503 43.8.38!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63515 43.8.39!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63518 43.8.39!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63521 43.8.39!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
63523 43.8.39!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63526 43.8.39!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63527 43.8.39!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63532 43.8.39!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63538 43.8.40!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63542 43.8.40!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63544 43.8.40!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
63546 43.8.40!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63550 43.8.40!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63556 43.8.40!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
63558 43.8.40!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63561 43.8.41!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63573 43.8.41!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63574 43.8.41!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63579 43.8.41!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63582 43.8.41!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
63587 43.8.42!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63590 43.8.42!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63591 43.8.42!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63600 43.8.42!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63605 43.8.42!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63611 43.8.42!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63616 43.8.42!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63618 43.8.42!30Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63622 43.8.43!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63638 43.8.44!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63639 43.8.44!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63646 43.8.44!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63654 43.8.44!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63655 43.8.44!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63661 43.8.44!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63674 43.8.44!33Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63679 43.8.44!37Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63685 43.8.44!42Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63687 43.8.44!44Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63692 43.8.45!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63694 43.8.45!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63695 43.8.45!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63711 43.8.46!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63712 43.8.46!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63717 43.8.46!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63722 43.8.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63727 43.8.47!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63733 43.8.47!11Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63735 43.8.47!13Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63746 43.8.48!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63752 43.8.48!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63757 43.8.48!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63761 43.8.48!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63765 43.8.49!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
63767 43.8.49!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63769 43.8.49!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63779 43.8.49!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63783 43.8.50!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63797 43.8.51!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63802 43.8.51!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63803 43.8.51!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63804 43.8.51!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63805 43.8.51!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63809 43.8.51!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63820 43.8.52!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63823 43.8.52!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63826 43.8.52!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63829 43.8.52!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63831 43.8.52!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63836 43.8.52!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63839 43.8.52!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63840 43.8.52!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63841 43.8.52!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
63854 43.8.53!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63855 43.8.53!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63856 43.8.53!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63858 43.8.53!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
63867 43.8.53!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63871 43.8.53!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63876 43.8.54!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
63878 43.8.54!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63879 43.8.54!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63883 43.8.54!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63886 43.8.54!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
63898 43.8.54!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63901 43.8.54!23EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63905 43.8.55!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63910 43.8.55!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63915 43.8.55!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
63925 43.8.55!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
63931 43.8.55!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63936 43.8.56!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
63955 43.8.57!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
63960 43.8.57!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63966 43.8.57!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
63970 43.8.58!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
63972 43.8.58!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
63977 43.8.58!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
63979 43.8.58!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
63991 43.8.59!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64016 43.9.2!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64021 43.9.2!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64028 43.9.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64032 43.9.3!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64034 43.9.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64037 43.9.3!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64052 43.9.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64061 43.9.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64067 43.9.4!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
64071 43.9.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64072 43.9.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64077 43.9.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64079 43.9.5!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64082 43.9.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
64095 43.9.6!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64106 43.9.7!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64127 43.9.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64129 43.9.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64137 43.9.8!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64141 43.9.8!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64142 43.9.8!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64149 43.9.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64152 43.9.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64155 43.9.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64158 43.9.9!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64161 43.9.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64165 43.9.9!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64168 43.9.9!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64175 43.9.10!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64178 43.9.10!7Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64183 43.9.11!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64185 43.9.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64190 43.9.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64194 43.9.11!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64201 43.9.11!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
64208 43.9.11!25Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64218 43.9.12!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64222 43.9.12!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
64224 43.9.12!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64228 43.9.13!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
64233 43.9.13!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
64243 43.9.14!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64250 43.9.14!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64254 43.9.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64264 43.9.15!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
64269 43.9.15!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64271 43.9.15!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64284 43.9.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64289 43.9.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64291 43.9.16!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64294 43.9.16!12Appositive - Appositive
64298 43.9.16!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64303 43.9.16!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64307 43.9.16!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64311 43.9.16!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64316 43.9.16!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64321 43.9.17!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
64327 43.9.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64328 43.9.17!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64335 43.9.17!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64339 43.9.17!16Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
64343 43.9.17!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64366 43.9.18!19Appositive - Appositive
64373 43.9.19!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64380 43.9.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64383 43.9.19!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64393 43.9.20!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64399 43.9.20!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64401 43.9.20!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64408 43.9.20!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64411 43.9.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64413 43.9.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64414 43.9.21!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
64415 43.9.21!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64419 43.9.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64421 43.9.21!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64428 43.9.21!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64431 43.9.21!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64434 43.9.21!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64435 43.9.21!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64439 43.9.22!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64455 43.9.22!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64456 43.9.22!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64457 43.9.22!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64461 43.9.22!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64464 43.9.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64468 43.9.23!5Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64474 43.9.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64483 43.9.24!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
64490 43.9.24!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64495 43.9.24!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64498 43.9.24!20Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64501 43.9.24!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64506 43.9.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64508 43.9.25!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64509 43.9.25!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64511 43.9.25!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64514 43.9.25!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64517 43.9.25!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64519 43.9.25!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64520 43.9.25!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64526 43.9.26!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64532 43.9.26!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64539 43.9.27!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64547 43.9.27!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64552 43.9.27!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64555 43.9.27!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64565 43.9.28!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64566 43.9.28!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64568 43.9.28!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64570 43.9.28!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64572 43.9.28!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64575 43.9.28!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64577 43.9.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64580 43.9.29!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64585 43.9.29!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64593 43.9.30!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64599 43.9.30!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64602 43.9.30!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64606 43.9.30!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64614 43.9.30!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
64620 43.9.31!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64627 43.9.31!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
64628 43.9.31!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64629 43.9.31!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64632 43.9.31!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64636 43.9.31!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64639 43.9.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64648 43.9.32!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
64649 43.9.32!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
64651 43.9.33!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64654 43.9.33!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64668 43.9.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64675 43.9.34!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64686 43.9.35!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64697 43.9.35!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64706 43.9.36!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64710 43.9.36!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64723 43.9.37!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64726 43.9.37!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64730 43.9.37!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64737 43.9.38!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
64741 43.9.38!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64751 43.9.39!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64754 43.9.39!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64757 43.9.39!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64764 43.9.39!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64767 43.9.39!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64769 43.9.39!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64771 43.9.39!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64778 43.9.40!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
64779 43.9.40!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
64780 43.9.40!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
64788 43.9.40!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64789 43.9.40!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64796 43.9.41!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64799 43.9.41!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64800 43.9.41!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64808 43.9.41!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64812 43.9.41!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
64814 43.9.41!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64817 43.9.41!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64819 43.10.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64824 43.10.1!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
64838 43.10.1!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64839 43.10.1!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64841 43.10.1!22Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64844 43.10.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64846 43.10.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64850 43.10.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64852 43.10.2!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64855 43.10.3!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64858 43.10.3!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64861 43.10.3!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64863 43.10.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64868 43.10.3!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64878 43.10.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64879 43.10.4!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
64882 43.10.4!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64884 43.10.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64889 43.10.4!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64892 43.10.4!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
64900 43.10.5!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64915 43.10.5!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
64918 43.10.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
64923 43.10.6!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64926 43.10.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64939 43.10.7!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
64942 43.10.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
64947 43.10.7!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64954 43.10.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64959 43.10.8!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64961 43.10.8!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
64971 43.10.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
64976 43.10.9!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
64987 43.10.9!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
64990 43.10.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65003 43.10.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65006 43.10.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65009 43.10.10!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65013 43.10.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65020 43.10.11!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65024 43.10.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65032 43.10.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65058 43.10.12!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65066 43.10.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65076 43.10.14!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65093 43.10.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65098 43.10.15!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65104 43.10.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65113 43.10.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65119 43.10.16!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
65124 43.10.16!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65133 43.10.16!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65143 43.10.17!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65150 43.10.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65157 43.10.17!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65161 43.10.18!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
65168 43.10.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65174 43.10.18!12Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
65180 43.10.18!17Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
65182 43.10.18!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65186 43.10.18!22Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
65195 43.10.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65201 43.10.19!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
65212 43.10.20!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65215 43.10.20!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65217 43.10.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65221 43.10.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65224 43.10.21!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65232 43.10.21!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65234 43.10.21!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65246 43.10.22!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65256 43.10.23!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
65271 43.10.24!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65278 43.10.24!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65279 43.10.24!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65290 43.10.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65293 43.10.25!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65299 43.10.25!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
65302 43.10.25!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65310 43.10.25!21Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
65316 43.10.26!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65317 43.10.26!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65329 43.10.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65336 43.10.27!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65338 43.10.27!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65346 43.10.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65370 43.10.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65373 43.10.29!4Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65381 43.10.29!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
65390 43.10.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65394 43.10.30!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65400 43.10.31!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65408 43.10.32!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65411 43.10.32!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65420 43.10.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65422 43.10.32!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65429 43.10.33!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65432 43.10.33!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65433 43.10.33!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65438 43.10.33!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
65444 43.10.33!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65445 43.10.33!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65453 43.10.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65456 43.10.34!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65464 43.10.34!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65467 43.10.34!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65470 43.10.35!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65471 43.10.35!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65476 43.10.35!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65489 43.10.36!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65501 43.10.36!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
65503 43.10.36!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65506 43.10.36!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65511 43.10.37!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65524 43.10.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65526 43.10.38!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65528 43.10.38!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65529 43.10.38!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65532 43.10.38!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65541 43.10.38!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65545 43.10.38!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65554 43.10.39!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65569 43.10.40!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
65575 43.10.40!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65584 43.10.41!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65591 43.10.41!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65593 43.10.41!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65595 43.10.41!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
65597 43.10.41!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65599 43.10.41!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65601 43.10.41!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65602 43.10.41!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
65604 43.10.41!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65608 43.10.42!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65619 43.11.1!5Appositive - Appositive
65650 43.11.2!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65663 43.11.3!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65665 43.11.3!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
65666 43.11.3!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65668 43.11.3!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65672 43.11.4!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65676 43.11.4!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65700 43.11.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65712 43.11.6!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65714 43.11.6!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65718 43.11.6!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65724 43.11.6!12Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
65729 43.11.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
65731 43.11.7!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
65735 43.11.7!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65739 43.11.7!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
65741 43.11.8!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
65743 43.11.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65746 43.11.8!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65748 43.11.8!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65751 43.11.8!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
65752 43.11.8!10Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
65756 43.11.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65761 43.11.9!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
65763 43.11.9!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65764 43.11.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65767 43.11.9!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
65770 43.11.9!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65771 43.11.9!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65781 43.11.9!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65788 43.11.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65790 43.11.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65799 43.11.10!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65806 43.11.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
65810 43.11.11!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
65812 43.11.11!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
65815 43.11.11!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65819 43.11.11!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65829 43.11.12!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65833 43.11.12!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65835 43.11.12!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
65841 43.11.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
65848 43.11.13!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65852 43.11.13!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65859 43.11.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65867 43.11.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65868 43.11.14!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
65897 43.11.16!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65912 43.11.17!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65914 43.11.17!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
65927 43.11.18!8Appositive - Appositive
65932 43.11.19!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65934 43.11.19!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65950 43.11.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65952 43.11.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
65953 43.11.20!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65956 43.11.20!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
65961 43.11.20!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
65963 43.11.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
65976 43.11.21!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
65978 43.11.21!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65989 43.11.22!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
65993 43.11.22!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66000 43.11.22!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66003 43.11.23!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66005 43.11.23!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66008 43.11.23!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66013 43.11.24!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66015 43.11.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66018 43.11.24!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66024 43.11.24!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
66031 43.11.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66034 43.11.25!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66042 43.11.25!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66046 43.11.25!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66051 43.11.26!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66066 43.11.26!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66068 43.11.27!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66071 43.11.27!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66075 43.11.27!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66078 43.11.27!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66082 43.11.27!12Appositive - Appositive
66086 43.11.27!16Appositive - Appositive
66087 43.11.27!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
66093 43.11.28!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
66102 43.11.28!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66105 43.11.28!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66112 43.11.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66114 43.11.29!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66144 43.11.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66146 43.11.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66162 43.11.31!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66179 43.11.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66181 43.11.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66182 43.11.32!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66190 43.11.32!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
66198 43.11.32!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66200 43.11.32!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66205 43.11.32!24Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
66210 43.11.33!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
66212 43.11.33!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66232 43.11.34!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66236 43.11.34!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66239 43.11.34!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66246 43.11.35!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66254 43.11.36!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66259 43.11.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66261 43.11.37!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66265 43.11.37!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66267 43.11.37!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66268 43.11.37!9Appositive - Appositive
66277 43.11.37!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66278 43.11.37!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
66281 43.11.38!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
66283 43.11.38!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66287 43.11.38!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66297 43.11.38!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66302 43.11.39!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66306 43.11.39!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66310 43.11.39!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66316 43.11.39!13Appositive - Appositive
66318 43.11.39!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66321 43.11.39!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
66323 43.11.39!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66327 43.11.40!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66329 43.11.40!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66332 43.11.40!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66336 43.11.40!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66349 43.11.41!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66351 43.11.41!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66359 43.11.41!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66367 43.11.42!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66371 43.11.42!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66376 43.11.42!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66386 43.11.42!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66388 43.11.42!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
66391 43.11.43!2Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66393 43.11.43!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66397 43.11.43!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66403 43.11.44!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
66411 43.11.44!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
66414 43.11.44!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66417 43.11.44!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66420 43.11.44!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66425 43.11.44!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66432 43.11.45!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66434 43.11.45!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66452 43.11.46!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66454 43.11.46!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66479 43.11.47!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66482 43.11.47!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
66485 43.11.47!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66487 43.11.47!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
66489 43.11.48!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66494 43.11.48!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66505 43.11.48!15Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
66513 43.11.49!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66515 43.11.49!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66518 43.11.49!6Appositive - Appositive
66520 43.11.49!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66529 43.11.49!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66540 43.11.50!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66548 43.11.50!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66553 43.11.51!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66555 43.11.51!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66561 43.11.51!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66584 43.11.52!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66595 43.11.53!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66598 43.11.53!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66605 43.11.54!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66607 43.11.54!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66609 43.11.54!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66625 43.11.54!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
66630 43.11.54!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66639 43.11.55!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
66652 43.11.55!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
66667 43.11.56!9Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66672 43.11.56!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66693 43.11.57!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66694 43.11.57!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66704 43.12.1!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66706 43.12.1!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66707 43.12.1!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66716 43.12.1!12Appositive - Appositive
66724 43.12.1!19Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
66733 43.12.2!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66737 43.12.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66739 43.12.2!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66740 43.12.2!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66742 43.12.2!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
66748 43.12.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66750 43.12.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66767 43.12.3!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66771 43.12.3!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66773 43.12.3!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66781 43.12.4!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
66786 43.12.4!6Appositive - Appositive
66795 43.12.4!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
66797 43.12.5!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66799 43.12.5!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
66812 43.12.6!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
66815 43.12.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66823 43.12.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66826 43.12.6!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66829 43.12.6!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66838 43.12.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66842 43.12.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66851 43.12.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66854 43.12.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66859 43.12.8!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66862 43.12.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66874 43.12.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66887 43.12.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66901 43.12.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66907 43.12.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
66911 43.12.11!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
66919 43.12.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
66921 43.12.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
66952 43.12.13!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66954 43.12.13!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
66961 43.12.13!20Appositive - Appositive
66980 43.12.15!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
66986 43.12.15!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
66987 43.12.15!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
66992 43.12.15!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
66997 43.12.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67000 43.12.16!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
67007 43.12.16!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67010 43.12.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67013 43.12.16!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67015 43.12.16!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
67019 43.12.16!22Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67032 43.12.17!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67044 43.12.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67053 43.12.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67056 43.12.18!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67059 43.12.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67061 43.12.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67066 43.12.19!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67072 43.12.19!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
67073 43.12.19!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67092 43.12.21!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67107 43.12.21!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67110 43.12.21!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67114 43.12.22!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67118 43.12.22!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67122 43.12.22!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67127 43.12.22!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67131 43.12.23!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67133 43.12.23!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67134 43.12.23!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67138 43.12.23!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67148 43.12.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67153 43.12.24!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67155 43.12.24!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67165 43.12.24!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67166 43.12.24!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67169 43.12.24!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67171 43.12.24!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67173 43.12.24!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67177 43.12.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67186 43.12.25!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67195 43.12.25!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67201 43.12.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67202 43.12.26!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
67206 43.12.26!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67209 43.12.26!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
67210 43.12.26!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
67212 43.12.26!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67213 43.12.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67220 43.12.26!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67221 43.12.26!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67223 43.12.26!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67229 43.12.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67230 43.12.27!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67243 43.12.27!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67249 43.12.27!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67252 43.12.27!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67260 43.12.28!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
67271 43.12.28!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67274 43.12.28!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67277 43.12.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67279 43.12.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67285 43.12.29!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67288 43.12.29!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67291 43.12.29!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67296 43.12.30!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67300 43.12.30!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67301 43.12.30!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67303 43.12.30!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67307 43.12.30!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67311 43.12.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67312 43.12.31!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67314 43.12.31!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67318 43.12.31!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67319 43.12.31!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67327 43.12.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67328 43.12.32!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67334 43.12.32!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67339 43.12.33!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67354 43.12.34!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67360 43.12.34!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67372 43.12.34!23EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
67374 43.12.34!25Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
67379 43.12.34!29Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67381 43.12.34!31Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67390 43.12.35!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
67393 43.12.35!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67406 43.12.35!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67410 43.12.35!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67415 43.12.35!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67425 43.12.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67428 43.12.36!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67436 43.12.36!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67441 43.12.36!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67443 43.12.36!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67451 43.12.37!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67454 43.12.37!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67464 43.12.38!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67473 43.12.38!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67481 43.12.38!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
67482 43.12.38!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67488 43.12.39!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67494 43.12.39!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67496 43.12.39!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67498 43.12.40!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67499 43.12.40!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
67502 43.12.40!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
67504 43.12.40!7Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
67508 43.12.40!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
67513 43.12.40!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
67520 43.12.40!21OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
67524 43.12.41!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67526 43.12.41!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67540 43.12.42!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67553 43.12.42!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67557 43.12.42!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67573 43.12.44!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
67579 43.12.44!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67594 43.12.45!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67602 43.12.46!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67603 43.12.46!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67610 43.12.46!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67615 43.12.46!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67622 43.12.47!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67623 43.12.47!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67624 43.12.47!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
67626 43.12.47!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67632 43.12.47!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67650 43.12.48!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67664 43.12.48!14Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
67668 43.12.48!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67677 43.12.49!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67678 43.12.49!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67684 43.12.49!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
67688 43.12.49!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67689 43.12.49!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67690 43.12.49!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67701 43.12.50!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67704 43.12.50!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67708 43.12.50!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
67710 43.12.50!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
67711 43.12.50!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67713 43.12.50!14Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
67719 43.12.50!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67722 43.13.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67724 43.13.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67729 43.13.1!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
67733 43.13.1!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
67742 43.13.1!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
67752 43.13.1!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67758 43.13.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67761 43.13.2!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67771 43.13.2!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67777 43.13.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67788 43.13.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67792 43.13.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67795 43.13.3!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
67797 43.13.4!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67802 43.13.4!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67812 43.13.5!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67833 43.13.6!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67839 43.13.6!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67842 43.13.6!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67844 43.13.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67845 43.13.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67847 43.13.6!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67851 43.13.7!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67856 43.13.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67859 43.13.7!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67866 43.13.7!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67869 43.13.8!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67871 43.13.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67873 43.13.8!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67876 43.13.8!7Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
67884 43.13.8!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
67887 43.13.8!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
67898 43.13.9!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67900 43.13.9!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
67903 43.13.9!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67918 43.13.10!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
67920 43.13.10!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
67923 43.13.10!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67930 43.13.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67940 43.13.10!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67944 43.13.10!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
67954 43.13.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
67958 43.13.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67963 43.13.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67965 43.13.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
67981 43.13.12!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67986 43.13.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
67989 43.13.13!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
67991 43.13.13!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
67992 43.13.13!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
67995 43.13.13!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68002 43.13.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68004 43.13.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68006 43.13.14!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
68009 43.13.14!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
68015 43.13.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68018 43.13.14!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68020 43.13.14!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
68023 43.13.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68028 43.13.15!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68029 43.13.15!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
68032 43.13.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68036 43.13.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68055 43.13.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68056 43.13.17!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
68057 43.13.17!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
68066 43.13.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68071 43.13.18!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68078 43.13.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68082 43.13.18!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68084 43.13.18!17Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
68094 43.13.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68107 43.13.19!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68110 43.13.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68115 43.13.20!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68120 43.13.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68123 43.13.20!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68125 43.13.20!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68132 43.13.21!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
68134 43.13.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68144 43.13.21!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68149 43.13.21!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68158 43.13.22!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68178 43.13.23!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
68183 43.13.24!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68185 43.13.24!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68198 43.13.25!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68205 43.13.25!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68208 43.13.25!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68213 43.13.26!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68214 43.13.26!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68217 43.13.26!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68220 43.13.26!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68232 43.13.26!18Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68234 43.13.26!20Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68240 43.13.27!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68243 43.13.27!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68250 43.13.27!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68256 43.13.27!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68261 43.13.28!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
68263 43.13.28!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
68265 43.13.28!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
68272 43.13.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68277 43.13.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68288 43.13.29!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68290 43.13.29!16Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
68297 43.13.29!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68307 43.13.30!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
68315 43.13.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
68317 43.13.31!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
68318 43.13.31!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68319 43.13.31!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68321 43.13.31!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68329 43.13.31!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68335 43.13.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
68336 43.13.32!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68343 43.13.32!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68351 43.13.32!15Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68357 43.13.33!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68367 43.13.33!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68372 43.13.33!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68375 43.13.33!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68380 43.13.33!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68385 43.13.34!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68393 43.13.34!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68397 43.13.34!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68402 43.13.35!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68407 43.13.35!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68412 43.13.35!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68414 43.13.35!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
68418 43.13.36!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68423 43.13.36!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68430 43.13.36!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68432 43.13.36!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68436 43.13.36!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68437 43.13.36!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68444 43.13.37!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68446 43.13.37!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68449 43.13.37!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68455 43.13.37!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68459 43.13.37!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68466 43.13.38!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68467 43.13.38!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68469 43.13.38!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68476 43.13.38!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68483 43.13.38!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68491 43.14.1!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68493 43.14.1!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
68502 43.14.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68507 43.14.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68513 43.14.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68517 43.14.2!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68519 43.14.2!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68528 43.14.2!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68531 43.14.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
68536 43.14.3!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68538 43.14.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68547 43.14.3!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68550 43.14.3!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68555 43.14.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68556 43.14.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68562 43.14.5!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68566 43.14.5!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68575 43.14.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68579 43.14.6!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68581 43.14.6!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68584 43.14.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68595 43.14.6!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
68605 43.14.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68609 43.14.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68616 43.14.7!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68625 43.14.8!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68629 43.14.8!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68640 43.14.9!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68642 43.14.9!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
68645 43.14.9!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68657 43.14.9!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68664 43.14.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68668 43.14.9!24EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
68673 43.14.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68676 43.14.10!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68681 43.14.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68683 43.14.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68687 43.14.10!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68693 43.14.10!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68698 43.14.10!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68700 43.14.10!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68701 43.14.10!27Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
68712 43.14.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68717 43.14.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68722 43.14.11!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68724 43.14.11!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68726 43.14.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68732 43.14.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68737 43.14.12!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
68741 43.14.12!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68744 43.14.12!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
68746 43.14.12!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68750 43.14.12!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68755 43.14.12!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68756 43.14.12!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68762 43.14.13!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
68770 43.14.13!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68771 43.14.13!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
68781 43.14.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68782 43.14.14!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
68789 43.14.14!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68790 43.14.14!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
68792 43.14.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68796 43.14.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68802 43.14.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68807 43.14.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68812 43.14.16!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68814 43.14.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68819 43.14.17!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
68825 43.14.17!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68838 43.14.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68843 43.14.17!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68847 43.14.17!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68864 43.14.19!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68867 43.14.19!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
68870 43.14.19!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68875 43.14.19!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68876 43.14.19!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
68878 43.14.19!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68882 43.14.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68889 43.14.20!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68895 43.14.20!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68898 43.14.20!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68902 43.14.21!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
68910 43.14.21!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68916 43.14.21!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68918 43.14.21!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68926 43.14.21!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68932 43.14.21!29DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
68934 43.14.22!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
68942 43.14.22!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
68948 43.14.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68952 43.14.22!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
68958 43.14.23!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
68963 43.14.23!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
68964 43.14.23!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68967 43.14.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68973 43.14.23!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68982 43.14.23!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
68984 43.14.23!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
68989 43.14.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
68996 43.14.24!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69000 43.14.24!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69009 43.14.24!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69013 43.14.25!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69016 43.14.25!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69020 43.14.26!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
69022 43.14.26!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
69037 43.14.26!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69038 43.14.26!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69050 43.14.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69054 43.14.27!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69060 43.14.27!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69071 43.14.27!19Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
69079 43.14.28!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69083 43.14.28!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
69089 43.14.28!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69102 43.14.28!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69104 43.14.28!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69109 43.14.29!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69116 43.14.29!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69121 43.14.30!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69134 43.14.30!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69141 43.14.31!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69151 43.14.31!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
69156 43.14.31!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69164 43.15.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
69172 43.15.1!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69175 43.15.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69179 43.15.2!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
69190 43.15.2!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
69193 43.15.2!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
69197 43.15.2!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69201 43.15.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69202 43.15.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69203 43.15.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69216 43.15.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69220 43.15.4!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69221 43.15.4!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69225 43.15.4!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69236 43.15.4!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69241 43.15.4!27Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69245 43.15.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69250 43.15.5!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69254 43.15.5!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
69261 43.15.5!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69267 43.15.5!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69274 43.15.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69276 43.15.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69293 43.15.6!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69300 43.15.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69305 43.15.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69308 43.15.7!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69312 43.15.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69320 43.15.8!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69327 43.15.8!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69335 43.15.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69341 43.15.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69342 43.15.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69352 43.15.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69353 43.15.10!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69365 43.15.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69366 43.15.10!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69374 43.15.10!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
69379 43.15.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69383 43.15.11!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69387 43.15.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69391 43.15.11!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69397 43.15.12!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69410 43.15.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69411 43.15.13!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69413 43.15.13!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
69417 43.15.13!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69418 43.15.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69427 43.15.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69428 43.15.14!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69434 43.15.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69444 43.15.15!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69450 43.15.15!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
69454 43.15.15!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69460 43.15.15!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69471 43.15.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69476 43.15.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69484 43.15.16!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69487 43.15.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69490 43.15.16!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69493 43.15.16!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69496 43.15.16!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69509 43.15.17!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69517 43.15.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69518 43.15.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69521 43.15.18!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69525 43.15.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69526 43.15.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69530 43.15.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69531 43.15.19!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69536 43.15.19!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69539 43.15.19!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69543 43.15.19!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69545 43.15.19!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69548 43.15.19!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69552 43.15.19!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69559 43.15.19!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69570 43.15.20!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69574 43.15.20!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
69582 43.15.20!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69583 43.15.20!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69586 43.15.20!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69590 43.15.20!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69591 43.15.20!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69596 43.15.20!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69602 43.15.21!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69603 43.15.21!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
69619 43.15.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69626 43.15.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69630 43.15.22!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69632 43.15.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69640 43.15.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69641 43.15.23!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69643 43.15.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69649 43.15.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69650 43.15.24!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69656 43.15.24!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
69657 43.15.24!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
69662 43.15.24!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69665 43.15.24!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69684 43.15.25!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
69690 43.15.25!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
69694 43.15.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69699 43.15.26!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69706 43.15.26!12Appositive - Appositive
69714 43.15.26!20Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
69716 43.15.26!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69721 43.15.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69727 43.15.27!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69729 43.15.27!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69733 43.16.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
69740 43.16.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69748 43.16.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69753 43.16.2!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69755 43.16.2!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
69759 43.16.3!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69770 43.16.4!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69774 43.16.4!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69782 43.16.4!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69787 43.16.4!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69789 43.16.4!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69790 43.16.4!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69796 43.16.4!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69800 43.16.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69808 43.16.5!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
69814 43.16.5!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
69817 43.16.6!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
69818 43.16.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69819 43.16.6!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
69822 43.16.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69823 43.16.6!7Inline annotations -
Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
69830 43.16.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69831 43.16.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69839 43.16.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69840 43.16.7!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69842 43.16.7!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69844 43.16.7!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69847 43.16.7!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69854 43.16.7!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69856 43.16.7!24Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69878 43.16.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69888 43.16.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69893 43.16.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69902 43.16.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69904 43.16.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69907 43.16.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69914 43.16.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69918 43.16.12!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69926 43.16.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69928 43.16.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
69931 43.16.13!5Appositive - Appositive
69941 43.16.13!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
69950 43.16.13!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69955 43.16.13!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69960 43.16.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
69962 43.16.14!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
69965 43.16.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69973 43.16.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69981 43.16.15!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
69985 43.16.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70016 43.16.17!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70018 43.16.17!11Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
70023 43.16.17!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
70029 43.16.17!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
70030 43.16.17!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
70036 43.16.17!26Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70038 43.16.17!27EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
70047 43.16.18!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70049 43.16.18!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
70066 43.16.19!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70072 43.16.19!11Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70080 43.16.19!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
70093 43.16.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70103 43.16.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70105 43.16.20!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70106 43.16.20!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70108 43.16.20!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70109 43.16.20!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70112 43.16.20!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70115 43.16.20!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70119 43.16.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70121 43.16.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70123 43.16.21!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70132 43.16.21!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70134 43.16.21!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70152 43.16.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70155 43.16.22!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70157 43.16.22!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70160 43.16.22!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70167 43.16.22!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
70172 43.16.22!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70175 43.16.22!21Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
70181 43.16.23!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70185 43.16.23!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70190 43.16.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70195 43.16.23!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70207 43.16.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70222 43.16.24!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70228 43.16.25!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
70229 43.16.25!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70238 43.16.25!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70243 43.16.25!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70250 43.16.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70254 43.16.26!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70265 43.16.26!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70272 43.16.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70274 43.16.27!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70280 43.16.27!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70281 43.16.27!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70286 43.16.27!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70287 43.16.27!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70302 43.16.28!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70312 43.16.29!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
70317 43.16.29!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70318 43.16.29!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70319 43.16.29!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70324 43.16.29!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70325 43.16.29!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
70328 43.16.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70335 43.16.30!8Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
70340 43.16.30!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70342 43.16.30!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
70346 43.16.30!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70352 43.16.31!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
70354 43.16.31!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70357 43.16.32!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
70368 43.16.32!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70369 43.16.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70378 43.16.32!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70384 43.16.33!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
70388 43.16.33!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70390 43.16.33!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70393 43.16.33!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70396 43.16.33!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70402 43.16.33!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70407 43.17.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
70409 43.17.1!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
70421 43.17.1!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
70428 43.17.1!18Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
70433 43.17.1!22Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70446 43.17.2!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
70455 43.17.3!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70459 43.17.3!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
70464 43.17.3!10Appositive - Appositive
70471 43.17.3!17Appositive - Appositive
70474 43.17.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70475 43.17.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70481 43.17.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70484 43.17.4!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
70491 43.17.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70506 43.17.5!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
70509 43.17.5!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
70513 43.17.6!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
70516 43.17.6!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
70525 43.17.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70527 43.17.6!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70532 43.17.6!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70537 43.17.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70540 43.17.7!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70544 43.17.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70549 43.17.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70558 43.17.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70564 43.17.8!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70571 43.17.8!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70573 43.17.8!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70575 43.17.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70576 43.17.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70581 43.17.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70585 43.17.9!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
70592 43.17.9!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70596 43.17.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70598 43.17.10!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
70619 43.17.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70625 43.17.11!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70626 43.17.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70639 43.17.11!25Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
70649 43.17.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70653 43.17.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70660 43.17.12!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
70668 43.17.12!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
70680 43.17.12!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70682 43.17.12!31Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70684 43.17.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70686 43.17.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70691 43.17.13!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
70706 43.17.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70714 43.17.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70726 43.17.14!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70752 43.17.16!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70755 43.17.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70768 43.17.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70775 43.17.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70776 43.17.18!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
70782 43.17.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70790 43.17.19!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70792 43.17.19!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70805 43.17.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70810 43.17.20!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
70821 43.17.20!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
70825 43.17.21!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
70826 43.17.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70830 43.17.21!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70836 43.17.21!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70841 43.17.21!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70848 43.17.21!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70850 43.17.21!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70852 43.17.21!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70854 43.17.21!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70856 43.17.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70857 43.17.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70869 43.17.22!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70872 43.17.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
70876 43.17.23!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70891 43.17.23!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70893 43.17.23!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70898 43.17.23!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70903 43.17.24!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
70909 43.17.24!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
70912 43.17.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70939 43.17.25!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70945 43.17.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70951 43.17.25!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
70954 43.17.25!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
70956 43.17.25!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
70968 43.17.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70976 43.17.26!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
70980 43.18.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
70982 43.18.1!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71000 43.18.1!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71017 43.18.2!11Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71026 43.18.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71028 43.18.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71033 43.18.3!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
71041 43.18.3!16Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71050 43.18.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
71061 43.18.4!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71064 43.18.4!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71070 43.18.5!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71074 43.18.5!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71077 43.18.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71084 43.18.5!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71090 43.18.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
71092 43.18.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
71095 43.18.6!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71106 43.18.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71111 43.18.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71114 43.18.7!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
71118 43.18.7!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71123 43.18.8!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71125 43.18.8!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71128 43.18.8!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71131 43.18.8!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71133 43.18.8!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71137 43.18.8!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71147 43.18.9!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71154 43.18.9!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
71156 43.18.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71158 43.18.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71166 43.18.10!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
71171 43.18.10!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
71191 43.18.11!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71198 43.18.11!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
71210 43.18.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71212 43.18.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71231 43.18.13!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
71248 43.18.14!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71254 43.18.14!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71255 43.18.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71266 43.18.15!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
71272 43.18.15!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71274 43.18.15!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71290 43.18.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71292 43.18.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71305 43.18.16!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71318 43.18.17!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71323 43.18.17!6Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71328 43.18.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71334 43.18.17!16Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71338 43.18.17!19Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71341 43.18.17!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71351 43.18.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71355 43.18.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71372 43.18.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71374 43.18.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71390 43.18.20!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71392 43.18.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71393 43.18.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71398 43.18.20!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71399 43.18.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71409 43.18.20!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71415 43.18.20!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71421 43.18.21!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
71431 43.18.21!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
71432 43.18.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71438 43.18.22!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
71440 43.18.22!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
71441 43.18.22!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
71442 43.18.22!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71448 43.18.22!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71452 43.18.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71459 43.18.23!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71461 43.18.23!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71462 43.18.23!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71470 43.18.23!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71472 43.18.23!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71474 43.18.23!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71502 43.18.25!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71503 43.18.25!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71512 43.18.25!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71516 43.18.25!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71519 43.18.26!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71527 43.18.26!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71529 43.18.26!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
71531 43.18.26!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71535 43.18.26!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71536 43.18.26!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71537 43.18.26!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71545 43.18.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71548 43.18.27!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71552 43.18.27!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71555 43.18.28!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71571 43.18.28!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71591 43.18.29!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
71594 43.18.29!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71596 43.18.29!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71600 43.18.29!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71609 43.18.30!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71612 43.18.30!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71613 43.18.30!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
71618 43.18.30!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71625 43.18.31!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71628 43.18.31!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71630 43.18.31!8Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71642 43.18.31!18Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71645 43.18.31!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71656 43.18.32!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
71657 43.18.32!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
71671 43.18.33!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
71681 43.18.33!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71689 43.18.34!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71691 43.18.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71694 43.18.34!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71697 43.18.34!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71704 43.18.35!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71707 43.18.35!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71708 43.18.35!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71709 43.18.35!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71712 43.18.35!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71727 43.18.36!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71729 43.18.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71740 43.18.36!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71741 43.18.36!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
71751 43.18.36!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71764 43.18.36!34Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71766 43.18.36!36Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71777 43.18.37!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71780 43.18.37!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71781 43.18.37!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71786 43.18.37!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71789 43.18.37!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71792 43.18.37!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71795 43.18.37!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71796 43.18.37!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71798 43.18.37!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
71800 43.18.37!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71811 43.18.37!33Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71818 43.18.37!40Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
71822 43.18.38!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71824 43.18.38!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
71827 43.18.38!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71833 43.18.38!9Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
71835 43.18.38!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71842 43.18.38!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71845 43.18.38!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71846 43.18.38!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
71850 43.18.38!24Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
71857 43.18.39!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71878 43.18.40!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71879 43.18.40!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71890 43.19.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71901 43.19.2!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
71908 43.19.2!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
71913 43.19.2!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
71925 43.19.3!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71941 43.19.4!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
71944 43.19.4!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71947 43.19.4!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71956 43.19.4!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
71978 43.19.5!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
71981 43.19.5!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
71985 43.19.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71987 43.19.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
71997 43.19.6!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72000 43.19.6!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72005 43.19.6!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72007 43.19.6!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72011 43.19.6!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72021 43.19.7!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72024 43.19.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72025 43.19.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72029 43.19.7!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72036 43.19.7!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72041 43.19.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72043 43.19.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72044 43.19.8!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72046 43.19.8!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72058 43.19.9!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72060 43.19.9!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72064 43.19.9!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72068 43.19.9!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72070 43.19.9!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72071 43.19.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72076 43.19.10!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72079 43.19.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72082 43.19.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72083 43.19.10!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
72089 43.19.10!12Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
72094 43.19.10!17Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
72101 43.19.11!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72103 43.19.11!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72108 43.19.11!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72116 43.19.11!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72118 43.19.11!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72122 43.19.11!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72126 43.19.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72128 43.19.12!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72134 43.19.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72136 43.19.12!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72140 43.19.12!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72141 43.19.12!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72150 43.19.12!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72152 43.19.12!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72159 43.19.13!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72161 43.19.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72163 43.19.13!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72175 43.19.13!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72180 43.19.13!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72190 43.19.14!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72196 43.19.14!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72200 43.19.14!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72207 43.19.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72209 43.19.15!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72215 43.19.15!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72220 43.19.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72229 43.19.15!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72236 43.19.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72259 43.19.17!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72265 43.19.17!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72269 43.19.18!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
72272 43.19.18!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72280 43.19.18!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72289 43.19.19!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
72301 43.19.19!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72309 43.19.20!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
72311 43.19.20!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
72313 43.19.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72315 43.19.20!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
72319 43.19.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72344 43.19.21!6Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72351 43.19.21!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
72356 43.19.21!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72358 43.19.21!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72360 43.19.21!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72362 43.19.21!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
72366 43.19.22!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72369 43.19.22!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72371 43.19.22!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
72373 43.19.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72375 43.19.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72376 43.19.23!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72389 43.19.23!16Appositive - Appositive
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72403 43.19.23!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72415 43.19.24!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72427 43.19.24!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72433 43.19.24!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
72438 43.19.24!25OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
72439 43.19.24!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72446 43.19.24!32Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72449 43.19.24!35Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72450 43.19.24!36Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72460 43.19.25!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72479 43.19.26!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
72490 43.19.26!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72494 43.19.26!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72496 43.19.26!16Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
72502 43.19.27!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72506 43.19.27!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72512 43.19.27!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72517 43.19.27!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72524 43.19.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72532 43.19.28!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
72533 43.19.28!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72537 43.19.28!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72539 43.19.28!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72541 43.19.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72543 43.19.29!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72546 43.19.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72548 43.19.29!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72551 43.19.29!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72554 43.19.29!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
72558 43.19.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72560 43.19.30!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72563 43.19.30!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
72567 43.19.30!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72577 43.19.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72579 43.19.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72581 43.19.31!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72582 43.19.31!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72585 43.19.31!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72592 43.19.31!14Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
72600 43.19.31!21Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
72611 43.19.31!31Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
72623 43.19.32!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72625 43.19.32!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72629 43.19.32!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
72636 43.19.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72638 43.19.33!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72642 43.19.33!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72646 43.19.33!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
72650 43.19.33!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
72655 43.19.34!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72658 43.19.34!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72659 43.19.34!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
72667 43.19.34!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72672 43.19.35!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72674 43.19.35!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
72677 43.19.35!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72678 43.19.35!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72684 43.19.35!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72687 43.19.35!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72691 43.19.35!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72697 43.19.36!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72701 43.19.36!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
72703 43.19.36!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72706 43.19.36!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
72709 43.19.37!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72710 43.19.37!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72714 43.19.37!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72719 43.19.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72721 43.19.38!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
72725 43.19.38!7Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
72799 43.19.40!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72801 43.19.40!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
72812 43.19.41!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
72815 43.19.41!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72824 43.19.41!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
72828 43.19.42!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72830 43.19.42!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72836 43.19.42!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72837 43.19.42!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72846 43.20.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72848 43.20.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
72851 43.20.1!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72854 43.20.1!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72856 43.20.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72864 43.20.1!18Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72872 43.20.2!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72875 43.20.2!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72890 43.20.2!18Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72893 43.20.2!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
72909 43.20.3!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
72929 43.20.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
72945 43.20.5!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72946 43.20.5!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
72954 43.20.6!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72969 43.20.6!14Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
72986 43.20.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
72990 43.20.7!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
72997 43.20.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73004 43.20.8!8Appositive - Appositive
73024 43.20.9!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
73026 43.20.9!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
73033 43.20.10!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
73036 43.20.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
73045 43.20.11!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
73047 43.20.11!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
73054 43.20.12!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73061 43.20.12!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
73079 43.20.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73081 43.20.13!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73083 43.20.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73088 43.20.13!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73090 43.20.13!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73091 43.20.13!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73103 43.20.14!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
73111 43.20.14!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73120 43.20.14!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73123 43.20.15!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73125 43.20.15!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73127 43.20.15!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73135 43.20.15!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
73138 43.20.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73141 43.20.15!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73144 43.20.15!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73146 43.20.15!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73147 43.20.15!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73157 43.20.15!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73159 43.20.15!29Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
73161 43.20.16!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73163 43.20.16!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73165 43.20.16!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73168 43.20.16!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73169 43.20.16!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73173 43.20.16!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73177 43.20.16!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73179 43.20.17!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73181 43.20.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73183 43.20.17!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73185 43.20.17!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
73204 43.20.17!22EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
73219 43.20.18!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73227 43.20.18!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73231 43.20.18!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73241 43.20.19!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73246 43.20.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73269 43.20.19!32Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73272 43.20.19!34Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73276 43.20.20!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
73284 43.20.20!10Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73297 43.20.21!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73301 43.20.21!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73304 43.20.21!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73310 43.20.21!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73315 43.20.22!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
73319 43.20.22!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73322 43.20.22!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73326 43.20.23!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
73334 43.20.23!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73339 43.20.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73341 43.20.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73356 43.20.24!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73365 43.20.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73369 43.20.25!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
73374 43.20.25!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73381 43.20.25!21Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
73397 43.20.25!37Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
73410 43.20.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73413 43.20.26!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73424 43.20.26!15Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73427 43.20.26!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73429 43.20.26!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
73439 43.20.26!28Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73443 43.20.27!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73447 43.20.27!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73478 43.20.28!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73483 43.20.28!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73491 43.20.29!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73493 43.20.29!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73496 43.20.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73508 43.20.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73511 43.20.30!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73515 43.20.30!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73526 43.20.30!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73531 43.20.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73537 43.20.31!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
73549 43.20.31!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73556 43.21.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73573 43.21.1!17Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
73603 43.21.3!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73608 43.21.3!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73611 43.21.3!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73614 43.21.3!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73628 43.21.3!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73636 43.21.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73641 43.21.4!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73652 43.21.4!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73655 43.21.5!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73658 43.21.5!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73661 43.21.5!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73664 43.21.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73671 43.21.5!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73673 43.21.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
73678 43.21.6!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73685 43.21.6!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73686 43.21.6!13Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73697 43.21.6!21Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
73705 43.21.7!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73717 43.21.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73721 43.21.7!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73723 43.21.7!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73727 43.21.7!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73731 43.21.7!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73746 43.21.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73748 43.21.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73750 43.21.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73773 43.21.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73775 43.21.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73779 43.21.9!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73788 43.21.10!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73793 43.21.10!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73812 43.21.11!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
73815 43.21.11!15Appositive - Appositive
73820 43.21.11!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73827 43.21.12!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73832 43.21.12!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73835 43.21.12!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
73838 43.21.12!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
73843 43.21.12!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73849 43.21.12!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73853 43.21.13!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73854 43.21.13!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73856 43.21.13!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73860 43.21.13!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73868 43.21.14!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
73870 43.21.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73872 43.21.14!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
73879 43.21.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73881 43.21.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
73882 43.21.15!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73886 43.21.15!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
73889 43.21.15!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73897 43.21.15!16Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73900 43.21.15!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73904 43.21.15!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73910 43.21.15!25Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73913 43.21.15!27Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73918 43.21.16!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73923 43.21.16!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73929 43.21.16!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73932 43.21.16!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73936 43.21.16!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73942 43.21.16!18Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73945 43.21.16!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73950 43.21.17!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73955 43.21.17!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73962 43.21.17!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73970 43.21.17!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73974 43.21.17!20Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73977 43.21.17!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73979 43.21.17!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
73983 43.21.17!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
73989 43.21.17!31Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
73991 43.21.17!33Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
73994 43.21.17!35Reported speech. - Reported speech.
73999 43.21.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74004 43.21.18!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74015 43.21.18!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74017 43.21.18!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74025 43.21.18!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74034 43.21.19!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74045 43.21.19!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
74047 43.21.19!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
74050 43.21.19!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74054 43.21.20!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
74056 43.21.20!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
74071 43.21.20!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74078 43.21.20!24Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74086 43.21.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
74088 43.21.21!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
74089 43.21.21!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
74091 43.21.21!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
74095 43.21.21!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74097 43.21.21!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74101 43.21.22!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
74103 43.21.22!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
74106 43.21.22!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74107 43.21.22!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74117 43.21.22!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74119 43.21.22!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
74123 43.21.23!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
74130 43.21.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74147 43.21.23!25Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74148 43.21.23!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74159 43.21.24!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74165 43.21.24!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74170 43.21.24!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74175 43.21.24!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74176 43.21.24!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
74192 43.21.25!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74198 43.21.25!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74200 43.21.25!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
74207 44.1.1!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74209 44.1.1!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74210 44.1.1!4Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
74248 44.1.3!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74252 44.1.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74270 44.1.4!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74272 44.1.4!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
74273 44.1.4!8Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74291 44.1.5!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74293 44.1.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74296 44.1.5!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
74297 44.1.5!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74303 44.1.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
74311 44.1.6!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74314 44.1.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74329 44.1.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74330 44.1.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74337 44.1.7!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74357 44.1.8!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
74376 44.1.9!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
74382 44.1.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74391 44.1.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74392 44.1.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
74401 44.1.10!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
74402 44.1.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74406 44.1.10!16Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74424 44.1.11!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74427 44.1.11!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
74434 44.1.11!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74436 44.1.11!24Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
74449 44.1.12!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74459 44.1.12!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74464 44.1.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74467 44.1.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74475 44.1.13!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
74503 44.1.14!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74504 44.1.14!2Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
74524 44.1.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74529 44.1.15!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74543 44.1.15!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74547 44.1.16!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74552 44.1.16!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
74563 44.1.16!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74573 44.1.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74581 44.1.17!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74585 44.1.18!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74596 44.1.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74609 44.1.19!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74611 44.1.19!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
74625 44.1.19!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74627 44.1.19!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74638 44.1.20!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
74643 44.1.20!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
74651 44.1.20!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74653 44.1.20!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74659 44.1.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74661 44.1.21!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
74662 44.1.21!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
74665 44.1.21!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
74691 44.1.22!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74698 44.1.22!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74720 44.1.24!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74722 44.1.24!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
74726 44.1.24!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74733 44.1.24!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
74738 44.1.25!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74752 44.1.25!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
74775 44.2.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
74783 44.2.1!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74795 44.2.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74813 44.2.3!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
74826 44.2.4!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74833 44.2.4!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
74836 44.2.4!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74861 44.2.6!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74874 44.2.6!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74886 44.2.7!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74887 44.2.7!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
74888 44.2.7!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
74893 44.2.7!13Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74897 44.2.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74965 44.2.11!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
74972 44.2.12!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74976 44.2.12!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74977 44.2.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
74981 44.2.12!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
74983 44.2.12!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
74986 44.2.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
74991 44.2.13!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75010 44.2.14!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75016 44.2.14!21Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
75018 44.2.14!22Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75032 44.2.15!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
75033 44.2.15!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75034 44.2.15!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
75044 44.2.16!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75053 44.2.17!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75064 44.2.17!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75069 44.2.17!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75073 44.2.17!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75083 44.2.17!27OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75084 44.2.17!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75087 44.2.17!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75090 44.2.17!33OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75091 44.2.17!34Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75094 44.2.17!37Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75097 44.2.18!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75099 44.2.18!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75108 44.2.18!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75121 44.2.19!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75128 44.2.19!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75130 44.2.19!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75135 44.2.19!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
75142 44.2.20!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75147 44.2.20!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75152 44.2.20!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75161 44.2.21!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75163 44.2.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75170 44.2.21!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
75172 44.2.22!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75176 44.2.22!4Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
75180 44.2.22!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
75207 44.2.22!32Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75210 44.2.23!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75211 44.2.23!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
75226 44.2.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75244 44.2.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75250 44.2.25!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75255 44.2.25!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75258 44.2.25!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75259 44.2.25!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75267 44.2.26!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75279 44.2.26!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75281 44.2.26!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75289 44.2.27!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75298 44.2.27!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75306 44.2.28!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75311 44.2.28!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75319 44.2.29!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75340 44.2.29!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75351 44.2.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75358 44.2.30!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75359 44.2.30!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75363 44.2.30!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75382 44.2.31!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75386 44.2.31!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75387 44.2.31!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75390 44.2.31!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75393 44.2.32!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75401 44.2.32!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75406 44.2.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75409 44.2.33!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75412 44.2.33!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75414 44.2.33!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75424 44.2.33!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75426 44.2.33!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75434 44.2.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75444 44.2.34!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75451 44.2.34!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75456 44.2.35!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
75462 44.2.35!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75467 44.2.36!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75474 44.2.36!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75477 44.2.36!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
75483 44.2.36!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75487 44.2.36!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75488 44.2.36!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
75506 44.2.37!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75512 44.2.38!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75517 44.2.38!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75518 44.2.38!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
75520 44.2.38!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75529 44.2.38!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75543 44.2.39!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75548 44.2.39!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
75565 44.2.40!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75567 44.2.40!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75576 44.2.40!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75584 44.2.41!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75587 44.2.41!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75599 44.2.41!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75627 44.2.43!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75629 44.2.43!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75631 44.2.43!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75636 44.2.43!13Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75641 44.2.44!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75653 44.2.45!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75661 44.2.45!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75665 44.2.45!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75666 44.2.45!15Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
75669 44.2.46!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
75682 44.2.46!13Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75705 44.2.47!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75711 44.2.47!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75715 44.3.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75717 44.3.1!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
75723 44.3.1!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75732 44.3.2!2Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75734 44.3.2!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
75746 44.3.2!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
75766 44.3.3!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75776 44.3.3!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
75780 44.3.4!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75788 44.3.4!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75792 44.3.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
75797 44.3.5!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75804 44.3.6!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75806 44.3.6!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75813 44.3.6!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
75815 44.3.6!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
75816 44.3.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75827 44.3.6!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
75840 44.3.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75877 44.3.9!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
75887 44.3.10!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
75890 44.3.10!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
75943 44.3.12!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75948 44.3.12!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
75952 44.3.12!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
75956 44.3.12!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
75965 44.3.13!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
75969 44.3.13!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
75973 44.3.13!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
75977 44.3.13!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
75990 44.3.13!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76003 44.3.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76005 44.3.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76012 44.3.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76017 44.3.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76019 44.3.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76025 44.3.15!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76032 44.3.15!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76033 44.3.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76037 44.3.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76043 44.3.16!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76054 44.3.16!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76061 44.3.16!25Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76070 44.3.17!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
76076 44.3.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76080 44.3.17!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
76086 44.3.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76088 44.3.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76089 44.3.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76110 44.3.19!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
76128 44.3.20!15Appositive - Appositive
76133 44.3.21!3Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76153 44.3.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76157 44.3.22!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76168 44.3.22!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76171 44.3.22!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76181 44.3.23!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
76183 44.3.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76197 44.3.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76200 44.3.24!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76207 44.3.24!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
76211 44.3.24!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76215 44.3.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76236 44.3.25!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76237 44.3.25!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76248 44.3.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76249 44.3.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76269 44.4.1!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
76271 44.4.1!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
76300 44.4.2!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
76324 44.4.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76326 44.4.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76342 44.4.5!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
76344 44.4.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
76348 44.4.5!7Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
76385 44.4.7!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76393 44.4.7!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76397 44.4.8!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
76405 44.4.8!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76411 44.4.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
76412 44.4.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76420 44.4.9!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
76422 44.4.9!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76425 44.4.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76435 44.4.10!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
76444 44.4.10!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76448 44.4.10!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76454 44.4.10!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76455 44.4.10!28Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76462 44.4.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
76464 44.4.11!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76470 44.4.11!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76473 44.4.11!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76479 44.4.12!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76485 44.4.12!7Inline annotations -
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
76488 44.4.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76490 44.4.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76492 44.4.12!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76504 44.4.12!25Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
76511 44.4.13!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
76512 44.4.13!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
76517 44.4.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76520 44.4.13!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76529 44.4.13!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76534 44.4.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76536 44.4.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76540 44.4.14!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76543 44.4.14!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
76550 44.4.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76559 44.4.16!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76561 44.4.16!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76565 44.4.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76568 44.4.16!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76573 44.4.16!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76585 44.4.17!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
76587 44.4.17!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
76598 44.4.17!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76602 44.4.17!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
76621 44.4.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76623 44.4.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76631 44.4.19!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76632 44.4.19!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
76637 44.4.19!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
76639 44.4.19!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76650 44.4.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76657 44.4.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
76663 44.4.21!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
76675 44.4.21!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76683 44.4.22!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76686 44.4.22!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76693 44.4.22!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
76699 44.4.23!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
76708 44.4.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76715 44.4.23!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
76717 44.4.24!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
76720 44.4.24!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76729 44.4.24!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76731 44.4.24!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76749 44.4.25!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
76752 44.4.25!5Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76761 44.4.25!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76764 44.4.25!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76765 44.4.25!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76769 44.4.26!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76774 44.4.26!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76775 44.4.26!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76781 44.4.26!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
76790 44.4.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76808 44.4.27!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
76828 44.4.28!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
76832 44.4.29!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
76847 44.4.29!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76849 44.4.29!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
76857 44.4.30!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76863 44.4.30!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76905 44.4.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76907 44.4.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76917 44.4.32!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76919 44.4.32!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76923 44.4.32!18Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
76934 44.4.33!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76938 44.4.33!6Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
76947 44.4.33!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76949 44.4.33!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76955 44.4.34!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76957 44.4.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
76963 44.4.34!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76965 44.4.34!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76990 44.4.35!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
76991 44.4.35!14Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
76994 44.4.36!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
76996 44.4.36!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
77030 44.5.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77032 44.5.1!3Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77033 44.5.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
77057 44.5.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77069 44.5.3!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77096 44.5.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77100 44.5.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77103 44.5.4!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
77113 44.5.4!19Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
77126 44.5.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
77128 44.5.5!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77161 44.5.7!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77174 44.5.8!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77176 44.5.8!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77180 44.5.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77185 44.5.8!13Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
77189 44.5.8!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77193 44.5.9!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77195 44.5.9!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77199 44.5.9!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77208 44.5.9!14Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
77209 44.5.9!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77262 44.5.11!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77264 44.5.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77266 44.5.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77288 44.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77290 44.5.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77291 44.5.13!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
77308 44.5.14!7Appositive - Appositive
77315 44.5.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77332 44.5.15!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77393 44.5.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77395 44.5.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77396 44.5.19!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77408 44.5.20!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77417 44.5.20!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
77463 44.5.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77465 44.5.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77479 44.5.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77487 44.5.23!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77496 44.5.23!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77497 44.5.23!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
77500 44.5.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77502 44.5.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77503 44.5.24!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77508 44.5.24!9Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77529 44.5.25!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77530 44.5.25!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77538 44.5.25!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
77584 44.5.28!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77585 44.5.28!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77590 44.5.28!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77596 44.5.28!13Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
77611 44.5.28!27Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77617 44.5.29!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77623 44.5.29!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77625 44.5.29!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
77630 44.5.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77639 44.5.30!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77645 44.5.31!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
77646 44.5.31!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77648 44.5.31!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77661 44.5.31!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
77666 44.5.32!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77669 44.5.32!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77673 44.5.32!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
77687 44.5.33!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
77713 44.5.34!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77714 44.5.34!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77724 44.5.35!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77729 44.5.35!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77737 44.5.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77739 44.5.36!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77753 44.5.36!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
77761 44.5.36!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77771 44.5.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77788 44.5.37!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77789 44.5.37!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
77791 44.5.37!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77795 44.5.37!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
77798 44.5.38!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77804 44.5.38!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77814 44.5.38!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77818 44.5.38!19Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
77828 44.5.39!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77830 44.5.39!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77841 44.5.39!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77864 44.5.41!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
77875 44.5.41!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77880 44.5.42!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77882 44.5.42!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77883 44.5.42!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77898 44.6.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
77900 44.6.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77920 44.6.1!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
77934 44.6.2!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
77935 44.6.2!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77963 44.6.3!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
77968 44.6.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
77970 44.6.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
77992 44.6.5!12Appositive - Appositive
78028 44.6.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78042 44.6.7!15Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78046 44.6.7!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78053 44.6.8!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
78109 44.6.11!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78147 44.6.13!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78169 44.6.14!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
78209 44.7.1!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78210 44.7.1!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
78211 44.7.1!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78214 44.7.2!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
78218 44.7.2!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78225 44.7.2!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78245 44.7.3!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78250 44.7.3!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
78269 44.7.3!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
78271 44.7.4!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78280 44.7.4!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78281 44.7.4!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78295 44.7.4!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78297 44.7.4!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
78306 44.7.5!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
78312 44.7.5!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78316 44.7.5!17Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
78331 44.7.6!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
78332 44.7.6!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
78335 44.7.6!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78353 44.7.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78359 44.7.7!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78361 44.7.7!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78365 44.7.7!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78366 44.7.7!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78375 44.7.7!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78377 44.7.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78384 44.7.8!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78397 44.7.8!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78402 44.7.8!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78409 44.7.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78442 44.7.10!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
78467 44.7.11!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
78475 44.7.11!17Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
78493 44.7.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78497 44.7.13!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78503 44.7.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78505 44.7.13!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
78514 44.7.14!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78517 44.7.14!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78524 44.7.14!13Appositive - Appositive
78526 44.7.14!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
78531 44.7.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
78565 44.7.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78567 44.7.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78589 44.7.18!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78601 44.7.19!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
78615 44.7.19!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
78660 44.7.22!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78676 44.7.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78678 44.7.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78692 44.7.23!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
78717 44.7.25!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78719 44.7.25!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78726 44.7.25!16Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
78731 44.7.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78733 44.7.26!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78745 44.7.26!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
78747 44.7.26!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78754 44.7.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78756 44.7.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78763 44.7.27!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78773 44.7.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78781 44.7.28!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
78784 44.7.29!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78786 44.7.29!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78787 44.7.29!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78809 44.7.30!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78817 44.7.30!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78818 44.7.30!14Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78825 44.7.31!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78839 44.7.32!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78846 44.7.32!7Appositive - Appositive
78854 44.7.32!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78857 44.7.32!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78862 44.7.33!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78868 44.7.33!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
78875 44.7.33!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78877 44.7.33!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78881 44.7.33!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78885 44.7.34!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78900 44.7.34!15Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
78915 44.7.35!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
78923 44.7.35!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78930 44.7.35!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
78931 44.7.35!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
78933 44.7.35!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
78948 44.7.36!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
78966 44.7.36!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
78969 44.7.37!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
78971 44.7.37!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
78979 44.7.37!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
78988 44.7.37!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
78991 44.7.38!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79026 44.7.39!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79040 44.7.39!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
79047 44.7.40!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79054 44.7.40!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79056 44.7.40!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79072 44.7.41!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79113 44.7.42!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79114 44.7.42!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79119 44.7.42!25OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79128 44.7.43!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79134 44.7.43!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79142 44.7.43!14Appositive - Appositive
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79149 44.7.43!20OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79155 44.7.44!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79158 44.7.44!4Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
79223 44.7.47!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79231 44.7.48!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79233 44.7.48!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79238 44.7.48!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79240 44.7.48!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
79242 44.7.49!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79247 44.7.49!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79249 44.7.49!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79255 44.7.49!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79263 44.7.49!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79270 44.7.50!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
79271 44.7.50!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79275 44.7.50!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79276 44.7.50!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
79279 44.7.51!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79287 44.7.51!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79293 44.7.51!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
79295 44.7.51!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
79321 44.7.52!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
79322 44.7.52!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79323 44.7.52!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79342 44.7.54!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79377 44.7.56!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79387 44.7.56!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
79390 44.7.56!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
79416 44.7.58!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79437 44.7.59!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79453 44.7.60!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79458 44.7.60!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79463 44.7.60!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
79467 44.8.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
79481 44.8.1!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
79490 44.8.1!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79500 44.8.1!32Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
79508 44.8.2!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
79517 44.8.3!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
79522 44.8.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79536 44.8.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79539 44.8.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79545 44.8.5!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
79567 44.8.6!10Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
79579 44.8.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79581 44.8.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79585 44.8.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79590 44.8.7!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79592 44.8.7!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79595 44.8.7!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
79606 44.8.9!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79608 44.8.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79627 44.8.9!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
79632 44.8.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
79638 44.8.10!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79653 44.8.11!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
79655 44.8.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79660 44.8.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
79662 44.8.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
79683 44.8.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79685 44.8.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79686 44.8.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79709 44.8.14!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
79738 44.8.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79741 44.8.16!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
79746 44.8.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79748 44.8.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79774 44.8.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79789 44.8.19!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79791 44.8.19!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79795 44.8.19!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
79804 44.8.20!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
79810 44.8.20!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
79813 44.8.20!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79819 44.8.20!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79824 44.8.20!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
79834 44.8.21!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79839 44.8.21!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79841 44.8.21!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79852 44.8.22!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79872 44.8.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79874 44.8.23!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79885 44.8.24!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
79889 44.8.24!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79890 44.8.24!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
79897 44.8.24!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
79901 44.8.24!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
79905 44.8.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
79919 44.8.25!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79921 44.8.25!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79926 44.8.26!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79928 44.8.26!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
79930 44.8.26!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
79934 44.8.26!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
79949 44.8.26!22Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
79958 44.8.27!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
80003 44.8.29!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80006 44.8.29!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80012 44.8.30!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
80023 44.8.30!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80029 44.8.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80033 44.8.31!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80039 44.8.31!10Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80052 44.8.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80054 44.8.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80060 44.8.32!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
80062 44.8.32!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80063 44.8.32!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80064 44.8.32!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
80068 44.8.32!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
80070 44.8.32!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80075 44.8.32!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
80077 44.8.32!23OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80084 44.8.33!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80088 44.8.33!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80091 44.8.33!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
80093 44.8.33!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80099 44.8.33!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
80104 44.8.33!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
80116 44.8.34!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80119 44.8.34!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80124 44.8.34!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80126 44.8.34!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
80135 44.8.35!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
80142 44.8.35!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80151 44.8.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80153 44.8.36!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80164 44.8.36!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
80168 44.8.36!15Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80188 44.8.38!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
80199 44.8.39!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80201 44.8.39!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80206 44.8.39!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80217 44.8.39!17Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
80218 44.8.39!18Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80238 44.8.40!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
80246 44.9.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80248 44.9.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80269 44.9.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
80274 44.9.2!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80275 44.9.2!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
80277 44.9.2!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
80281 44.9.2!17Appositive - Appositive
80286 44.9.2!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80291 44.9.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80293 44.9.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80296 44.9.3!6Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80303 44.9.3!12Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80324 44.9.4!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
80329 44.9.5!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80334 44.9.5!6Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
80337 44.9.5!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80341 44.9.5!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80342 44.9.5!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
80356 44.9.6!12Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
80361 44.9.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80363 44.9.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80374 44.9.7!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
80380 44.9.8!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80390 44.9.8!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
80402 44.9.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
80428 44.9.10!15Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
80431 44.9.10!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80433 44.9.10!18Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
80437 44.9.10!21Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80442 44.9.11!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80444 44.9.11!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80448 44.9.11!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80461 44.9.11!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
80465 44.9.11!22Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
80474 44.9.12!6Appositive - Appositive
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
80487 44.9.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80489 44.9.13!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80494 44.9.13!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80501 44.9.13!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80509 44.9.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80527 44.9.15!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
80530 44.9.15!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80533 44.9.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80537 44.9.15!13Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
80552 44.9.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80559 44.9.16!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
80563 44.9.16!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
80567 44.9.17!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80582 44.9.17!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80585 44.9.17!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80590 44.9.17!22Appositive - Appositive
80591 44.9.17!23Appositive - Appositive
80610 44.9.18!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
80614 44.9.18!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
80632 44.9.19!9Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
80640 44.9.20!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80647 44.9.20!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80662 44.9.21!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80663 44.9.21!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80669 44.9.21!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
80671 44.9.21!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
80676 44.9.21!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80677 44.9.21!22Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80688 44.9.22!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80703 44.9.22!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80709 44.9.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80711 44.9.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80725 44.9.24!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
80740 44.9.24!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
80748 44.9.25!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80767 44.9.26!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80777 44.9.27!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80790 44.9.27!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80802 44.9.27!25Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80818 44.9.28!8Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
80856 44.9.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80859 44.9.31!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
80860 44.9.31!5Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80886 44.9.32!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
80888 44.9.32!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80908 44.9.33!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80925 44.9.34!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
80958 44.9.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80961 44.9.36!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
80963 44.9.36!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
80972 44.9.36!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
80982 44.9.37!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
80984 44.9.37!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
80999 44.9.38!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81003 44.9.38!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
81005 44.9.38!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81009 44.9.38!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81020 44.9.38!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81028 44.9.39!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
81053 44.9.39!26Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
81063 44.9.40!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
81078 44.9.40!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81082 44.9.40!20Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
81113 44.9.42!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81128 44.9.43!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
81130 44.9.43!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81135 44.9.43!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
81140 44.10.1!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81142 44.10.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81188 44.10.3!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
81198 44.10.3!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81200 44.10.4!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
81205 44.10.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81209 44.10.4!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81218 44.10.4!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81233 44.10.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81246 44.10.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81259 44.10.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81261 44.10.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81264 44.10.7!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
81288 44.10.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81290 44.10.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81296 44.10.9!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
81298 44.10.9!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
81323 44.10.11!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
81329 44.10.11!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
81334 44.10.11!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81362 44.10.13!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81370 44.10.14!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81372 44.10.14!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81375 44.10.14!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81388 44.10.15!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81395 44.10.15!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81396 44.10.15!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
81399 44.10.15!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
81400 44.10.15!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
81403 44.10.16!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81419 44.10.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81421 44.10.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81434 44.10.17!15Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
81435 44.10.17!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81455 44.10.18!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81456 44.10.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81463 44.10.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81465 44.10.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81475 44.10.19!12Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81476 44.10.19!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81488 44.10.20!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
81492 44.10.20!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81498 44.10.21!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
81504 44.10.21!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81505 44.10.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81517 44.10.22!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
81521 44.10.22!4Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81561 44.10.23!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81563 44.10.23!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81570 44.10.23!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81579 44.10.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81581 44.10.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81587 44.10.24!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81589 44.10.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81602 44.10.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81604 44.10.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81620 44.10.26!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81622 44.10.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81627 44.10.26!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81629 44.10.26!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81641 44.10.27!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
81643 44.10.27!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
81650 44.10.28!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81653 44.10.28!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81662 44.10.28!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81664 44.10.28!18Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
81666 44.10.28!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81671 44.10.28!25Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
81675 44.10.29!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81686 44.10.30!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81690 44.10.30!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81698 44.10.30!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
81707 44.10.30!21Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
81708 44.10.30!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81712 44.10.30!26Inline annotations -
Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
81718 44.10.31!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
81721 44.10.31!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
81725 44.10.31!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81744 44.10.32!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81753 44.10.33!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81759 44.10.33!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81765 44.10.33!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81767 44.10.33!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81769 44.10.33!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81784 44.10.34!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
81789 44.10.34!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
81796 44.10.34!14Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
81800 44.10.35!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
81803 44.10.35!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81809 44.10.35!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81813 44.10.36!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
81826 44.10.36!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81828 44.10.36!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
81831 44.10.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81852 44.10.38!1Inline annotations -
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
81880 44.10.38!26Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81887 44.10.39!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81909 44.10.40!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81910 44.10.40!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
81920 44.10.40!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81935 44.10.41!12Appositive - Appositive
81958 44.10.42!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81965 44.10.42!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
81970 44.10.43!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
81971 44.10.43!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81976 44.10.43!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
81983 44.10.43!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
81991 44.10.44!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
81993 44.10.44!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82011 44.10.45!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
82020 44.10.45!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82043 44.10.46!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82045 44.10.47!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82046 44.10.47!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82054 44.10.47!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82056 44.10.47!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82068 44.10.48!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82095 44.11.1!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82104 44.11.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82106 44.11.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82107 44.11.2!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82119 44.11.3!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82122 44.11.3!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
82130 44.11.4!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82136 44.11.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82146 44.11.5!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
82149 44.11.5!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
82154 44.11.5!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
82195 44.11.7!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
82203 44.11.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82206 44.11.8!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
82211 44.11.8!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82221 44.11.9!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82223 44.11.9!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82230 44.11.9!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82231 44.11.9!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
82233 44.11.9!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
82234 44.11.9!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
82235 44.11.9!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
82238 44.11.10!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82253 44.11.11!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
82255 44.11.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82268 44.11.11!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
82278 44.11.12!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
82314 44.11.13!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
82339 44.11.15!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82341 44.11.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82368 44.11.16!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82373 44.11.16!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82380 44.11.17!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82382 44.11.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82383 44.11.17!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
82399 44.11.17!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82409 44.11.18!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82417 44.11.18!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82418 44.11.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82429 44.11.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82432 44.11.19!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82447 44.11.19!19Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
82488 44.11.21!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82490 44.11.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82511 44.11.22!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82577 44.11.26!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82596 44.11.26!27DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
82598 44.11.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82601 44.11.27!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82621 44.11.28!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82635 44.11.29!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
82637 44.11.29!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
82638 44.11.29!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82644 44.11.29!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82649 44.11.29!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
82661 44.11.30!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
82667 44.12.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82670 44.12.1!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82696 44.12.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82727 44.12.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82735 44.12.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82738 44.12.5!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82744 44.12.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82747 44.12.5!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
82755 44.12.5!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
82759 44.12.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82761 44.12.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82764 44.12.6!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
82767 44.12.6!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82781 44.12.6!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82783 44.12.6!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82791 44.12.7!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
82792 44.12.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82797 44.12.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82813 44.12.7!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82819 44.12.7!26Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
82833 44.12.8!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82845 44.12.8!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
82848 44.12.8!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
82864 44.12.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82874 44.12.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82896 44.12.10!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82915 44.12.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
82917 44.12.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
82922 44.12.11!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
82980 44.12.13!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
82989 44.12.14!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83007 44.12.15!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
83009 44.12.15!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83013 44.12.15!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83015 44.12.15!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
83018 44.12.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83021 44.12.15!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
83025 44.12.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83028 44.12.15!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
83030 44.12.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83032 44.12.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83052 44.12.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83063 44.12.17!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83068 44.12.17!24Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83074 44.12.17!29Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83088 44.12.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83094 44.12.19!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83124 44.12.20!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83144 44.12.20!26Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
83151 44.12.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83153 44.12.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83154 44.12.21!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83168 44.12.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83170 44.12.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83173 44.12.22!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83175 44.12.22!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
83179 44.12.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83199 44.12.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83201 44.12.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83208 44.12.25!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83210 44.12.25!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83234 44.13.1!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
83237 44.13.1!12Appositive - Appositive
83253 44.13.1!26Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83273 44.13.2!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83298 44.13.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83310 44.13.4!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83348 44.13.6!12Appositive - Appositive
83362 44.13.7!8Appositive - Appositive
83365 44.13.7!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83384 44.13.8!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83399 44.13.9!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83402 44.13.9!3Appositive - Appositive
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83414 44.13.10!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83440 44.13.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83441 44.13.11!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
83457 44.13.11!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83490 44.13.13!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
83499 44.13.13!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83508 44.13.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83531 44.13.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83533 44.13.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83547 44.13.15!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83550 44.13.15!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83551 44.13.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83553 44.13.15!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
83565 44.13.16!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83572 44.13.16!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83582 44.13.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83594 44.13.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83605 44.13.17!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83615 44.13.18!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83642 44.13.20!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83651 44.13.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83665 44.13.21!13Appositive - Appositive
83688 44.13.22!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
83690 44.13.22!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
83694 44.13.22!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
83700 44.13.22!24EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
83707 44.13.23!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83708 44.13.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83710 44.13.23!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83713 44.13.23!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83718 44.13.23!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
83719 44.13.23!13Appositive - Appositive
83722 44.13.24!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83730 44.13.24!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
83735 44.13.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83737 44.13.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83738 44.13.25!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83744 44.13.25!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
83745 44.13.25!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83754 44.13.25!16Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
83755 44.13.25!17EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
83762 44.13.25!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83768 44.13.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83782 44.13.26!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83785 44.13.26!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83790 44.13.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83792 44.13.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83799 44.13.27!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83800 44.13.27!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
83801 44.13.27!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
83807 44.13.27!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83815 44.13.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83824 44.13.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83826 44.13.29!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83831 44.13.29!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
83841 44.13.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83843 44.13.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83864 44.13.31!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83873 44.13.32!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83874 44.13.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83877 44.13.32!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83883 44.13.33!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83884 44.13.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83890 44.13.33!9Appositive - Appositive
83892 44.13.33!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
83896 44.13.33!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83900 44.13.33!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
83903 44.13.33!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
83908 44.13.33!24OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83909 44.13.33!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83913 44.13.34!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83915 44.13.34!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
83925 44.13.34!12Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83928 44.13.34!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
83929 44.13.34!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
83937 44.13.35!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83942 44.13.35!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
83950 44.13.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
83953 44.13.36!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83957 44.13.36!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
83971 44.13.37!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83973 44.13.37!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83975 44.13.37!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
83980 44.13.38!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83989 44.13.38!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
83991 44.13.38!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
83992 44.13.38!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
83997 44.13.38!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84002 44.13.38!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84006 44.13.39!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
84008 44.13.39!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84023 44.13.41!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
84025 44.13.41!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84026 44.13.41!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84028 44.13.41!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
84029 44.13.41!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84030 44.13.41!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84031 44.13.41!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84033 44.13.41!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
84034 44.13.41!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84035 44.13.41!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84036 44.13.41!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84037 44.13.41!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84038 44.13.41!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84039 44.13.41!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84040 44.13.41!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84042 44.13.41!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
84043 44.13.41!17EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
84044 44.13.41!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84045 44.13.41!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84046 44.13.41!20EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84047 44.13.41!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84048 44.13.41!22EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84049 44.13.41!23EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84050 44.13.41!24EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
84056 44.13.42!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84062 44.13.42!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
84097 44.13.44!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84099 44.13.44!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84101 44.13.44!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84123 44.13.45!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84137 44.13.46!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84140 44.13.46!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84147 44.13.46!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84152 44.13.46!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84155 44.13.46!26Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
84159 44.13.46!29Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
84165 44.13.47!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84172 44.13.47!7Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
84177 44.13.47!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
84219 44.13.50!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84221 44.13.50!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84250 44.13.51!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
84263 44.13.52!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84265 44.13.52!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84272 44.14.1!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
84274 44.14.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84276 44.14.1!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84295 44.14.1!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
84298 44.14.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84300 44.14.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84313 44.14.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84316 44.14.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84332 44.14.3!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84349 44.14.4!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
84355 44.14.4!14Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
84361 44.14.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84363 44.14.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84386 44.14.6!8Appositive - Appositive
84393 44.14.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84394 44.14.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84398 44.14.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84400 44.14.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84403 44.14.8!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
84417 44.14.9!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
84437 44.14.10!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84442 44.14.10!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
84449 44.14.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84451 44.14.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84463 44.14.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84476 44.14.12!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84478 44.14.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84482 44.14.12!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84489 44.14.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84491 44.14.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84499 44.14.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84509 44.14.13!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
84532 44.14.15!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84534 44.14.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84535 44.14.15!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
84538 44.14.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84540 44.14.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84542 44.14.15!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
84547 44.14.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84572 44.14.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84574 44.14.16!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84587 44.14.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84592 44.14.17!7Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84596 44.14.17!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
84604 44.14.17!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
84609 44.14.18!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
84611 44.14.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84626 44.14.19!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
84643 44.14.19!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
84657 44.14.20!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84663 44.14.20!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
84698 44.14.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84715 44.14.23!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
84740 44.14.25!5Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84782 44.14.27!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
84795 44.15.1!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84804 44.15.1!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84847 44.15.2!32Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
84852 44.15.3!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
84897 44.15.4!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84907 44.15.5!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
84916 44.15.5!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84934 44.15.6!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
84939 44.15.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84941 44.15.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84944 44.15.7!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
84949 44.15.7!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
84952 44.15.7!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84955 44.15.7!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
84958 44.15.7!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84963 44.15.7!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
84978 44.15.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
84979 44.15.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
84993 44.15.9!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
85001 44.15.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85008 44.15.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85024 44.15.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85033 44.15.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85069 44.15.12!22Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85072 44.15.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85074 44.15.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85078 44.15.13!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85081 44.15.13!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85087 44.15.14!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85090 44.15.14!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85091 44.15.14!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85097 44.15.14!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
85103 44.15.15!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85113 44.15.16!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85116 44.15.16!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
85123 44.15.16!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
85124 44.15.16!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85128 44.15.16!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
85132 44.15.17!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
85142 44.15.17!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
85155 44.15.17!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
85158 44.15.17!25Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85163 44.15.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85164 44.15.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85196 44.15.21!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85198 44.15.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85201 44.15.21!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85207 44.15.21!12Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85210 44.15.21!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85239 44.15.22!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
85246 44.15.22!30Appositive - Appositive
85257 44.15.23!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85264 44.15.23!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
85277 44.15.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85280 44.15.24!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85312 44.15.26!1Appositive - Appositive
85333 44.15.27!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85334 44.15.27!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85348 44.15.28!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85352 44.15.28!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
85354 44.15.28!15Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
85358 44.15.29!1Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
85371 44.15.29!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85376 44.15.30!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
85399 44.15.32!1Inline annotations -
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
85401 44.15.32!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85405 44.15.32!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85406 44.15.32!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85409 44.15.32!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85427 44.15.33!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
85432 44.15.35!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85434 44.15.35!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85446 44.15.35!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
85451 44.15.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85453 44.15.36!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85456 44.15.36!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85458 44.15.36!8Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
85460 44.15.36!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85467 44.15.36!16Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85490 44.15.38!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85494 44.15.38!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
85510 44.15.38!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85521 44.15.39!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85523 44.15.39!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85531 44.15.40!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85566 44.16.1!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
85567 44.16.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85571 44.16.1!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
85579 44.16.1!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85593 44.16.3!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85597 44.16.3!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85619 44.16.3!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85625 44.16.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85627 44.16.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85647 44.16.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85650 44.16.5!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85688 44.16.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85709 44.16.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85713 44.16.9!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85728 44.16.9!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85734 44.16.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85736 44.16.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85738 44.16.10!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
85763 44.16.11!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85765 44.16.11!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85770 44.16.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85782 44.16.12!11Appositive - Appositive
85786 44.16.12!14Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85794 44.16.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85796 44.16.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85803 44.16.13!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
85807 44.16.13!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85818 44.16.14!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85833 44.16.14!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85845 44.16.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85847 44.16.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85848 44.16.15!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
85856 44.16.15!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
85859 44.16.15!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
85875 44.16.16!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
85882 44.16.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85891 44.16.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85899 44.16.17!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85908 44.16.17!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85911 44.16.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
85924 44.16.18!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
85933 44.16.18!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
85936 44.16.18!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
85940 44.16.18!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85979 44.16.19!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
85990 44.16.20!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
85994 44.16.20!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
85997 44.16.20!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86010 44.16.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86021 44.16.22!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86024 44.16.22!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
86030 44.16.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86034 44.16.23!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
86042 44.16.23!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86047 44.16.24!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86057 44.16.24!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86060 44.16.24!15Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
86065 44.16.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86067 44.16.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86069 44.16.25!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
86083 44.16.26!1Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86085 44.16.26!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86087 44.16.26!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
86100 44.16.26!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
86103 44.16.26!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
86106 44.16.26!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
86108 44.16.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86115 44.16.27!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
86125 44.16.27!18Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
86136 44.16.28!5Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
86140 44.16.28!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86143 44.16.28!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
86145 44.16.28!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86155 44.16.29!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86170 44.16.30!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86172 44.16.30!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86179 44.16.31!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
86183 44.16.31!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86233 44.16.33!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86250 44.16.35!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86260 44.16.35!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86269 44.16.36!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86277 44.16.36!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86283 44.16.36!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86290 44.16.37!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86292 44.16.37!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86297 44.16.37!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86300 44.16.37!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86302 44.16.37!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86311 44.16.37!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86312 44.16.37!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86320 44.16.37!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86329 44.16.38!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
86331 44.16.38!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86339 44.16.38!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86390 44.17.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86392 44.17.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86400 44.17.2!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86413 44.17.3!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86424 44.17.3!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86429 44.17.3!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
86432 44.17.3!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86437 44.17.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86453 44.17.4!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86459 44.17.4!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86470 44.17.5!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86485 44.17.5!23Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86506 44.17.6!15Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86507 44.17.6!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
86510 44.17.6!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
86511 44.17.6!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86520 44.17.7!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
86521 44.17.7!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
86522 44.17.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86528 44.17.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86532 44.17.7!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
86542 44.17.8!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86557 44.17.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86559 44.17.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86561 44.17.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86575 44.17.10!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86582 44.17.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
86598 44.17.11!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86605 44.17.11!22Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86608 44.17.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86611 44.17.12!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86615 44.17.12!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
86623 44.17.12!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86626 44.17.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86628 44.17.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86630 44.17.13!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
86635 44.17.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86643 44.17.13!18Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
86659 44.17.14!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86680 44.17.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86682 44.17.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86699 44.17.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86706 44.17.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86708 44.17.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86722 44.17.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86733 44.17.17!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86745 44.17.17!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86749 44.17.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86751 44.17.18!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86761 44.17.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86764 44.17.18!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86767 44.17.18!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86772 44.17.18!21Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
86775 44.17.18!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86778 44.17.18!26Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
86782 44.17.18!29Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86792 44.17.19!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86800 44.17.19!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86803 44.17.19!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86807 44.17.19!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
86812 44.17.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86814 44.17.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86826 44.17.20!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
86829 44.17.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86831 44.17.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86836 44.17.21!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
86859 44.17.22!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86862 44.17.22!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86883 44.17.23!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
86886 44.17.23!16Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
86888 44.17.23!18Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
86891 44.17.23!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86896 44.17.24!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
86908 44.17.24!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
86909 44.17.24!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86913 44.17.24!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
86915 44.17.24!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86916 44.17.24!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
86920 44.17.25!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86927 44.17.25!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
86941 44.17.26!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
86974 44.17.27!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86982 44.17.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
86993 44.17.28!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
86995 44.17.28!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87000 44.17.28!17EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87002 44.17.28!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87006 44.17.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
87008 44.17.29!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
87009 44.17.29!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
87014 44.17.29!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87031 44.17.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87034 44.17.30!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87040 44.17.30!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87065 44.17.31!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87077 44.17.32!5Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
87080 44.17.32!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
87083 44.17.32!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87085 44.17.32!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
87087 44.17.32!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87090 44.17.33!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87091 44.17.33!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87098 44.17.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87100 44.17.34!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87120 44.18.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
87137 44.18.2!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87141 44.18.2!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87166 44.18.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87167 44.18.3!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87187 44.18.4!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87197 44.18.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87199 44.18.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87203 44.18.5!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
87213 44.18.5!16Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
87222 44.18.5!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87236 44.18.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87244 44.18.6!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87247 44.18.6!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87250 44.18.6!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87270 44.18.7!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87277 44.18.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87279 44.18.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87291 44.18.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87307 44.18.9!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87310 44.18.9!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87320 44.18.10!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87325 44.18.10!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
87333 44.18.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87336 44.18.10!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
87337 44.18.10!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
87356 44.18.12!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87358 44.18.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87360 44.18.12!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
87377 44.18.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87402 44.18.14!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87404 44.18.14!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87414 44.18.14!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87420 44.18.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87422 44.18.15!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87424 44.18.15!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
87437 44.18.15!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87439 44.18.15!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
87463 44.18.17!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
87464 44.18.17!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
87467 44.18.17!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
87469 44.18.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87471 44.18.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87476 44.18.18!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
87494 44.18.18!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87506 44.18.19!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87510 44.18.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87523 44.18.20!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87535 44.18.21!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87541 44.18.21!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
87581 44.18.24!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87583 44.18.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87598 44.18.24!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87600 44.18.24!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
87604 44.18.25!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
87631 44.18.26!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
87648 44.18.26!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87682 44.18.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87684 44.18.28!3Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87697 44.19.1!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
87699 44.19.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87701 44.19.1!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87706 44.19.1!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
87724 44.19.2!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87725 44.19.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87730 44.19.2!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
87735 44.19.2!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87737 44.19.2!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87740 44.19.2!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87746 44.19.3!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87751 44.19.3!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
87755 44.19.3!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87757 44.19.3!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87762 44.19.4!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
87764 44.19.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87771 44.19.4!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87780 44.19.4!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
87844 44.19.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87846 44.19.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
87847 44.19.9!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
87864 44.19.9!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87872 44.19.10!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
87880 44.19.10!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87891 44.19.10!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
87897 44.19.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87899 44.19.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87911 44.19.12!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
87920 44.19.12!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87930 44.19.12!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87932 44.19.12!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87935 44.19.12!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
87953 44.19.13!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
87960 44.19.13!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87965 44.19.13!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
87970 44.19.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
87976 44.19.14!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
87977 44.19.14!10Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
87990 44.19.15!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87991 44.19.15!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
87993 44.19.15!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
87995 44.19.15!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
87997 44.19.15!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88022 44.19.16!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88031 44.19.17!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
88060 44.19.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88062 44.19.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88072 44.19.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88074 44.19.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88075 44.19.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88093 44.19.19!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88096 44.19.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88097 44.19.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88099 44.19.20!4Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88109 44.19.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88110 44.19.21!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
88129 44.19.21!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88136 44.19.21!28Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88145 44.19.22!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88150 44.19.22!10Appositive - Appositive
88154 44.19.22!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88167 44.19.23!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88174 44.19.24!1Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88176 44.19.24!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88188 44.19.24!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88196 44.19.25!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
88202 44.19.25!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88206 44.19.25!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88220 44.19.26!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88228 44.19.26!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
88233 44.19.26!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88238 44.19.26!23EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
88241 44.19.26!26Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
88242 44.19.26!27Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88246 44.19.27!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88247 44.19.27!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88249 44.19.27!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88252 44.19.27!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88254 44.19.27!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88260 44.19.27!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88261 44.19.27!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88266 44.19.27!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
88279 44.19.27!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88296 44.19.28!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88318 44.19.29!17Appositive - Appositive
88323 44.19.30!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
88336 44.19.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88338 44.19.31!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88357 44.19.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88360 44.19.32!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88371 44.19.32!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88379 44.19.33!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88381 44.19.33!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88390 44.19.33!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88392 44.19.33!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88404 44.19.34!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88406 44.19.34!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88408 44.19.34!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
88411 44.19.34!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88417 44.19.34!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88428 44.19.35!7Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
88430 44.19.35!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88436 44.19.35!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
88440 44.19.35!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88443 44.19.35!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88445 44.19.35!22Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
88452 44.19.36!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88455 44.19.36!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
88456 44.19.36!5Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88462 44.19.36!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88479 44.19.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88482 44.19.38!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88489 44.19.38!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
88491 44.19.38!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
88493 44.19.38!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88496 44.19.38!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88502 44.19.39!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88504 44.19.39!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88508 44.19.39!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88510 44.19.39!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88522 44.19.40!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88531 44.19.40!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
88537 44.19.40!23Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
88543 44.20.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88545 44.20.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88607 44.20.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88619 44.20.4!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88625 44.20.5!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
88633 44.20.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88641 44.20.6!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88651 44.20.6!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88660 44.20.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88662 44.20.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88670 44.20.7!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88740 44.20.10!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88743 44.20.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88745 44.20.10!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88747 44.20.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88759 44.20.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88766 44.20.11!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88780 44.20.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88791 44.20.13!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88797 44.20.13!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88799 44.20.13!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88805 44.20.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88807 44.20.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88819 44.20.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88821 44.20.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88827 44.20.15!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88829 44.20.15!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88834 44.20.15!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88836 44.20.15!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88861 44.20.16!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88864 44.20.16!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88872 44.20.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88874 44.20.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88885 44.20.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88887 44.20.18!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88893 44.20.18!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
88895 44.20.18!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88905 44.20.18!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88907 44.20.18!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88932 44.20.20!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
88934 44.20.20!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
88953 44.20.21!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
88954 44.20.21!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
88966 44.20.22!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
88967 44.20.22!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
88976 44.20.22!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88986 44.20.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
88990 44.20.23!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
88996 44.20.23!13EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89002 44.20.24!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
89003 44.20.24!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
89035 44.20.25!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89036 44.20.25!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
89037 44.20.25!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89045 44.20.25!12Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
89046 44.20.25!13Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
89062 44.20.26!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89064 44.20.26!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89091 44.20.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89092 44.20.28!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89110 44.20.28!26Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
89121 44.20.29!9Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
89150 44.20.31!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89151 44.20.31!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89156 44.20.31!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89163 44.20.32!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89186 44.20.32!24Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
89188 44.20.33!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89190 44.20.33!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89196 44.20.34!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
89199 44.20.34!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89208 44.20.34!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
89212 44.20.35!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89216 44.20.35!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89231 44.20.35!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89233 44.20.35!21EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
89242 44.20.36!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
89248 44.20.36!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89253 44.20.37!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89255 44.20.37!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89257 44.20.37!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89279 44.20.38!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
89291 44.21.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89293 44.21.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89306 44.21.1!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89308 44.21.1!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89313 44.21.1!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89343 44.21.3!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89345 44.21.3!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89362 44.21.4!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89373 44.21.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89375 44.21.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89377 44.21.5!5Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
89412 44.21.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89420 44.21.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89422 44.21.7!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89441 44.21.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89443 44.21.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89465 44.21.9!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
89482 44.21.10!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89497 44.21.11!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
89505 44.21.11!19Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
89511 44.21.11!25EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89519 44.21.11!32Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89523 44.21.11!36Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
89531 44.21.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89533 44.21.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89534 44.21.12!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
89551 44.21.13!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
89554 44.21.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
89559 44.21.13!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
89563 44.21.13!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89565 44.21.13!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89573 44.21.13!23Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
89589 44.21.14!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
89595 44.21.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89597 44.21.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
89619 44.21.16!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
89623 44.21.16!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
89631 44.21.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89637 44.21.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89639 44.21.18!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89648 44.21.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89651 44.21.18!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89668 44.21.19!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
89673 44.21.20!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
89684 44.21.20!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
89688 44.21.20!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89694 44.21.20!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89698 44.21.20!21Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
89699 44.21.20!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89709 44.21.21!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89711 44.21.21!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89714 44.21.21!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
89727 44.21.21!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89735 44.21.22!4Inline annotations -
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89743 44.21.23!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89745 44.21.23!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
89751 44.21.23!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89756 44.21.24!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
89774 44.21.24!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89778 44.21.24!22Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
89789 44.21.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89791 44.21.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89794 44.21.25!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89810 44.21.26!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89820 44.21.26!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
89840 44.21.26!31Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
89844 44.21.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89846 44.21.27!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
89852 44.21.27!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
89853 44.21.27!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
89875 44.21.28!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
89880 44.21.28!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
89885 44.21.28!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89895 44.21.28!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89896 44.21.28!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89901 44.21.28!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89923 44.21.29!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
89929 44.21.29!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89966 44.21.31!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
89974 44.21.31!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
89976 44.21.31!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
89988 44.21.32!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
90022 44.21.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90024 44.21.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90048 44.21.35!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90050 44.21.35!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90061 44.21.35!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90075 44.21.36!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90085 44.21.37!7Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
90087 44.21.37!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
90091 44.21.37!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90099 44.21.37!19Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
90103 44.21.37!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90108 44.21.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90113 44.21.38!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90123 44.21.38!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90131 44.21.39!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
90134 44.21.39!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90135 44.21.39!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90138 44.21.39!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
90144 44.21.39!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
90163 44.21.40!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90172 44.21.40!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90175 44.21.40!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90177 44.21.40!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90184 44.22.1!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90190 44.22.1!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
90195 44.22.1!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
90201 44.22.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90206 44.22.2!9Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90208 44.22.2!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
90211 44.22.2!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
90213 44.22.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90230 44.22.3!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90239 44.22.3!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
90242 44.22.3!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90244 44.22.3!28Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
90247 44.22.3!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90253 44.22.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90265 44.22.4!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90271 44.22.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90276 44.22.5!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
90284 44.22.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90295 44.22.5!25Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
90304 44.22.6!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
90315 44.22.6!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90335 44.22.7!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90340 44.22.7!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
90342 44.22.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90346 44.22.8!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90351 44.22.8!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90356 44.22.8!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90362 44.22.8!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90365 44.22.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90367 44.22.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90370 44.22.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90372 44.22.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90374 44.22.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90376 44.22.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90379 44.22.9!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
90383 44.22.10!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90386 44.22.10!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90391 44.22.10!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90393 44.22.10!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90398 44.22.10!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90403 44.22.10!16Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90404 44.22.10!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90413 44.22.11!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90415 44.22.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90424 44.22.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90433 44.22.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90435 44.22.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90456 44.22.13!8EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90461 44.22.13!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90462 44.22.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90469 44.22.14!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
90473 44.22.14!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90503 44.22.15!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
90509 44.22.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90525 44.22.17!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
90547 44.22.18!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90552 44.22.18!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90558 44.22.18!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
90563 44.22.19!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90566 44.22.19!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90568 44.22.19!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
90571 44.22.19!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90579 44.22.19!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90585 44.22.20!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90594 44.22.20!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
90608 44.22.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90613 44.22.21!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
90616 44.22.21!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90617 44.22.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90626 44.22.22!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
90637 44.22.22!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90641 44.22.22!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
90648 44.22.22!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
90658 44.22.23!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90674 44.22.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90679 44.22.24!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90686 44.22.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90688 44.22.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90697 44.22.25!12Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
90700 44.22.25!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90701 44.22.25!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90711 44.22.26!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
90719 44.22.26!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90723 44.22.26!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
90725 44.22.26!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
90727 44.22.26!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90737 44.22.27!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90740 44.22.27!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90741 44.22.27!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90744 44.22.27!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
90748 44.22.27!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90752 44.22.28!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
90755 44.22.28!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90756 44.22.28!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90758 44.22.28!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
90763 44.22.28!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90765 44.22.28!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90768 44.22.28!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90781 44.22.29!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
90784 44.22.29!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90790 44.22.29!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90794 44.22.29!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90798 44.22.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90800 44.22.30!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
90840 44.23.1!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90843 44.23.1!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90844 44.23.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90855 44.23.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90857 44.23.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90864 44.23.2!10Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
90869 44.23.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90871 44.23.3!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90875 44.23.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90885 44.23.3!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90894 44.23.3!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90897 44.23.3!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
90899 44.23.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90901 44.23.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90904 44.23.4!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90912 44.23.5!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
90915 44.23.5!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90927 44.23.5!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
90937 44.23.6!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
90940 44.23.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90945 44.23.6!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90947 44.23.6!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90954 44.23.6!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
90957 44.23.6!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
90958 44.23.6!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90961 44.23.6!24Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
90964 44.23.6!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
90972 44.23.7!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
90974 44.23.7!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
90975 44.23.7!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
90988 44.23.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91000 44.23.8!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91023 44.23.9!16Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91026 44.23.9!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91033 44.23.9!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91036 44.23.9!28Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91039 44.23.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91042 44.23.10!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91068 44.23.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91070 44.23.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91078 44.23.11!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91080 44.23.11!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91082 44.23.11!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91088 44.23.11!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91089 44.23.11!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91091 44.23.11!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91101 44.23.12!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
91119 44.23.13!4Inline annotations -
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
91121 44.23.13!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91135 44.23.14!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91138 44.23.14!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
91146 44.23.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91148 44.23.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91168 44.23.15!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91170 44.23.15!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91174 44.23.15!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91208 44.23.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91222 44.23.18!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
91232 44.23.18!11Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
91234 44.23.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91240 44.23.18!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91257 44.23.19!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
91265 44.23.19!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91275 44.23.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91282 44.23.20!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91283 44.23.20!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91291 44.23.20!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91297 44.23.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91308 44.23.21!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
91325 44.23.21!26Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91334 44.23.22!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91337 44.23.22!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91342 44.23.22!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
91345 44.23.22!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91358 44.23.23!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91379 44.23.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91395 44.23.25!4Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
91399 44.23.26!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91407 44.23.27!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
91427 44.23.27!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91455 44.23.29!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91457 44.23.29!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91462 44.23.29!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91467 44.23.30!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91488 44.23.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91491 44.23.31!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91492 44.23.31!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91502 44.23.31!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
91506 44.23.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91508 44.23.32!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91529 44.23.33!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
91535 44.23.33!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91551 44.23.35!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91556 44.23.35!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91557 44.23.35!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91564 44.23.35!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91572 44.24.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91574 44.24.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91601 44.24.2!6Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
91605 44.24.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91611 44.24.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91613 44.24.2!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91620 44.24.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91633 44.24.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91635 44.24.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91636 44.24.4!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91652 44.24.5!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91669 44.24.5!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91675 44.24.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91689 44.24.8!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91694 44.24.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91704 44.24.9!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
91705 44.24.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91718 44.24.10!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91724 44.24.10!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91728 44.24.10!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91739 44.24.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91743 44.24.11!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91753 44.24.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91759 44.24.12!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91763 44.24.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91766 44.24.12!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91776 44.24.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91781 44.24.13!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91787 44.24.14!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
91790 44.24.14!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
91796 44.24.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91810 44.24.14!25Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91815 44.24.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91822 44.24.15!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91827 44.24.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91830 44.24.15!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91835 44.24.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
91837 44.24.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91840 44.24.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91843 44.24.16!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91852 44.24.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91855 44.24.17!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91856 44.24.17!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91863 44.24.17!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91875 44.24.18!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
91882 44.24.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91884 44.24.19!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
91891 44.24.19!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91897 44.24.19!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91899 44.24.19!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91903 44.24.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91906 44.24.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91908 44.24.20!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91915 44.24.21!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
91925 44.24.21!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91940 44.24.22!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91949 44.24.22!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
91950 44.24.22!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
91968 44.24.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
91970 44.24.23!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
91976 44.24.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91978 44.24.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
91998 44.24.24!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92015 44.24.25!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92021 44.24.25!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92026 44.24.25!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92036 44.24.26!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92045 44.24.26!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92051 44.24.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92063 44.24.27!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92067 44.24.27!16Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
92074 44.25.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
92079 44.25.1!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92085 44.25.1!12Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92123 44.25.4!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92126 44.25.4!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92134 44.25.4!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92137 44.25.4!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92141 44.25.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92143 44.25.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92145 44.25.5!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
92147 44.25.5!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92150 44.25.5!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92151 44.25.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92156 44.25.5!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92176 44.25.6!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92185 44.25.6!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
92193 44.25.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92198 44.25.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92208 44.25.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92212 44.25.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92228 44.25.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92232 44.25.9!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92241 44.25.9!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92242 44.25.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92245 44.25.9!17Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92246 44.25.9!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
92254 44.25.10!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
92257 44.25.10!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92266 44.25.10!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
92269 44.25.10!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92270 44.25.10!16Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
92274 44.25.10!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92276 44.25.10!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92279 44.25.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92282 44.25.11!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92284 44.25.11!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92294 44.25.11!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92296 44.25.11!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92298 44.25.11!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92299 44.25.11!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
92303 44.25.11!22Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92307 44.25.11!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
92309 44.25.11!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92313 44.25.12!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92321 44.25.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92326 44.25.12!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
92328 44.25.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92331 44.25.13!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92332 44.25.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92344 44.25.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92346 44.25.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92351 44.25.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92353 44.25.14!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92362 44.25.14!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92368 44.25.14!23Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
92394 44.25.16!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
92403 44.25.16!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92405 44.25.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92410 44.25.16!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92412 44.25.16!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92418 44.25.17!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92422 44.25.17!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92425 44.25.17!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92441 44.25.18!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
92444 44.25.18!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92445 44.25.18!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92449 44.25.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92451 44.25.19!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92459 44.25.19!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92475 44.25.20!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
92484 44.25.20!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92486 44.25.20!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
92489 44.25.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92491 44.25.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92497 44.25.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92511 44.25.22!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
92517 44.25.22!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92522 44.25.22!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
92524 44.25.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92526 44.25.22!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
92528 44.25.22!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92531 44.25.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92533 44.25.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92567 44.25.24!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
92571 44.25.24!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92584 44.25.24!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92604 44.25.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92607 44.25.25!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92610 44.25.25!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92613 44.25.25!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
92615 44.25.25!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
92624 44.25.26!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92646 44.25.26!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92653 44.25.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92661 44.25.27!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92667 44.26.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
92669 44.26.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92674 44.26.1!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92676 44.26.1!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92681 44.26.1!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92688 44.26.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92701 44.26.2!12Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92707 44.26.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92711 44.26.3!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92722 44.26.3!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92726 44.26.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92729 44.26.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92735 44.26.4!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92759 44.26.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92770 44.26.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92771 44.26.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92788 44.26.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92791 44.26.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92810 44.26.8!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92815 44.26.8!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92817 44.26.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92820 44.26.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92825 44.26.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92832 44.26.9!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92843 44.26.10!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92847 44.26.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92848 44.26.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92851 44.26.10!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92852 44.26.10!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92865 44.26.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92875 44.26.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92884 44.26.11!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92891 44.26.12!4Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92903 44.26.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
92910 44.26.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92918 44.26.13!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
92919 44.26.13!17Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
92925 44.26.14!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92941 44.26.14!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
92946 44.26.14!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
92950 44.26.14!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92954 44.26.15!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92958 44.26.15!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
92963 44.26.15!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
92965 44.26.15!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92968 44.26.15!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92972 44.26.15!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
92984 44.26.16!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
92990 44.26.16!14Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
93016 44.26.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93053 44.26.19!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93066 44.26.20!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93092 44.26.20!25Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93098 44.26.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93100 44.26.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93101 44.26.21!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93110 44.26.22!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93113 44.26.22!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93128 44.26.22!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93131 44.26.22!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93133 44.26.22!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
93142 44.26.23!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93151 44.26.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93161 44.26.24!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
93163 44.26.24!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
93164 44.26.24!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
93165 44.26.24!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93167 44.26.24!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93170 44.26.24!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
93172 44.26.24!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93176 44.26.24!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93179 44.26.24!16Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93184 44.26.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93186 44.26.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93188 44.26.25!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93191 44.26.25!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
93193 44.26.25!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93197 44.26.25!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93205 44.26.26!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93213 44.26.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93216 44.26.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93218 44.26.26!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93220 44.26.26!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93223 44.26.26!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93228 44.26.26!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
93231 44.26.26!26Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93245 44.26.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93247 44.26.28!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93248 44.26.28!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
93252 44.26.28!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93254 44.26.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93256 44.26.28!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93259 44.26.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93261 44.26.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93263 44.26.29!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93267 44.26.29!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93273 44.26.29!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93284 44.26.29!25Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93286 44.26.29!27Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
93316 44.26.31!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93317 44.26.31!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
93323 44.26.31!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93327 44.26.32!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
93329 44.26.32!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93333 44.26.32!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93335 44.26.32!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93343 44.27.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93345 44.27.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93387 44.27.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93389 44.27.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93394 44.27.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93400 44.27.3!13Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93406 44.27.3!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93409 44.27.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93416 44.27.4!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93421 44.27.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93423 44.27.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93437 44.27.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93452 44.27.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93455 44.27.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93458 44.27.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93476 44.27.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93488 44.27.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93489 44.27.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93491 44.27.8!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93494 44.27.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93496 44.27.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93509 44.27.9!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
93518 44.27.10!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93522 44.27.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93541 44.27.10!25Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
93544 44.27.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93546 44.27.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93547 44.27.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93556 44.27.11!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
93560 44.27.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93565 44.27.12!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93567 44.27.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93598 44.27.13!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
93600 44.27.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93605 44.27.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93631 44.27.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93633 44.27.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93635 44.27.16!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93639 44.27.16!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93646 44.27.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93655 44.27.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93664 44.27.17!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93667 44.27.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93671 44.27.18!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93673 44.27.18!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93677 44.27.19!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93679 44.27.19!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93680 44.27.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93686 44.27.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93688 44.27.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93696 44.27.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93698 44.27.20!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93702 44.27.20!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93705 44.27.20!18Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
93711 44.27.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93713 44.27.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93724 44.27.21!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93738 44.27.21!25Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
93747 44.27.22!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93753 44.27.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93755 44.27.22!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93758 44.27.22!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93770 44.27.23!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
93784 44.27.24!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
93789 44.27.24!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93795 44.27.24!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
93796 44.27.24!11EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
93806 44.27.25!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93816 44.27.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93824 44.27.26!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93827 44.27.26!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93832 44.27.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93834 44.27.27!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93843 44.27.27!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93853 44.27.27!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93861 44.27.28!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93874 44.27.29!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93875 44.27.29!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93879 44.27.29!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93885 44.27.29!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93888 44.27.30!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93890 44.27.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93905 44.27.30!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93907 44.27.30!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93920 44.27.31!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93922 44.27.31!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
93928 44.27.31!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
93930 44.27.31!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
93946 44.27.33!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93948 44.27.33!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
93950 44.27.33!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
93960 44.27.33!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
93962 44.27.33!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
93967 44.27.33!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
93976 44.27.34!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
93978 44.27.34!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93984 44.27.34!13Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93986 44.27.34!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
93993 44.27.35!1Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
93995 44.27.35!3Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
94009 44.27.36!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94013 44.27.36!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94044 44.27.39!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94046 44.27.39!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94047 44.27.39!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
94049 44.27.39!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94054 44.27.39!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94056 44.27.39!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94072 44.27.40!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
94078 44.27.40!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94106 44.27.41!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94108 44.27.41!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94113 44.27.41!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94115 44.27.41!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94123 44.27.42!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94125 44.27.42!3Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94131 44.27.42!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
94134 44.27.42!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94138 44.27.43!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94140 44.27.43!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94157 44.27.43!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94165 44.27.44!4Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
94169 44.27.44!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94179 44.27.44!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94181 44.27.44!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94193 44.28.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94198 44.28.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94200 44.28.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94228 44.28.3!5Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
94237 44.28.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94247 44.28.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94249 44.28.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94252 44.28.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
94255 44.28.4!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
94260 44.28.4!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94261 44.28.4!14Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
94265 44.28.4!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94267 44.28.4!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
94275 44.28.4!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94278 44.28.4!30Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
94281 44.28.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
94294 44.28.6!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
94305 44.28.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94312 44.28.6!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94320 44.28.6!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94324 44.28.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94326 44.28.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94343 44.28.7!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94354 44.28.8!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94362 44.28.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94374 44.28.9!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
94377 44.28.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94392 44.28.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94404 44.28.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94406 44.28.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94435 44.28.13!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94440 44.28.13!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94456 44.28.14!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94462 44.28.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94463 44.28.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94490 44.28.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94492 44.28.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94504 44.28.16!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
94508 44.28.17!1Specific Circumstance - The function of ἐγενετο ‘it came about’ and an immediately following temporal expression varies with the author (see DFNTG §10.3). In Matthew’s Gospel, it usually marks major divisions in the book (e.g. Mt 7:28). In Luke-Acts, in contrast, ‘it picks out from the general background the specific circumstance for the foreground events that are to follow’ (ibid.), as in Acts 9:37 (see also Mt 9:10).
94510 44.28.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94519 44.28.17!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
94528 44.28.17!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
94533 44.28.17!22Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
94543 44.28.17!32Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94560 44.28.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94577 44.28.19!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
94584 44.28.20!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94587 44.28.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94595 44.28.20!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94597 44.28.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94601 44.28.20!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
94606 44.28.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
94608 44.28.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94612 44.28.21!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
94614 44.28.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94622 44.28.21!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
94633 44.28.21!26Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
94637 44.28.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94643 44.28.22!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
94646 44.28.22!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
94649 44.28.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94653 44.28.22!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94666 44.28.23!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
94689 44.28.23!33Inline annotations -
Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
94700 44.28.24!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
94704 44.28.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94717 44.28.25!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
94733 44.28.26!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94734 44.28.26!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
94741 44.28.26!9Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94748 44.28.26!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94756 44.28.27!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94760 44.28.27!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
94764 44.28.27!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94765 44.28.27!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94767 44.28.27!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94770 44.28.27!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94771 44.28.27!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94776 44.28.27!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94780 44.28.27!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94781 44.28.27!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94784 44.28.27!26OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94785 44.28.27!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94791 44.28.27!32OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
94795 44.28.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
94800 44.28.28!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94803 44.28.28!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
94809 44.28.28!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94845 44.28.31!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
94868 45.1.3!1DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
94890 45.1.4!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
94894 45.1.4!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
94938 45.1.7!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94940 45.1.7!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
94951 45.1.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
94960 45.1.8!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
94965 45.1.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
94974 45.1.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94976 45.1.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94987 45.1.9!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
94995 45.1.9!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94996 45.1.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
94999 45.1.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95000 45.1.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95008 45.1.10!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95026 45.1.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95028 45.1.11!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
95030 45.1.11!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
95036 45.1.12!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
95044 45.1.12!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95047 45.1.12!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
95074 45.1.13!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95087 45.1.14!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95099 45.1.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95100 45.1.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95104 45.1.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95118 45.1.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95120 45.1.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95124 45.1.16!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
95128 45.1.16!15Appositive - Appositive
95134 45.1.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95136 45.1.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95148 45.1.17!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95150 45.1.17!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95151 45.1.17!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95161 45.1.18!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
95168 45.1.18!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
95172 45.1.18!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95175 45.1.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95179 45.1.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95184 45.1.19!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95190 45.1.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95192 45.1.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95194 45.1.20!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95202 45.1.20!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
95204 45.1.20!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95221 45.1.21!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95236 45.1.21!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95250 45.1.23!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95275 45.1.24!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
95314 45.1.26!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
95324 45.1.26!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95327 45.1.26!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95341 45.1.27!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95357 45.1.27!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95364 45.1.27!26Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95376 45.1.28!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95379 45.1.28!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95427 45.1.30!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95439 45.1.32!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95446 45.1.32!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95447 45.1.32!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
95450 45.1.32!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95457 45.1.32!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95465 45.2.1!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95470 45.2.1!6Appositive - Appositive
95474 45.2.1!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95477 45.2.1!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95481 45.2.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95484 45.2.1!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95486 45.2.1!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95488 45.2.1!21Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
95494 45.2.2!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95503 45.2.2!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
95509 45.2.3!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
95513 45.2.3!6Appositive - Appositive
95516 45.2.3!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
95524 45.2.3!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95532 45.2.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95547 45.2.4!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95551 45.2.4!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95556 45.2.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95558 45.2.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95584 45.2.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95586 45.2.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95590 45.2.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95599 45.2.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95601 45.2.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95615 45.2.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95628 45.2.9!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
95634 45.2.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95636 45.2.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95646 45.2.10!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
95660 45.2.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95662 45.2.12!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95666 45.2.12!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95670 45.2.12!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95671 45.2.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95677 45.2.12!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95681 45.2.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95690 45.2.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95695 45.2.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95697 45.2.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95701 45.2.14!7Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95708 45.2.14!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
95710 45.2.14!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95712 45.2.14!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95729 45.2.15!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
95733 45.2.15!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95737 45.2.15!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95760 45.2.17!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95762 45.2.17!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95763 45.2.17!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95788 45.2.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95790 45.2.19!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
95815 45.2.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95817 45.2.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95819 45.2.21!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95823 45.2.21!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95827 45.2.21!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95829 45.2.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95833 45.2.22!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95835 45.2.22!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95839 45.2.22!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95841 45.2.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95842 45.2.23!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95846 45.2.23!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95851 45.2.23!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
95852 45.2.23!11Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
95855 45.2.24!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95857 45.2.24!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95860 45.2.24!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95870 45.2.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95876 45.2.25!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95878 45.2.25!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95880 45.2.25!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95884 45.2.25!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95887 45.2.25!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95890 45.2.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95892 45.2.26!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
95894 45.2.26!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
95898 45.2.26!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
95901 45.2.26!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95904 45.2.26!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95911 45.2.27!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95916 45.2.27!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
95918 45.2.27!11Appositive - Appositive
95919 45.2.27!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95928 45.2.28!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95937 45.2.28!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
95946 45.2.29!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
95952 45.2.29!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95960 45.2.29!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
95989 45.3.2!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96002 45.3.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96007 45.3.3!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96014 45.3.3!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
96033 45.3.4!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96040 45.3.4!21OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96047 45.3.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96049 45.3.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96052 45.3.5!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96060 45.3.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96063 45.3.5!15Appositive - Appositive
96068 45.3.5!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96083 45.3.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96085 45.3.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96089 45.3.7!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96101 45.3.7!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96102 45.3.7!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96115 45.3.8!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
96117 45.3.8!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
96126 45.3.8!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96128 45.3.8!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96141 45.3.9!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96145 45.3.9!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96146 45.3.9!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96153 45.3.10!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96156 45.3.10!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
96159 45.3.11!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96164 45.3.11!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96171 45.3.12!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96172 45.3.12!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
96175 45.3.12!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
96177 45.3.12!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96183 45.3.12!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96188 45.3.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96194 45.3.13!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96199 45.3.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96206 45.3.14!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96207 45.3.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96209 45.3.14!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96214 45.3.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96221 45.3.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96229 45.3.17!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96230 45.3.17!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96235 45.3.18!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96247 45.3.19!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
96251 45.3.19!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96260 45.3.19!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
96262 45.3.19!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96271 45.3.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96281 45.3.20!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
96283 45.3.20!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
96288 45.3.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96290 45.3.21!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96304 45.3.22!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
96312 45.3.22!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
96322 45.3.23!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
96335 45.3.24!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
96355 45.3.25!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
96382 45.3.26!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96422 45.3.28!5Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96431 45.3.29!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
96442 45.3.30!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96457 45.3.31!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
96469 45.3.31!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
96482 45.4.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96484 45.4.2!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96485 45.4.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96499 45.4.3!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96503 45.4.3!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
96514 45.4.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96516 45.4.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96517 45.4.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96527 45.4.5!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
96529 45.4.5!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
96549 45.4.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96556 45.4.6!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96563 45.4.7!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
96568 45.4.7!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96574 45.4.8!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96583 45.4.9!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
96586 45.4.9!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
96599 45.4.9!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
96601 45.4.9!17Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96614 45.4.10!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
96626 45.4.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96628 45.4.11!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
96630 45.4.11!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
96674 45.4.12!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96685 45.4.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96697 45.4.13!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96700 45.4.13!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
96702 45.4.13!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
96707 45.4.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96709 45.4.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96710 45.4.14!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
96722 45.4.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96724 45.4.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96725 45.4.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96728 45.4.15!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96730 45.4.15!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96738 45.4.16!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
96750 45.4.16!11Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
96779 45.4.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
96789 45.4.17!13Appositive - Appositive
96802 45.4.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96804 45.4.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96811 45.4.18!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96818 45.4.18!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96825 45.4.19!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96828 45.4.19!5Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96847 45.4.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96849 45.4.20!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
96869 45.4.21!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96871 45.4.21!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96878 45.4.22!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
96901 45.4.24!8Appositive - Appositive
96930 45.5.1!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96932 45.5.1!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
96945 45.5.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96950 45.5.2!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
96976 45.5.3!9Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96982 45.5.3!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
96985 45.5.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96987 45.5.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96990 45.5.4!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96992 45.5.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96995 45.5.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
96997 45.5.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97002 45.5.5!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97021 45.5.6!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
97026 45.5.6!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97028 45.5.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97034 45.5.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97039 45.5.7!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97041 45.5.7!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97043 45.5.7!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
97045 45.5.7!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97056 45.5.8!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97059 45.5.8!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97063 45.5.8!15Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97068 45.5.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97070 45.5.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97084 45.5.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97086 45.5.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97098 45.5.10!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97100 45.5.10!16Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
97126 45.5.11!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97129 45.5.11!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97131 45.5.12!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97133 45.5.12!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97134 45.5.12!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97152 45.5.12!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97161 45.5.12!30Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97163 45.5.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97165 45.5.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97166 45.5.13!4Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97207 45.5.15!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97212 45.5.15!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97217 45.5.15!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97219 45.5.15!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97220 45.5.15!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97225 45.5.15!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97227 45.5.15!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97229 45.5.15!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97247 45.5.15!39Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97251 45.5.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97258 45.5.16!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97261 45.5.16!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97264 45.5.16!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
97267 45.5.16!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97269 45.5.16!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97273 45.5.16!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
97276 45.5.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97278 45.5.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97279 45.5.17!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97281 45.5.17!6Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97289 45.5.17!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97291 45.5.17!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97292 45.5.17!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97302 45.5.17!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97313 45.5.18!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97320 45.5.18!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
97323 45.5.18!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97325 45.5.18!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97331 45.5.18!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
97335 45.5.19!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97337 45.5.19!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97343 45.5.19!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97348 45.5.19!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97350 45.5.19!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97355 45.5.19!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97360 45.5.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97368 45.5.20!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97370 45.5.20!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97379 45.5.21!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97387 45.5.21!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97389 45.5.21!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97413 45.6.1!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97420 45.6.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97434 45.6.3!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97439 45.6.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97456 45.6.4!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97467 45.6.4!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97469 45.6.4!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97470 45.6.4!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97476 45.6.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97478 45.6.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97488 45.6.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97492 45.6.6!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97495 45.6.6!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97496 45.6.6!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97515 45.6.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97517 45.6.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97523 45.6.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97525 45.6.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97537 45.6.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97544 45.6.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97546 45.6.9!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97549 45.6.10!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
97551 45.6.10!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
97553 45.6.10!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97558 45.6.10!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
97560 45.6.10!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
97566 45.6.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97568 45.6.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97606 45.6.13!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
97617 45.6.13!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97624 45.6.13!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
97629 45.6.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97632 45.6.14!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97663 45.6.16!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
97670 45.6.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97672 45.6.16!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
97712 45.6.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97721 45.6.19!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97723 45.6.19!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97737 45.6.19!24Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
97738 45.6.19!25Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97750 45.6.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97752 45.6.20!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97754 45.6.20!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
97757 45.6.20!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97759 45.6.20!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
97769 45.6.21!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97770 45.6.21!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
97772 45.6.21!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97774 45.6.21!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97778 45.6.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97797 45.6.22!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97799 45.6.22!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97803 45.6.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97805 45.6.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97810 45.6.23!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97812 45.6.23!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97829 45.7.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97831 45.7.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97835 45.7.1!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97845 45.7.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97847 45.7.2!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97849 45.7.2!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97850 45.7.2!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97855 45.7.2!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97857 45.7.2!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97873 45.7.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97880 45.7.3!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97882 45.7.3!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97886 45.7.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
97907 45.7.4!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97923 45.7.4!19Appositive - Appositive
97924 45.7.4!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
97932 45.7.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97934 45.7.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97939 45.7.5!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97958 45.7.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
97985 45.7.7!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
97993 45.7.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98002 45.7.7!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98005 45.7.7!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98010 45.7.7!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98014 45.7.7!29OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
98017 45.7.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98031 45.7.8!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98033 45.7.8!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98037 45.7.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98050 45.7.9!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98052 45.7.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98054 45.7.10!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98059 45.7.10!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98064 45.7.10!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98068 45.7.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98070 45.7.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98071 45.7.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98079 45.7.11!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98081 45.7.11!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98084 45.7.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98086 45.7.12!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98090 45.7.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98099 45.7.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98101 45.7.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98102 45.7.13!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98110 45.7.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98111 45.7.13!11Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98116 45.7.13!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98119 45.7.13!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98137 45.7.14!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98139 45.7.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98142 45.7.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98144 45.7.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98152 45.7.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98154 45.7.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98160 45.7.15!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98162 45.7.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98166 45.7.15!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98168 45.7.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98171 45.7.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
98173 45.7.16!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
98176 45.7.16!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98185 45.7.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98188 45.7.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98193 45.7.17!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98206 45.7.18!8Appositive - Appositive
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98213 45.7.18!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
98215 45.7.18!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98217 45.7.18!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98221 45.7.18!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98223 45.7.18!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98228 45.7.19!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98230 45.7.19!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98231 45.7.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98237 45.7.19!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98240 45.7.19!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98243 45.7.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
98245 45.7.20!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
98249 45.7.20!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98253 45.7.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98258 45.7.20!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98268 45.7.21!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98275 45.7.21!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98276 45.7.21!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98288 45.7.22!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98293 45.7.23!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98320 45.7.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98322 45.7.24!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
98327 45.7.24!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98347 45.7.25!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98349 45.7.25!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98351 45.7.25!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98356 45.7.25!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98358 45.7.25!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98362 45.8.1!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
98365 45.8.1!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
98371 45.8.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98373 45.8.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98392 45.8.3!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98394 45.8.3!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98405 45.8.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98407 45.8.3!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98426 45.8.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98433 45.8.4!9Appositive - Appositive
98434 45.8.4!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98442 45.8.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98444 45.8.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98447 45.8.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98452 45.8.5!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98454 45.8.5!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98460 45.8.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98462 45.8.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98467 45.8.6!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98469 45.8.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98477 45.8.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98490 45.8.7!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98497 45.8.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98499 45.8.8!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98502 45.8.8!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98507 45.8.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98518 45.8.9!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98524 45.8.9!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98526 45.8.9!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98527 45.8.9!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
98529 45.8.9!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98532 45.8.9!23Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98537 45.8.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98539 45.8.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98543 45.8.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98545 45.8.10!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98550 45.8.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98552 45.8.10!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98557 45.8.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98559 45.8.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98571 45.8.11!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98583 45.8.11!26Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
98595 45.8.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98602 45.8.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98606 45.8.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98608 45.8.13!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98614 45.8.13!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98616 45.8.13!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98621 45.8.13!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98625 45.8.14!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98627 45.8.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98631 45.8.14!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98632 45.8.14!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98653 45.8.15!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
98657 45.8.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98670 45.8.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
98672 45.8.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
98677 45.8.17!6Appositive - Appositive
98694 45.8.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98699 45.8.18!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98703 45.8.18!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98709 45.8.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98711 45.8.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98720 45.8.19!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98722 45.8.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98724 45.8.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98739 45.8.21!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98749 45.8.21!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
98762 45.8.22!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98777 45.8.23!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98779 45.8.23!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98784 45.8.23!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98791 45.8.23!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98793 45.8.23!20Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
98799 45.8.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98801 45.8.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98802 45.8.24!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98804 45.8.24!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98806 45.8.24!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98811 45.8.24!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98813 45.8.24!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98817 45.8.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98819 45.8.25!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98824 45.8.25!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98832 45.8.26!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98839 45.8.26!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98841 45.8.26!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98849 45.8.26!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98856 45.8.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98858 45.8.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98869 45.8.27!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98878 45.8.28!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98882 45.8.28!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98887 45.8.28!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
98888 45.8.28!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98894 45.8.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98915 45.8.30!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98917 45.8.30!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98919 45.8.30!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98921 45.8.30!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98924 45.8.30!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98927 45.8.30!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98929 45.8.30!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98931 45.8.30!13Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98933 45.8.30!15Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
98935 45.8.30!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
98937 45.8.30!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
98942 45.8.31!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
98945 45.8.31!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
98946 45.8.31!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98955 45.8.32!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
98957 45.8.32!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98964 45.8.32!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
98966 45.8.32!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
98986 45.8.33!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
98994 45.8.34!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
99017 45.8.35!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99043 45.8.36!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99050 45.8.36!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99056 45.8.37!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
99058 45.8.37!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
99068 45.8.38!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99106 45.9.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99124 45.9.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99127 45.9.2!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
99137 45.9.3!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99144 45.9.3!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
99213 45.9.6!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
99215 45.9.6!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
99220 45.9.6!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99224 45.9.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99234 45.9.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99240 45.9.8!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
99243 45.9.8!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
99248 45.9.8!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99254 45.9.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99262 45.9.9!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99264 45.9.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99266 45.9.9!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
99268 45.9.9!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
99277 45.9.9!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
99285 45.9.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99286 45.9.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99291 45.9.10!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
99306 45.9.11!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99307 45.9.11!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99308 45.9.11!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99313 45.9.11!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99315 45.9.12!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
99326 45.9.12!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99335 45.9.13!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99337 45.9.13!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99339 45.9.13!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99341 45.9.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99342 45.9.13!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99349 45.9.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99357 45.9.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99360 45.9.15!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
99362 45.9.15!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99367 45.9.15!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99383 45.9.16!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99386 45.9.17!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
99393 45.9.17!8Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99394 45.9.17!9Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99426 45.9.18!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99432 45.9.19!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99437 45.9.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99439 45.9.19!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99448 45.9.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99451 45.9.20!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
99462 45.9.20!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99475 45.9.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99482 45.9.21!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99507 45.9.22!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
99545 45.9.25!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99548 45.9.25!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
99550 45.9.25!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99555 45.9.25!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
99557 45.9.25!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99561 45.9.25!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
99563 45.9.26!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99565 45.9.26!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
99572 45.9.26!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99577 45.9.26!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99584 45.9.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99591 45.9.27!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99604 45.9.27!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99608 45.9.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99610 45.9.28!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99624 45.9.29!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99626 45.9.29!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99632 45.9.29!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99636 45.9.29!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99637 45.9.29!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99647 45.9.30!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99655 45.9.30!12Appositive - Appositive
99661 45.9.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99668 45.9.31!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99692 45.9.33!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99693 45.9.33!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99702 45.9.33!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99703 45.9.33!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99707 45.9.33!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99712 45.10.1!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99714 45.10.1!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99733 45.10.2!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99745 45.10.3!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99750 45.10.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99760 45.10.3!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99763 45.10.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99765 45.10.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99774 45.10.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99776 45.10.5!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
99784 45.10.5!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99785 45.10.5!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
99787 45.10.5!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99792 45.10.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99794 45.10.6!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99797 45.10.6!6Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99800 45.10.6!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99807 45.10.6!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
99813 45.10.6!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
99816 45.10.6!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99820 45.10.7!2EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99826 45.10.7!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
99828 45.10.7!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99829 45.10.7!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99837 45.10.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99843 45.10.8!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
99853 45.10.8!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
99863 45.10.9!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99879 45.10.9!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99881 45.10.9!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99888 45.10.10!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99894 45.10.10!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
99900 45.10.11!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
99905 45.10.11!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99906 45.10.11!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
99910 45.10.11!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99922 45.10.12!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
99924 45.10.12!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
99935 45.10.13!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99937 45.10.13!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99943 45.10.13!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
99976 45.10.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
99987 45.10.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
99992 45.10.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
99994 45.10.16!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
99996 45.10.16!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100005 45.10.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100010 45.10.17!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100012 45.10.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100027 45.10.18!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100036 45.10.18!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100037 45.10.18!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100051 45.10.19!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100054 45.10.19!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100055 45.10.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100056 45.10.19!9Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100058 45.10.19!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100061 45.10.19!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100065 45.10.19!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100071 45.10.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100073 45.10.20!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100075 45.10.20!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100077 45.10.20!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100081 45.10.20!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100084 45.10.20!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100088 45.10.20!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100091 45.10.21!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100093 45.10.21!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100095 45.10.21!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100097 45.10.21!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100124 45.11.1!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100126 45.11.1!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100150 45.11.2!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100158 45.11.2!20Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100165 45.11.3!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100167 45.11.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100172 45.11.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100177 45.11.3!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100189 45.11.4!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100194 45.11.4!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100196 45.11.4!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100206 45.11.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100209 45.11.5!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100211 45.11.5!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100213 45.11.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100219 45.11.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100221 45.11.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100228 45.11.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100238 45.11.7!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
100242 45.11.7!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
100243 45.11.7!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100246 45.11.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100248 45.11.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100251 45.11.7!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100253 45.11.7!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100254 45.11.7!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100259 45.11.8!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100266 45.11.8!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100270 45.11.8!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100276 45.11.8!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100282 45.11.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100283 45.11.9!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
100285 45.11.9!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100294 45.11.9!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100302 45.11.10!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100310 45.11.10!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100311 45.11.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100314 45.11.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100330 45.11.11!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100331 45.11.11!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100343 45.11.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100345 45.11.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100351 45.11.12!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100363 45.11.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100366 45.11.13!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
100369 45.11.13!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100373 45.11.13!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100376 45.11.13!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
100381 45.11.13!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100386 45.11.14!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
100395 45.11.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100397 45.11.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100412 45.11.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100414 45.11.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100423 45.11.16!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100424 45.11.16!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100433 45.11.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100435 45.11.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100438 45.11.17!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100440 45.11.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100442 45.11.17!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100448 45.11.17!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100462 45.11.18!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100464 45.11.18!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100467 45.11.18!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100468 45.11.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100472 45.11.18!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100479 45.11.19!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100482 45.11.19!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100483 45.11.19!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100487 45.11.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100491 45.11.20!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100493 45.11.20!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100498 45.11.20!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100504 45.11.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100506 45.11.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100508 45.11.21!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100518 45.11.21!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100528 45.11.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100530 45.11.22!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100534 45.11.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100536 45.11.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100546 45.11.22!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100550 45.11.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100553 45.11.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100559 45.11.23!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100561 45.11.23!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100570 45.11.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100572 45.11.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100573 45.11.24!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100578 45.11.24!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
100580 45.11.24!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100588 45.11.24!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100605 45.11.25!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
100614 45.11.25!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100617 45.11.25!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100625 45.11.25!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100632 45.11.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100633 45.11.26!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100640 45.11.26!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
100643 45.11.26!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
100646 45.11.26!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100651 45.11.27!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100652 45.11.27!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100659 45.11.27!8Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100665 45.11.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100667 45.11.28!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100673 45.11.28!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100675 45.11.28!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100682 45.11.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100692 45.11.30!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
100694 45.11.30!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100695 45.11.30!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100700 45.11.30!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100704 45.11.30!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100707 45.11.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100709 45.11.31!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
100710 45.11.31!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100713 45.11.31!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100716 45.11.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100732 45.11.32!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
100743 45.11.33!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100749 45.11.33!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100754 45.11.34!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100756 45.11.34!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100760 45.11.34!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100762 45.11.34!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100766 45.11.35!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100771 45.11.35!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
100776 45.11.36!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100787 45.11.36!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100811 45.12.1!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
100818 45.12.1!20Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
100847 45.12.2!22Appositive - Appositive
100881 45.12.3!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100883 45.12.3!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100889 45.12.4!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
100891 45.12.4!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100894 45.12.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100898 45.12.4!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100900 45.12.4!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100901 45.12.4!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
100903 45.12.4!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100906 45.12.4!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
100908 45.12.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100909 45.12.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100911 45.12.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
100917 45.12.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100919 45.12.5!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100921 45.12.5!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
100933 45.12.6!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
100936 45.12.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100944 45.12.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100950 45.12.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100957 45.12.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100963 45.12.8!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100968 45.12.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100973 45.12.8!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100978 45.12.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
100990 45.12.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100991 45.12.10!2Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
100994 45.12.10!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
100996 45.12.10!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
100999 45.12.10!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101001 45.12.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101003 45.12.11!3DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
101006 45.12.11!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101008 45.12.11!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101010 45.12.11!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101012 45.12.11!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101014 45.12.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101016 45.12.12!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101018 45.12.12!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101020 45.12.12!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101022 45.12.12!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101024 45.12.12!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101026 45.12.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101030 45.12.13!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101032 45.12.13!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101034 45.12.13!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101054 45.12.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101061 45.12.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101065 45.12.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101075 45.12.17!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101076 45.12.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101087 45.12.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101093 45.12.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101099 45.12.19!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101113 45.12.19!12EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
101116 45.12.19!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101119 45.12.19!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
101123 45.12.20!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101132 45.12.20!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101138 45.12.20!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
101140 45.12.20!15Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
101141 45.12.20!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101160 45.12.21!11Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101165 45.13.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101178 45.13.1!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101180 45.13.1!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101181 45.13.1!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101187 45.13.2!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101191 45.13.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101192 45.13.2!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101197 45.13.2!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101199 45.13.2!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101200 45.13.2!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101201 45.13.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101204 45.13.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101206 45.13.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101211 45.13.3!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101224 45.13.3!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101234 45.13.4!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101236 45.13.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101243 45.13.4!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101245 45.13.4!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101253 45.13.4!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101258 45.13.4!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101260 45.13.4!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101263 45.13.4!25Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
101267 45.13.4!29Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101286 45.13.6!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
101290 45.13.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101293 45.13.6!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101295 45.13.6!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101298 45.13.6!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101307 45.13.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
101313 45.13.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101319 45.13.7!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101325 45.13.7!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101332 45.13.8!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
101333 45.13.8!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
101340 45.13.8!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101342 45.13.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101344 45.13.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101347 45.13.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101350 45.13.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101353 45.13.9!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101371 45.13.9!16Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101380 45.13.9!23OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
101387 45.13.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101389 45.13.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101391 45.13.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101395 45.13.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101397 45.13.10!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101402 45.13.11!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101408 45.13.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101410 45.13.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101411 45.13.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101415 45.13.11!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101418 45.13.11!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
101425 45.13.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101427 45.13.12!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101429 45.13.12!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101431 45.13.12!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101432 45.13.12!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101448 45.13.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101451 45.13.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101477 45.13.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101479 45.13.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101485 45.14.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101487 45.14.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101497 45.14.2!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
101503 45.14.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101505 45.14.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101506 45.14.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101509 45.14.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101514 45.14.3!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101517 45.14.3!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101519 45.14.3!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101523 45.14.3!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101526 45.14.3!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101530 45.14.3!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101532 45.14.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101535 45.14.4!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
101537 45.14.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101540 45.14.4!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
101543 45.14.4!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101558 45.14.5!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
101566 45.14.5!8Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
101572 45.14.5!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101573 45.14.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101579 45.14.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101583 45.14.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101587 45.14.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101589 45.14.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101598 45.14.6!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101601 45.14.6!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101611 45.14.7!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
101615 45.14.7!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101618 45.14.7!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
101620 45.14.7!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101622 45.14.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101625 45.14.8!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101627 45.14.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101631 45.14.8!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101635 45.14.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101639 45.14.8!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101642 45.14.8!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101647 45.14.8!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101651 45.14.9!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101659 45.14.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101666 45.14.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101676 45.14.10!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101683 45.14.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101694 45.14.11!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
101697 45.14.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
101700 45.14.11!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
101701 45.14.11!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101706 45.14.11!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
101707 45.14.11!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101715 45.14.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101719 45.14.12!7Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
101727 45.14.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101728 45.14.13!4Inline annotations -
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101741 45.14.13!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
101751 45.14.14!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
101758 45.14.14!14Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
101760 45.14.14!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101764 45.14.14!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101767 45.14.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101769 45.14.15!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101774 45.14.15!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101777 45.14.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101782 45.14.15!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101786 45.14.15!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101790 45.14.15!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101795 45.14.16!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
101820 45.14.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101822 45.14.18!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101837 45.14.19!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101841 45.14.19!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
101850 45.14.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101858 45.14.20!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101863 45.14.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101867 45.14.20!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101871 45.14.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101882 45.14.21!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101885 45.14.21!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101886 45.14.22!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
101887 45.14.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101890 45.14.22!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101898 45.14.22!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
101906 45.14.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101908 45.14.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101909 45.14.23!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101911 45.14.23!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
101918 45.14.23!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101920 45.14.23!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101924 45.14.23!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101932 45.15.1!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101940 45.15.1!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
101943 45.15.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101945 45.15.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101951 45.15.2!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
101956 45.15.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101959 45.15.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101966 45.15.3!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
101975 45.15.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101977 45.15.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
101979 45.15.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101986 45.15.4!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
101995 45.15.4!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
101999 45.15.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102001 45.15.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102009 45.15.5!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102019 45.15.6!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102020 45.15.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102041 45.15.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102053 45.15.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102054 45.15.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102056 45.15.8!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
102069 45.15.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102071 45.15.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102072 45.15.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102081 45.15.9!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
102088 45.15.9!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
102089 45.15.9!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102096 45.15.10!3Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
102098 45.15.10!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
102110 45.15.11!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
102116 45.15.11!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
102119 45.15.11!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
102128 45.15.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102129 45.15.12!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
102131 45.15.12!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
102137 45.15.12!10Appositive - Appositive
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
102143 45.15.12!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102145 45.15.12!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
102146 45.15.12!18Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
102148 45.15.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102150 45.15.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102170 45.15.13!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
102190 45.15.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102191 45.15.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102193 45.15.14!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
102203 45.15.14!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
102205 45.15.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102270 45.15.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102298 45.15.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102299 45.15.19!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102305 45.15.19!18Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102323 45.15.20!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102332 45.15.21!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
102339 45.15.21!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
102340 45.15.21!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102356 45.15.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102359 45.15.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102361 45.15.23!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
102366 45.15.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102386 45.15.24!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102390 45.15.24!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102395 45.15.24!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102396 45.15.24!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102397 45.15.24!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
102399 45.15.24!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
102401 45.15.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102415 45.15.26!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102431 45.15.27!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102433 45.15.27!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
102435 45.15.27!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102437 45.15.27!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102445 45.15.27!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102452 45.15.28!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
102454 45.15.28!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
102459 45.15.28!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
102475 45.15.29!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102519 45.15.31!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102525 45.15.31!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102531 45.15.32!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102542 45.15.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102544 45.15.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102571 45.16.2!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102575 45.16.2!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
102591 45.16.2!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102592 45.16.2!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102595 45.16.2!24Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
102603 45.16.3!5Appositive - Appositive
102611 45.16.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102615 45.16.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102622 45.16.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102635 45.16.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102658 45.16.6!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102667 45.16.7!5Appositive - Appositive
102683 45.16.7!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102754 45.16.12!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102818 45.16.16!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
102830 45.16.17!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
102848 45.16.18!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
102850 45.16.18!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
102851 45.16.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102863 45.16.18!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
102874 45.16.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102876 45.16.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102878 45.16.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102885 45.16.19!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
102890 45.16.19!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102896 45.16.19!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102902 45.16.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102904 45.16.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
102914 45.16.20!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
102917 45.16.20!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
102947 45.16.22!5Appositive - Appositive
102951 45.16.22!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
102977 45.16.25!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
102981 45.16.25!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
102995 45.16.25!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103002 45.16.26!4Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103056 46.1.2!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103078 46.1.2!29Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
103082 46.1.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103084 46.1.3!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
103115 46.1.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103121 46.1.5!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
103129 46.1.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103138 46.1.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103148 46.1.7!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103164 46.1.8!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103170 46.1.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103181 46.1.9!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103196 46.1.10!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103202 46.1.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103205 46.1.10!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
103240 46.1.11!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103247 46.1.12!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
103249 46.1.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103253 46.1.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
103258 46.1.12!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103262 46.1.12!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103266 46.1.12!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103275 46.1.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103281 46.1.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103291 46.1.14!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
103302 46.1.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103305 46.1.15!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103307 46.1.15!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103315 46.1.16!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103322 46.1.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103348 46.1.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103351 46.1.18!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103354 46.1.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103356 46.1.18!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103357 46.1.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103360 46.1.18!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
103362 46.1.18!14Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
103363 46.1.18!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103364 46.1.18!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103371 46.1.19!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
103377 46.1.19!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
103378 46.1.19!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
103382 46.1.19!13Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
103405 46.1.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103407 46.1.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103419 46.1.21!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
103425 46.1.21!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103436 46.1.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103437 46.1.22!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103440 46.1.22!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103441 46.1.22!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103444 46.1.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103450 46.1.23!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103453 46.1.23!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103457 46.1.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103459 46.1.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103462 46.1.24!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103467 46.1.24!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103468 46.1.24!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103471 46.1.24!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103475 46.1.25!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103479 46.1.25!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103485 46.1.25!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103517 46.1.27!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103531 46.1.27!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103536 46.1.27!19Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103545 46.1.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103553 46.1.28!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103556 46.1.28!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
103561 46.1.28!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103574 46.1.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103587 46.1.30!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
103590 46.1.30!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
103598 46.1.31!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103601 46.1.31!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
103603 46.1.31!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103607 46.2.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103614 46.2.1!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
103616 46.2.1!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103631 46.2.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103640 46.2.2!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
103641 46.2.2!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
103643 46.2.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103644 46.2.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103658 46.2.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103667 46.2.4!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103678 46.2.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103691 46.2.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103710 46.2.6!19Appositive - Appositive
103715 46.2.7!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103730 46.2.7!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
103735 46.2.8!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
103743 46.2.8!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103745 46.2.8!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103749 46.2.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103756 46.2.9!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103759 46.2.9!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
103761 46.2.9!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
103765 46.2.9!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
103768 46.2.9!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103782 46.2.10!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103785 46.2.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
103791 46.2.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103793 46.2.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103794 46.2.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103797 46.2.10!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
103803 46.2.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103806 46.2.11!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
103820 46.2.11!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103822 46.2.11!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103825 46.2.11!22Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
103834 46.2.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103837 46.2.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103842 46.2.12!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
103864 46.2.13!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
103874 46.2.13!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103875 46.2.13!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103879 46.2.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103881 46.2.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103890 46.2.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103901 46.2.14!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103904 46.2.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103906 46.2.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103911 46.2.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103913 46.2.15!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
103917 46.2.16!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
103919 46.2.16!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
103923 46.2.16!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
103927 46.2.16!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103929 46.2.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103933 46.3.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
103947 46.3.1!12Appositive - Appositive
103952 46.3.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103956 46.3.2!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
103965 46.3.2!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103969 46.3.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103974 46.3.3!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103976 46.3.3!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103978 46.3.3!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
103983 46.3.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103986 46.3.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
103990 46.3.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103992 46.3.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
103995 46.3.4!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
104000 46.3.4!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104003 46.3.4!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
104007 46.3.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104026 46.3.5!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104028 46.3.5!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
104030 46.3.5!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104032 46.3.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104035 46.3.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104039 46.3.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104045 46.3.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104049 46.3.7!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104058 46.3.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104061 46.3.8!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104064 46.3.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104067 46.3.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104069 46.3.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104078 46.3.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104081 46.3.9!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104083 46.3.9!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104086 46.3.9!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104091 46.3.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104099 46.3.10!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104102 46.3.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104105 46.3.10!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104109 46.3.10!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104115 46.3.11!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104117 46.3.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104118 46.3.11!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
104121 46.3.11!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104130 46.3.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104132 46.3.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104137 46.3.12!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
104150 46.3.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104153 46.3.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104156 46.3.13!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104158 46.3.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104162 46.3.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104167 46.3.13!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104170 46.3.13!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104175 46.3.13!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104177 46.3.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104178 46.3.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104182 46.3.14!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
104185 46.3.14!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104188 46.3.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104189 46.3.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104196 46.3.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104209 46.3.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104213 46.3.16!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104221 46.3.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104222 46.3.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104227 46.3.17!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104230 46.3.17!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104234 46.3.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104236 46.3.17!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104239 46.3.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104246 46.3.18!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
104248 46.3.18!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104250 46.3.18!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104251 46.3.18!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104253 46.3.18!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104262 46.3.18!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104269 46.3.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104271 46.3.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104275 46.3.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104284 46.3.19!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
104296 46.3.20!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104302 46.3.20!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
104307 46.3.21!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
104312 46.3.21!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104334 46.3.22!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104337 46.3.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104341 46.3.23!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
104345 46.4.1!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104349 46.4.1!5Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
104364 46.4.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104368 46.4.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104370 46.4.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104375 46.4.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104378 46.4.3!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104380 46.4.3!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104385 46.4.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104388 46.4.4!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104395 46.4.4!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104397 46.4.4!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104399 46.4.4!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104401 46.4.4!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104403 46.4.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104408 46.4.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104434 46.4.5!26Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104435 46.4.5!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104443 46.4.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
104453 46.4.6!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
104457 46.4.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104469 46.4.6!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104478 46.4.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104486 46.4.7!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104490 46.4.7!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104492 46.4.7!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104503 46.4.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104509 46.4.8!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104515 46.4.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104519 46.4.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104522 46.4.8!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104527 46.4.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104529 46.4.9!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104532 46.4.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104534 46.4.9!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
104538 46.4.9!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104547 46.4.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104552 46.4.10!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104558 46.4.10!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104561 46.4.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104565 46.4.10!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104568 46.4.10!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104572 46.4.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104602 46.4.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104608 46.4.13!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
104614 46.4.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104618 46.4.14!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104620 46.4.14!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104621 46.4.14!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104627 46.4.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104629 46.4.15!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104640 46.4.15!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104642 46.4.15!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104644 46.4.15!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104647 46.4.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104655 46.4.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104659 46.4.17!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104667 46.4.17!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
104672 46.4.17!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
104676 46.4.17!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104687 46.4.17!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104688 46.4.17!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104693 46.4.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104697 46.4.18!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104712 46.4.19!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104727 46.4.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104733 46.4.20!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104740 46.4.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104746 46.4.21!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104753 46.5.1!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104757 46.5.1!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
104759 46.5.1!6Appositive - Appositive
104760 46.5.1!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104769 46.5.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104771 46.5.1!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
104776 46.5.2!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104777 46.5.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104783 46.5.2!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104791 46.5.2!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104794 46.5.2!18Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104814 46.5.3!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104817 46.5.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104834 46.5.4!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
104840 46.5.5!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104850 46.5.5!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104859 46.5.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104868 46.5.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104870 46.5.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104877 46.5.7!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104882 46.5.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104889 46.5.7!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104891 46.5.7!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104895 46.5.7!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
104948 46.5.10!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104950 46.5.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
104957 46.5.11!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104958 46.5.11!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104973 46.5.11!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
104975 46.5.11!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
104981 46.5.12!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
104986 46.5.12!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104991 46.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104993 46.5.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
104994 46.5.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
104998 46.5.13!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
105008 46.6.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105028 46.6.2!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105030 46.6.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105035 46.6.2!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105036 46.6.2!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
105042 46.6.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105044 46.6.2!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105050 46.6.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105053 46.6.3!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
105056 46.6.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105059 46.6.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105063 46.6.4!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
105069 46.6.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105072 46.6.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105077 46.6.5!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105082 46.6.5!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
105094 46.6.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105095 46.6.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105100 46.6.6!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
105107 46.6.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105112 46.6.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105121 46.6.7!17Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
105127 46.6.7!22Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
105130 46.6.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105136 46.6.8!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
105144 46.6.9!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105145 46.6.9!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105153 46.6.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105176 46.6.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105177 46.6.10!12Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
105183 46.6.11!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105208 46.6.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105210 46.6.12!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105215 46.6.12!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105217 46.6.12!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105223 46.6.12!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
105228 46.6.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105234 46.6.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105239 46.6.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105241 46.6.13!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105242 46.6.13!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105248 46.6.13!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105250 46.6.13!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105259 46.6.13!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105264 46.6.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105266 46.6.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105267 46.6.14!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105272 46.6.14!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105282 46.6.15!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105285 46.6.15!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105296 46.6.15!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
105306 46.6.16!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105310 46.6.16!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105314 46.6.16!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
105319 46.6.16!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
105325 46.6.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105327 46.6.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105330 46.6.17!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105338 46.6.18!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105344 46.6.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105349 46.6.18!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105351 46.6.18!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105352 46.6.18!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105362 46.6.19!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105365 46.6.19!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105396 46.7.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105398 46.7.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105404 46.7.1!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105407 46.7.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105409 46.7.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105411 46.7.2!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105412 46.7.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105418 46.7.2!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105419 46.7.2!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105424 46.7.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105430 46.7.3!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105435 46.7.3!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105440 46.7.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105441 46.7.4!2Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105454 46.7.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105461 46.7.4!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105474 46.7.5!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
105482 46.7.5!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105498 46.7.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
105518 46.7.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105519 46.7.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105521 46.7.7!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105525 46.7.7!16Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
105529 46.7.7!19Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
105541 46.7.8!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105548 46.7.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105550 46.7.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105555 46.7.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105558 46.7.9!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105562 46.7.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105564 46.7.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105567 46.7.10!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
105573 46.7.10!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105576 46.7.10!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105579 46.7.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105581 46.7.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105589 46.7.11!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105592 46.7.11!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105594 46.7.11!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105597 46.7.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105599 46.7.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105607 46.7.12!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105608 46.7.12!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105610 46.7.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105612 46.7.12!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105615 46.7.12!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
105626 46.7.13!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
105627 46.7.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105628 46.7.13!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105634 46.7.13!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
105667 46.7.14!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105670 46.7.14!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105673 46.7.14!26Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105675 46.7.14!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105678 46.7.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105680 46.7.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105682 46.7.15!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105693 46.7.15!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
105697 46.7.15!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105699 46.7.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105714 46.7.16!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105723 46.7.16!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
105725 46.7.16!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105730 46.7.17!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105736 46.7.17!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105742 46.7.17!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105743 46.7.17!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105746 46.7.17!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105747 46.7.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105750 46.7.17!20Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
105753 46.7.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105760 46.7.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105768 46.7.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105770 46.7.19!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
105774 46.7.19!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105775 46.7.19!7Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
105784 46.7.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105785 46.7.20!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
105790 46.7.20!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
105792 46.7.20!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105795 46.7.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105800 46.7.21!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105803 46.7.21!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105806 46.7.21!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
105812 46.7.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105814 46.7.22!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105818 46.7.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105823 46.7.22!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105824 46.7.22!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
105826 46.7.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105828 46.7.22!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
105830 46.7.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105838 46.7.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105839 46.7.24!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
105845 46.7.24!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
105851 46.7.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105853 46.7.25!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105855 46.7.25!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105860 46.7.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105867 46.7.25!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105872 46.7.26!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
105873 46.7.26!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
105881 46.7.26!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105884 46.7.26!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
105902 46.7.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105904 46.7.28!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105911 46.7.28!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105919 46.7.28!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105921 46.7.28!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105924 46.7.28!19Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
105927 46.7.28!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105930 46.7.28!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
105932 46.7.29!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105938 46.7.29!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105940 46.7.29!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105943 46.7.29!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
105947 46.7.29!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105950 46.7.29!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105956 46.7.30!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105963 46.7.30!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105970 46.7.30!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105977 46.7.31!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
105996 46.7.32!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
105999 46.7.32!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106011 46.7.33!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106013 46.7.33!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106027 46.7.34!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106050 46.7.34!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106052 46.7.34!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106063 46.7.35!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
106065 46.7.35!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106074 46.7.35!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106088 46.7.36!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106090 46.7.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106091 46.7.36!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106097 46.7.36!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106102 46.7.36!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106106 46.7.36!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106107 46.7.36!18Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106117 46.7.37!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106122 46.7.37!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
106127 46.7.37!12Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
106136 46.7.37!20Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106143 46.7.37!26Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
106153 46.7.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106162 46.7.38!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106165 46.7.38!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106168 46.7.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106178 46.7.39!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106180 46.7.39!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106184 46.7.39!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106186 46.7.39!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106194 46.7.40!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106199 46.7.40!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106203 46.7.40!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106208 46.7.40!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106209 46.7.40!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106213 46.8.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106215 46.8.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106220 46.8.1!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
106221 46.8.1!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106224 46.8.1!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106228 46.8.1!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106230 46.8.1!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106233 46.8.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106234 46.8.2!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106245 46.8.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106247 46.8.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106252 46.8.3!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
106257 46.8.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106261 46.8.4!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106265 46.8.4!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
106272 46.8.4!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
106278 46.8.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106280 46.8.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106291 46.8.5!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106300 46.8.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106301 46.8.6!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106316 46.8.6!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106333 46.8.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106338 46.8.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106340 46.8.7!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106344 46.8.7!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
106346 46.8.7!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106351 46.8.7!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106354 46.8.7!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106358 46.8.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106367 46.8.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106374 46.8.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106383 46.8.9!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
106387 46.8.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106392 46.8.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106394 46.8.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106397 46.8.10!6Appositive - Appositive
106400 46.8.10!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106405 46.8.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106408 46.8.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106413 46.8.10!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106426 46.8.11!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
106430 46.8.11!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
106431 46.8.11!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106433 46.8.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106441 46.8.12!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
106445 46.8.12!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106450 46.8.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106451 46.8.13!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106467 46.8.13!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106481 46.9.1!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106488 46.9.1!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106491 46.9.1!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106496 46.9.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106497 46.9.2!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106500 46.9.2!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
106504 46.9.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106507 46.9.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106509 46.9.2!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106513 46.9.2!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106519 46.9.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106524 46.9.3!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
106526 46.9.3!8Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
106540 46.9.5!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106547 46.9.5!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106558 46.9.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106578 46.9.7!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106589 46.9.7!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106599 46.9.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106601 46.9.8!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
106604 46.9.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106607 46.9.8!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
106611 46.9.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106613 46.9.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106614 46.9.9!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106618 46.9.9!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
106624 46.9.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106631 46.9.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106633 46.9.10!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106643 46.9.10!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106644 46.9.10!13Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106657 46.9.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106658 46.9.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106659 46.9.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106660 46.9.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106666 46.9.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106667 46.9.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106672 46.9.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106673 46.9.12!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106687 46.9.12!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
106692 46.9.12!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106696 46.9.12!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106707 46.9.13!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106708 46.9.13!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106715 46.9.13!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106717 46.9.13!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106718 46.9.13!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106723 46.9.13!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106725 46.9.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106727 46.9.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106731 46.9.14!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106737 46.9.14!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106740 46.9.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106744 46.9.15!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
106750 46.9.15!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
106752 46.9.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106757 46.9.15!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106764 46.9.15!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106767 46.9.15!25Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
106770 46.9.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106772 46.9.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106779 46.9.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106784 46.9.16!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106792 46.9.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106794 46.9.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106795 46.9.17!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
106798 46.9.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106801 46.9.17!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106803 46.9.17!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
106805 46.9.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106808 46.9.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106812 46.9.18!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
106817 46.9.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106833 46.9.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106836 46.9.19!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
106840 46.9.19!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106843 46.9.19!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106855 46.9.20!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
106856 46.9.20!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106858 46.9.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106875 46.9.20!25Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106877 46.9.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106898 46.9.22!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
106903 46.9.22!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
106905 46.9.22!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106911 46.9.22!14Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106915 46.9.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106923 46.9.23!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106930 46.9.24!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106931 46.9.24!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106934 46.9.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106938 46.9.24!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106944 46.9.24!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106949 46.9.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106951 46.9.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106953 46.9.25!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106956 46.9.25!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106960 46.9.25!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106964 46.9.25!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106968 46.9.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106970 46.9.26!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106976 46.9.26!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106980 46.9.26!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
106985 46.9.27!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
106993 46.9.27!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
106995 46.9.27!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
106996 46.9.27!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107008 46.10.1!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107011 46.10.1!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
107012 46.10.1!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107017 46.10.1!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107018 46.10.1!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107024 46.10.2!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107025 46.10.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107038 46.10.3!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107039 46.10.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107045 46.10.4!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107046 46.10.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107050 46.10.4!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107057 46.10.4!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
107059 46.10.4!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107068 46.10.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107083 46.10.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107085 46.10.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107098 46.10.6!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107102 46.10.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107112 46.10.7!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
107127 46.10.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107135 46.10.8!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
107145 46.10.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107150 46.10.9!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107159 46.10.10!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107169 46.10.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107171 46.10.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107183 46.10.11!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107190 46.10.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107197 46.10.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107205 46.10.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107224 46.10.13!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
107241 46.10.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107246 46.10.15!5Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
107250 46.10.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107258 46.10.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107260 46.10.16!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107265 46.10.16!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107271 46.10.16!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107282 46.10.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107288 46.10.17!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107290 46.10.17!11Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107295 46.10.17!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107304 46.10.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107308 46.10.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107318 46.10.19!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107319 46.10.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107324 46.10.19!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107325 46.10.19!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107330 46.10.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107333 46.10.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107343 46.10.20!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107350 46.10.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107353 46.10.21!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107359 46.10.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107362 46.10.21!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107372 46.10.22!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107377 46.10.23!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107382 46.10.23!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107385 46.10.23!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107390 46.10.23!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107392 46.10.24!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
107393 46.10.24!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107401 46.10.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107403 46.10.25!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107407 46.10.25!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
107413 46.10.26!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
107416 46.10.26!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
107423 46.10.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107424 46.10.27!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107427 46.10.27!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
107428 46.10.27!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107438 46.10.27!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
107444 46.10.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107446 46.10.28!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107447 46.10.28!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107450 46.10.28!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
107451 46.10.28!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107464 46.10.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107477 46.10.29!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107482 46.10.29!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107485 46.10.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107486 46.10.30!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107487 46.10.30!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107494 46.10.30!9Inline annotations -
Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
107495 46.10.30!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107498 46.10.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107500 46.10.31!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107507 46.10.31!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107508 46.10.31!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107513 46.10.32!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107517 46.10.32!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107526 46.10.33!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107527 46.10.33!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107528 46.10.33!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107534 46.10.33!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107536 46.10.33!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107544 46.11.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107556 46.11.2!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107558 46.11.2!7Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107572 46.11.3!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107576 46.11.3!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107582 46.11.3!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107586 46.11.3!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107588 46.11.3!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107593 46.11.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107598 46.11.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107606 46.11.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107608 46.11.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107620 46.11.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107623 46.11.5!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107629 46.11.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107631 46.11.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107638 46.11.6!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107640 46.11.6!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107649 46.11.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107658 46.11.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107664 46.11.7!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107667 46.11.7!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107698 46.11.10!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
107703 46.11.10!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
107708 46.11.10!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
107724 46.11.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
107726 46.11.12!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107732 46.11.12!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107734 46.11.12!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107740 46.11.12!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107742 46.11.12!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107747 46.11.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107752 46.11.13!5Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107755 46.11.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107761 46.11.14!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107767 46.11.14!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
107769 46.11.14!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107772 46.11.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107776 46.11.15!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
107778 46.11.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107781 46.11.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107786 46.11.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107788 46.11.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107793 46.11.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107795 46.11.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107797 46.11.16!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107800 46.11.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107801 46.11.16!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
107806 46.11.16!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107812 46.11.17!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107819 46.11.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107828 46.11.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107836 46.11.18!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107844 46.11.18!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107849 46.11.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107856 46.11.19!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107858 46.11.19!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107871 46.11.20!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107875 46.11.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107877 46.11.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107886 46.11.21!11Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
107890 46.11.21!14Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
107896 46.11.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107910 46.11.22!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107925 46.11.22!27Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
107927 46.11.22!29Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
107931 46.11.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107938 46.11.23!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
107944 46.11.23!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
107947 46.11.23!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
107960 46.11.24!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
107961 46.11.24!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107963 46.11.24!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107969 46.11.24!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
107974 46.11.24!19Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
107986 46.11.25!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
107989 46.11.25!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
107990 46.11.25!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
107993 46.11.25!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
107998 46.11.25!20Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108005 46.11.25!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
108008 46.11.25!28Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
108010 46.11.26!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108012 46.11.26!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108014 46.11.26!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
108018 46.11.26!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
108020 46.11.26!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
108022 46.11.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108033 46.11.27!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108046 46.11.27!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108048 46.11.27!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108062 46.11.28!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108073 46.11.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108075 46.11.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108078 46.11.29!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108088 46.11.30!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
108095 46.11.30!8Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108102 46.11.31!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108118 46.11.32!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108133 46.11.33!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108135 46.11.34!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108136 46.11.34!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108139 46.11.34!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108145 46.11.34!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108149 46.11.34!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108151 46.11.34!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108152 46.11.34!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108157 46.12.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108159 46.12.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108171 46.12.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108172 46.12.2!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108174 46.12.2!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
108178 46.12.2!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108188 46.12.3!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
108189 46.12.3!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108195 46.12.3!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
108199 46.12.3!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
108203 46.12.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
108212 46.12.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108214 46.12.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108223 46.12.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108233 46.12.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108242 46.12.6!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
108249 46.12.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108260 46.12.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108263 46.12.8!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108270 46.12.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108276 46.12.8!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108279 46.12.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108283 46.12.9!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108286 46.12.9!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108292 46.12.9!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108295 46.12.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108300 46.12.10!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108304 46.12.10!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108309 46.12.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108313 46.12.10!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108318 46.12.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108320 46.12.11!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108335 46.12.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108337 46.12.12!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108339 46.12.12!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108342 46.12.12!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108346 46.12.12!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108348 46.12.12!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108352 46.12.12!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108354 46.12.12!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108356 46.12.12!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108358 46.12.12!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108365 46.12.13!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108368 46.12.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108369 46.12.13!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
108370 46.12.13!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
108373 46.12.13!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108375 46.12.13!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
108386 46.12.13!21Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108387 46.12.13!22Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
108389 46.12.13!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108394 46.12.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108403 46.12.15!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108408 46.12.15!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
108420 46.12.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108429 46.12.16!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108434 46.12.16!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
108446 46.12.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108454 46.12.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108458 46.12.17!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
108464 46.12.17!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108466 46.12.17!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
108472 46.12.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108474 46.12.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108480 46.12.18!8Appositive - Appositive
108487 46.12.18!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
108490 46.12.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108492 46.12.19!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108502 46.12.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108504 46.12.20!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108508 46.12.20!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108521 46.12.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
108533 46.12.21!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
108541 46.12.22!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108542 46.12.22!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108546 46.12.22!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108548 46.12.22!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108552 46.12.23!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
108554 46.12.23!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108559 46.12.23!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108560 46.12.23!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108565 46.12.23!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108568 46.12.23!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108572 46.12.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108574 46.12.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108577 46.12.24!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
108581 46.12.24!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108587 46.12.24!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108591 46.12.24!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108602 46.12.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108604 46.12.25!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108611 46.12.26!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108621 46.12.26!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108627 46.12.26!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108631 46.12.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108642 46.12.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108650 46.12.28!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108653 46.12.28!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108656 46.12.28!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108659 46.12.28!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108662 46.12.28!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108674 46.12.29!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108678 46.12.29!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108682 46.12.29!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108686 46.12.29!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108690 46.12.30!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108691 46.12.30!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108693 46.12.30!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108696 46.12.30!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108697 46.12.30!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108701 46.12.30!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
108702 46.12.30!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108713 46.12.31!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108719 46.13.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108720 46.13.1!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108725 46.13.1!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108729 46.13.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108742 46.13.2!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108749 46.13.2!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
108762 46.13.2!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108765 46.13.2!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108770 46.13.2!27Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
108773 46.13.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108790 46.13.3!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
108795 46.13.3!19Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
108798 46.13.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108803 46.13.4!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
108808 46.13.4!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108845 46.13.7!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108848 46.13.7!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108851 46.13.7!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108854 46.13.7!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108857 46.13.8!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108862 46.13.8!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108864 46.13.8!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108868 46.13.8!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108873 46.13.8!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108878 46.13.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108883 46.13.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108887 46.13.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108889 46.13.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108893 46.13.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108896 46.13.10!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
108898 46.13.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108914 46.13.11!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108928 46.13.12!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
108931 46.13.12!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108937 46.13.12!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108942 46.13.12!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108949 46.13.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
108958 46.13.13!7Appositive - Appositive
108962 46.13.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108964 46.13.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108982 46.14.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108984 46.14.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
108987 46.14.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108989 46.14.2!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
108992 46.14.2!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
108996 46.14.2!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
108999 46.14.2!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109001 46.14.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109003 46.14.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109004 46.14.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109012 46.14.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109015 46.14.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109018 46.14.4!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109020 46.14.4!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109021 46.14.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109036 46.14.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109051 46.14.5!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109053 46.14.5!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109056 46.14.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109061 46.14.6!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109065 46.14.6!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109070 46.14.6!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
109074 46.14.6!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109089 46.14.7!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
109092 46.14.7!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109095 46.14.7!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
109100 46.14.7!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109101 46.14.7!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109117 46.14.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109118 46.14.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109120 46.14.8!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109128 46.14.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109129 46.14.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109131 46.14.9!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109134 46.14.9!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109136 46.14.9!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109147 46.14.9!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109151 46.14.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109161 46.14.10!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
109164 46.14.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109166 46.14.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109176 46.14.11!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
109178 46.14.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109184 46.14.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109185 46.14.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109188 46.14.12!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109189 46.14.12!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109191 46.14.12!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109193 46.14.12!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109203 46.14.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109210 46.14.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109212 46.14.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109215 46.14.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109220 46.14.14!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109222 46.14.14!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109224 46.14.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109252 46.14.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109257 46.14.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109275 46.14.16!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109278 46.14.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109285 46.14.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109287 46.14.17!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109294 46.14.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109296 46.14.18!6Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109304 46.14.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109306 46.14.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109312 46.14.19!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109325 46.14.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109327 46.14.20!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109331 46.14.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109335 46.14.20!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109337 46.14.20!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109338 46.14.20!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109341 46.14.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109346 46.14.21!6EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
109348 46.14.21!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
109352 46.14.21!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
109353 46.14.21!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
109357 46.14.21!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
109358 46.14.21!17Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109360 46.14.21!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
109363 46.14.21!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
109367 46.14.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109369 46.14.22!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109379 46.14.22!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109381 46.14.22!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109389 46.14.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109391 46.14.23!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109399 46.14.23!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
109414 46.14.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109416 46.14.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109417 46.14.24!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
109434 46.14.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109439 46.14.25!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109443 46.14.25!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109453 46.14.25!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
109466 46.14.26!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109469 46.14.26!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109470 46.14.26!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109473 46.14.26!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109476 46.14.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109479 46.14.26!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109482 46.14.26!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109485 46.14.26!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
109487 46.14.26!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109490 46.14.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109491 46.14.27!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109508 46.14.27!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109510 46.14.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109512 46.14.28!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109520 46.14.28!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109523 46.14.28!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109527 46.14.29!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109529 46.14.29!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109535 46.14.29!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109537 46.14.29!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109539 46.14.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109541 46.14.30!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109543 46.14.30!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109545 46.14.30!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109547 46.14.30!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109551 46.14.31!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109558 46.14.31!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109561 46.14.31!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109564 46.14.32!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109567 46.14.32!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109572 46.14.33!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109575 46.14.33!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109578 46.14.33!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109586 46.14.34!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109591 46.14.34!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109603 46.14.34!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109608 46.14.35!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109610 46.14.35!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109614 46.14.35!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109616 46.14.35!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109621 46.14.35!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109630 46.14.36!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109639 46.14.36!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109644 46.14.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109645 46.14.37!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109647 46.14.37!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109649 46.14.37!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109657 46.14.37!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109659 46.14.37!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109661 46.14.38!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109663 46.14.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109678 46.14.39!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109682 46.14.39!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
109684 46.14.40!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
109686 46.14.40!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109729 46.15.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109739 46.15.3!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
109744 46.15.3!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
109750 46.15.3!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
109765 46.15.4!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
109778 46.15.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109787 46.15.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109793 46.15.6!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109797 46.15.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109804 46.15.7!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
109806 46.15.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109808 46.15.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109809 46.15.8!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109815 46.15.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109837 46.15.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109839 46.15.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109845 46.15.10!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
109852 46.15.10!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109856 46.15.10!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109862 46.15.10!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109873 46.15.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109875 46.15.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109879 46.15.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109880 46.15.11!7Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109885 46.15.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109887 46.15.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109890 46.15.12!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
109898 46.15.12!13Inline annotations -
Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
109902 46.15.12!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109905 46.15.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
109907 46.15.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
109909 46.15.13!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
109913 46.15.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109916 46.15.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
109918 46.15.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
109922 46.15.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109929 46.15.14!12Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109957 46.15.15!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109961 46.15.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109963 46.15.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109968 46.15.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109971 46.15.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
109973 46.15.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
109977 46.15.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109982 46.15.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
109990 46.15.18!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
109995 46.15.18!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
109997 46.15.19!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
109998 46.15.19!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110006 46.15.19!10Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
110008 46.15.19!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110013 46.15.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110015 46.15.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110020 46.15.20!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
110024 46.15.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110026 46.15.21!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110028 46.15.21!5Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110031 46.15.21!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110036 46.15.22!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110038 46.15.22!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110042 46.15.22!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
110044 46.15.22!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110046 46.15.22!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110050 46.15.22!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110052 46.15.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110059 46.15.23!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110062 46.15.23!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110109 46.15.26!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110115 46.15.27!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110117 46.15.27!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110123 46.15.27!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110125 46.15.27!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110127 46.15.27!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110132 46.15.27!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110139 46.15.28!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110141 46.15.28!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110146 46.15.28!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110147 46.15.28!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110176 46.15.29!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110177 46.15.29!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110190 46.15.30!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110195 46.15.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110214 46.15.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110215 46.15.32!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110226 46.15.32!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110228 46.15.32!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
110231 46.15.32!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110235 46.15.32!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110237 46.15.32!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110245 46.15.33!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
110254 46.15.34!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110256 46.15.34!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110260 46.15.34!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110269 46.15.35!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110274 46.15.35!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110276 46.15.35!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110281 46.15.36!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110282 46.15.36!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110292 46.15.37!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
110296 46.15.37!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110312 46.15.38!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110314 46.15.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110322 46.15.38!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110332 46.15.39!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110336 46.15.39!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110340 46.15.39!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110345 46.15.39!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110350 46.15.39!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110363 46.15.40!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110366 46.15.40!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110370 46.15.40!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110376 46.15.41!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110381 46.15.41!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110386 46.15.41!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110390 46.15.41!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110392 46.15.41!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110397 46.15.42!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110436 46.15.44!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110445 46.15.45!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110449 46.15.45!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110451 46.15.45!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110452 46.15.45!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
110454 46.15.45!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
110458 46.15.45!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110459 46.15.45!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110467 46.15.46!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110474 46.15.46!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110478 46.15.47!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110479 46.15.47!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110485 46.15.47!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110486 46.15.47!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110491 46.15.48!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110495 46.15.48!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
110501 46.15.48!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110505 46.15.48!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
110511 46.15.49!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110525 46.15.50!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110532 46.15.50!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110535 46.15.50!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110542 46.15.50!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110544 46.15.50!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110548 46.15.51!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
110549 46.15.51!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110553 46.15.51!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
110554 46.15.51!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110556 46.15.51!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
110563 46.15.52!3Appositive - Appositive
110576 46.15.52!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110582 46.15.52!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110587 46.15.53!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
110593 46.15.53!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
110599 46.15.54!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
110601 46.15.54!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
110607 46.15.54!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
110613 46.15.54!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110620 46.15.54!20OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
110626 46.15.55!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
110627 46.15.55!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
110631 46.15.55!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
110634 46.15.55!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
110635 46.15.55!7Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
110638 46.15.55!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
110641 46.15.56!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110643 46.15.56!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110649 46.15.56!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110651 46.15.56!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110657 46.15.57!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110659 46.15.57!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110661 46.15.57!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
110680 46.15.58!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110683 46.15.58!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
110691 46.15.58!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
110695 46.15.58!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110704 46.16.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110706 46.16.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110713 46.16.1!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110720 46.16.1!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110721 46.16.1!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110725 46.16.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110728 46.16.2!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110730 46.16.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110741 46.16.2!16Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110743 46.16.2!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110744 46.16.2!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110747 46.16.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110749 46.16.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110751 46.16.3!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
110754 46.16.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110757 46.16.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110766 46.16.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110768 46.16.4!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110771 46.16.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
110774 46.16.4!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110784 46.16.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110787 46.16.5!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
110789 46.16.5!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110794 46.16.6!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110801 46.16.6!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110802 46.16.6!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110812 46.16.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110813 46.16.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110819 46.16.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110828 46.16.7!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110838 46.16.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110842 46.16.9!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
110850 46.16.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110852 46.16.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
110857 46.16.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110862 46.16.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110864 46.16.10!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110871 46.16.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110874 46.16.11!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
110894 46.16.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110896 46.16.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110900 46.16.12!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110912 46.16.12!17Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110936 46.16.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110938 46.16.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110959 46.16.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
110967 46.16.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110970 46.16.16!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
110991 46.16.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
110994 46.16.17!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
110995 46.16.17!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
111008 46.16.18!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111023 46.16.19!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
111028 46.16.19!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
111037 46.16.20!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
111050 46.16.21!6Appositive - Appositive
111052 46.16.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111053 46.16.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111065 46.16.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111073 46.16.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111085 47.1.1!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111093 47.1.1!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111107 47.1.1!23Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111117 47.1.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
111139 47.1.3!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111177 47.1.5!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111186 47.1.5!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111187 47.1.5!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111196 47.1.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111198 47.1.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111202 47.1.6!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
111207 47.1.6!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111212 47.1.6!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
111222 47.1.6!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111227 47.1.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111236 47.1.7!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111237 47.1.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111239 47.1.7!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
111242 47.1.7!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111266 47.1.8!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111280 47.1.9!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
111281 47.1.9!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111283 47.1.9!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111291 47.1.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111293 47.1.9!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
111299 47.1.9!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111305 47.1.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111306 47.1.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
111330 47.1.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111333 47.1.11!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111337 47.1.11!16Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111346 47.1.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111348 47.1.12!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111351 47.1.12!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
111358 47.1.12!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111365 47.1.12!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111387 47.1.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111390 47.1.13!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
111401 47.1.13!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111413 47.1.14!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111417 47.1.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111429 47.1.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111433 47.1.15!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111439 47.1.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111444 47.1.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111452 47.1.16!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111458 47.1.16!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111465 47.1.17!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
111470 47.1.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111475 47.1.17!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111477 47.1.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111493 47.1.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111498 47.1.18!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111510 47.1.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111514 47.1.19!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111515 47.1.19!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111517 47.1.19!8Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111520 47.1.19!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
111524 47.1.19!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
111538 47.1.19!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111543 47.1.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111545 47.1.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111555 47.1.20!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111563 47.1.20!19Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111568 47.1.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111579 47.1.22!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111594 47.1.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111596 47.1.23!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111606 47.1.23!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111616 47.1.24!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
111621 47.1.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111623 47.1.24!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
111630 47.1.24!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
111635 47.2.1!4Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
111637 47.2.1!5Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
111640 47.2.1!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111646 47.2.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111648 47.2.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111666 47.2.3!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111671 47.2.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111684 47.2.3!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111687 47.2.3!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111691 47.2.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111693 47.2.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111709 47.2.4!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111713 47.2.4!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
111719 47.2.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111721 47.2.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111722 47.2.5!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
111725 47.2.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111734 47.2.5!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
111737 47.2.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111738 47.2.6!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111740 47.2.6!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111752 47.2.7!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
111758 47.2.7!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111762 47.2.7!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
111773 47.2.9!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111785 47.2.9!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111790 47.2.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111792 47.2.10!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111793 47.2.10!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
111797 47.2.10!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
111799 47.2.10!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111803 47.2.10!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
111804 47.2.10!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
111807 47.2.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111822 47.2.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111838 47.2.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111855 47.2.13!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111866 47.2.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111868 47.2.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111870 47.2.14!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
111871 47.2.14!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
111878 47.2.14!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
111891 47.2.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111892 47.2.15!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
111909 47.2.16!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
111917 47.2.16!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
111921 47.2.16!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
111939 47.2.17!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111944 47.2.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111947 47.2.17!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111949 47.2.17!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
111956 47.3.1!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
111963 47.3.1!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
111971 47.3.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
111974 47.3.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112017 47.3.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112019 47.3.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112030 47.3.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112041 47.3.5!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112061 47.3.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112063 47.3.6!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112064 47.3.6!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112066 47.3.6!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112068 47.3.6!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112069 47.3.6!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112072 47.3.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112074 47.3.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112078 47.3.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112097 47.3.7!25Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
112109 47.3.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112117 47.3.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112119 47.3.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112125 47.3.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112140 47.3.10!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112146 47.3.10!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112149 47.3.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112151 47.3.11!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112156 47.3.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112165 47.3.12!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112167 47.3.12!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112174 47.3.13!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
112201 47.3.14!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112203 47.3.14!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112206 47.3.14!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
112209 47.3.14!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112213 47.3.14!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112220 47.3.14!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112225 47.3.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112227 47.3.15!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112231 47.3.15!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112232 47.3.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112238 47.3.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112240 47.3.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112249 47.3.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112251 47.3.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112252 47.3.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112256 47.3.17!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112258 47.3.17!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112264 47.3.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112266 47.3.18!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112267 47.3.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112272 47.3.18!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112273 47.3.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112287 47.4.1!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112291 47.4.1!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112319 47.4.2!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112333 47.4.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112335 47.4.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112342 47.4.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112350 47.4.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112381 47.4.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112383 47.4.5!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
112388 47.4.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112396 47.4.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112398 47.4.6!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
112401 47.4.6!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112403 47.4.6!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112427 47.4.7!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112435 47.4.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112447 47.4.8!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
112449 47.4.8!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112470 47.4.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112481 47.4.10!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112493 47.4.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112496 47.4.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112504 47.4.11!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112516 47.4.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112518 47.4.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112522 47.4.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112524 47.4.12!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112540 47.4.13!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
112545 47.4.13!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112555 47.4.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112560 47.4.14!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112570 47.4.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112572 47.4.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112577 47.4.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112583 47.4.15!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112598 47.4.16!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112600 47.4.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112601 47.4.16!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112604 47.4.16!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112607 47.4.16!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112608 47.4.16!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112615 47.4.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112617 47.4.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112622 47.4.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112626 47.4.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112642 47.4.18!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112644 47.4.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112647 47.4.18!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112649 47.4.18!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112656 47.5.1!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112657 47.5.1!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112658 47.5.1!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112663 47.5.1!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112665 47.5.1!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112669 47.5.1!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
112678 47.5.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112680 47.5.2!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112688 47.5.2!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
112696 47.5.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112701 47.5.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112724 47.5.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112726 47.5.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112728 47.5.5!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
112733 47.5.5!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
112756 47.5.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112761 47.5.7!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
112789 47.5.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112793 47.5.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112795 47.5.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112797 47.5.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112816 47.5.10!22Appositive - Appositive
112827 47.5.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112830 47.5.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112836 47.5.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112845 47.5.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112850 47.5.12!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112853 47.5.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
112861 47.5.12!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112864 47.5.12!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
112869 47.5.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112871 47.5.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112875 47.5.13!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112880 47.5.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112882 47.5.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112889 47.5.14!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
112891 47.5.14!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112892 47.5.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112897 47.5.14!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112902 47.5.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112906 47.5.15!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112908 47.5.15!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112911 47.5.15!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
112915 47.5.15!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
112920 47.5.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112921 47.5.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112924 47.5.16!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
112929 47.5.16!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112934 47.5.16!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
112937 47.5.16!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112942 47.5.17!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
112947 47.5.17!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
112950 47.5.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112954 47.5.17!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
112958 47.5.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112960 47.5.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
112964 47.5.18!7Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
112980 47.5.19!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
112984 47.5.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113007 47.5.20!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113008 47.5.20!5Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113019 47.5.20!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
113023 47.5.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113027 47.5.21!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113030 47.5.21!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113033 47.5.21!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113045 47.6.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113057 47.6.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
113061 47.6.2!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113062 47.6.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113068 47.6.2!13Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
113069 47.6.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113073 47.6.2!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
113074 47.6.2!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113078 47.6.3!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113079 47.6.3!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113091 47.6.4!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113096 47.6.4!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113191 47.6.9!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
113192 47.6.9!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113208 47.6.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113213 47.6.10!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113216 47.6.10!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113219 47.6.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113228 47.6.11!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113245 47.6.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
113247 47.6.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
113250 47.6.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113299 47.6.16!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
113301 47.6.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113304 47.6.16!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113310 47.6.16!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
113311 47.6.16!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113317 47.6.16!24OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113322 47.6.16!28OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113323 47.6.16!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113325 47.6.16!31Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
113329 47.6.17!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113334 47.6.17!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113340 47.6.17!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
113341 47.6.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113345 47.6.17!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113350 47.6.18!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113352 47.6.18!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113355 47.6.18!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113356 47.6.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113358 47.6.18!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
113368 47.7.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113371 47.7.1!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113394 47.7.2!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113395 47.7.2!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113397 47.7.2!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113398 47.7.2!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113400 47.7.2!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113401 47.7.2!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113403 47.7.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113411 47.7.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113422 47.7.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113424 47.7.4!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113428 47.7.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113430 47.7.4!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113454 47.7.5!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113456 47.7.5!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113462 47.7.5!14Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113466 47.7.5!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113469 47.7.5!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113473 47.7.6!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
113508 47.7.7!21Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
113512 47.7.7!24Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
113516 47.7.7!27Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
113521 47.7.7!31Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113526 47.7.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113544 47.7.8!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113547 47.7.8!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113548 47.7.8!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113554 47.7.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113573 47.7.9!16Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
113579 47.7.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113581 47.7.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113584 47.7.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113590 47.7.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113592 47.7.10!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113595 47.7.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113598 47.7.11!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
113600 47.7.11!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
113603 47.7.11!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113606 47.7.11!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113609 47.7.11!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113629 47.7.11!25Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113633 47.7.11!29Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113639 47.7.12!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113670 47.7.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113671 47.7.13!2Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113676 47.7.13!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113679 47.7.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113697 47.7.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113702 47.7.14!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
113708 47.7.14!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113709 47.7.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113710 47.7.14!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113715 47.7.14!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113716 47.7.14!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113727 47.7.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113730 47.7.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113738 47.7.15!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
113741 47.7.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113750 47.7.16!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113775 47.8.2!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113779 47.8.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113786 47.8.2!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113804 47.8.3!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113809 47.8.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113832 47.8.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113849 47.8.6!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113851 47.8.6!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113856 47.8.6!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
113862 47.8.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113863 47.8.7!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113867 47.8.7!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
113884 47.8.7!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113893 47.8.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113897 47.8.8!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113899 47.8.8!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113901 47.8.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113920 47.8.9!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113922 47.8.9!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113923 47.8.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113927 47.8.9!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
113928 47.8.9!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113929 47.8.9!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
113931 47.8.9!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113934 47.8.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113935 47.8.10!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
113939 47.8.10!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
113942 47.8.10!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113945 47.8.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113957 47.8.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113962 47.8.11!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
113965 47.8.11!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113970 47.8.11!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113978 47.8.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113980 47.8.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
113982 47.8.12!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
113984 47.8.12!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
113989 47.8.12!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
113997 47.8.13!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114000 47.8.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114006 47.8.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114008 47.8.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114011 47.8.14!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114015 47.8.14!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114020 47.8.14!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114021 47.8.14!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114026 47.8.14!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114036 47.8.15!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
114042 47.8.15!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
114043 47.8.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114049 47.8.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114053 47.8.16!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
114069 47.8.17!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
114071 47.8.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114074 47.8.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114086 47.8.18!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114108 47.8.19!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114117 47.8.19!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114126 47.8.20!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
114127 47.8.20!3Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
114128 47.8.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114131 47.8.20!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114162 47.8.22!11Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
114163 47.8.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114166 47.8.22!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114168 47.8.22!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114176 47.8.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114183 47.8.23!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114187 47.8.23!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114197 47.8.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114199 47.8.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114216 47.9.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114219 47.9.1!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114225 47.9.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114238 47.9.2!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114243 47.9.2!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
114249 47.9.2!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114263 47.9.3!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114270 47.9.3!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114276 47.9.3!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114278 47.9.3!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114283 47.9.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114300 47.9.4!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114305 47.9.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114322 47.9.5!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
114323 47.9.5!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114334 47.9.6!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114337 47.9.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114341 47.9.6!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
114345 47.9.6!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114351 47.9.6!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
114354 47.9.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114367 47.9.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114369 47.9.7!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114376 47.9.8!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
114378 47.9.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114385 47.9.8!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114387 47.9.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114388 47.9.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114401 47.9.9!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
114407 47.9.9!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114415 47.9.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114417 47.9.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114439 47.9.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114455 47.9.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114457 47.9.12!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114461 47.9.12!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114478 47.9.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114481 47.9.13!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114509 47.9.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114517 47.9.14!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114524 47.9.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114529 47.9.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114533 47.10.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
114535 47.10.1!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
114548 47.10.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114555 47.10.1!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114565 47.10.2!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114578 47.10.2!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114582 47.10.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114587 47.10.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114591 47.10.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114593 47.10.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114607 47.10.4!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114610 47.10.5!2Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
114630 47.10.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114639 47.10.6!10Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
114643 47.10.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114648 47.10.7!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114649 47.10.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114652 47.10.7!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114655 47.10.7!11Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114661 47.10.7!17Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
114662 47.10.7!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114664 47.10.7!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114668 47.10.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114671 47.10.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114679 47.10.8!11Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
114706 47.10.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
114712 47.10.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
114716 47.10.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
114718 47.10.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114723 47.10.10!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114727 47.10.11!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114729 47.10.11!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
114733 47.10.11!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
114739 47.10.11!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
114741 47.10.11!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
114756 47.10.12!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114760 47.10.12!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114761 47.10.12!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114772 47.10.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114775 47.10.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114780 47.10.13!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
114800 47.10.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114808 47.10.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114810 47.10.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114820 47.10.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114825 47.10.15!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114828 47.10.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114835 47.10.15!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114842 47.10.15!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
114845 47.10.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114852 47.10.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114860 47.10.17!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114862 47.10.17!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114863 47.10.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114867 47.10.18!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
114869 47.10.18!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
114870 47.10.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114873 47.10.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114877 47.10.18!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
114879 47.10.18!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114898 47.11.2!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114906 47.11.2!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
114917 47.11.3!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114918 47.11.3!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
114942 47.11.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114945 47.11.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114947 47.11.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114950 47.11.4!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
114955 47.11.4!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
114958 47.11.4!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
114974 47.11.5!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
114980 47.11.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114982 47.11.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
114993 47.11.6!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115003 47.11.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115006 47.11.7!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115008 47.11.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115009 47.11.7!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115012 47.11.7!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115016 47.11.7!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
115020 47.11.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115028 47.11.8!9Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
115040 47.11.9!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115042 47.11.9!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115052 47.11.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115057 47.11.9!26Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115067 47.11.10!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
115088 47.11.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115092 47.11.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115094 47.11.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115107 47.11.12!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115115 47.11.13!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
115117 47.11.13!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
115132 47.11.14!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
115134 47.11.14!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
115145 47.11.15!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115155 47.11.15!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115167 47.11.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115170 47.11.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115173 47.11.16!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115175 47.11.16!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115178 47.11.16!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115185 47.11.16!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115190 47.11.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115193 47.11.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115202 47.11.17!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115209 47.11.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115210 47.11.18!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
115215 47.11.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115218 47.11.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115223 47.11.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115229 47.11.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115231 47.11.20!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
115234 47.11.20!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115238 47.11.20!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115242 47.11.20!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115246 47.11.20!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115247 47.11.20!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115252 47.11.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115259 47.11.21!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115261 47.11.21!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
115266 47.11.21!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
115268 47.11.21!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115275 47.11.22!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115280 47.11.22!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115285 47.11.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115291 47.11.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115295 47.11.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115317 47.11.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115319 47.11.24!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115320 47.11.24!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115325 47.11.25!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
115326 47.11.25!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115329 47.11.25!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115332 47.11.25!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115334 47.11.25!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115395 47.11.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115423 47.11.29!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115426 47.11.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115428 47.11.30!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
115430 47.11.30!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115436 47.11.31!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115445 47.11.31!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
115456 47.11.32!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115458 47.11.32!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115471 47.11.33!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115473 47.11.33!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115486 47.12.1!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115508 47.12.2!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115521 47.12.2!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115526 47.12.2!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115534 47.12.3!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115538 47.12.3!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115548 47.12.3!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115570 47.12.5!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115575 47.12.5!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115583 47.12.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115585 47.12.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115592 47.12.6!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115600 47.12.6!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115601 47.12.6!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115621 47.12.7!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115631 47.12.7!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
115636 47.12.7!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115638 47.12.7!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
115642 47.12.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115644 47.12.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115654 47.12.9!2Historical Perfect - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
115657 47.12.9!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
115663 47.12.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115665 47.12.9!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115666 47.12.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115670 47.12.9!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115707 47.12.10!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115709 47.12.10!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115711 47.12.10!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115712 47.12.10!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115718 47.12.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115720 47.12.11!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115722 47.12.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115727 47.12.11!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115729 47.12.11!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
115737 47.12.11!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115738 47.12.11!20Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
115739 47.12.11!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115741 47.12.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115743 47.12.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115753 47.12.12!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
115773 47.12.13!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
115781 47.12.13!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115785 47.12.14!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
115786 47.12.14!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115787 47.12.14!3Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115788 47.12.14!4Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
115811 47.12.14!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115816 47.12.14!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115821 47.12.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115823 47.12.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115832 47.12.15!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
115833 47.12.15!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
115837 47.12.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115843 47.12.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115851 47.12.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115856 47.12.17!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
115862 47.12.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115880 47.12.18!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115894 47.12.19!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
115896 47.12.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115898 47.12.19!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115902 47.12.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115904 47.12.19!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115911 47.12.19!18Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
115919 47.12.20!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115924 47.12.20!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
115979 47.13.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
115980 47.13.1!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
115985 47.13.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
116011 47.13.2!16Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
116014 47.13.2!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116023 47.13.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116026 47.13.3!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116034 47.13.3!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116053 47.13.4!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116055 47.13.4!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116071 47.13.5!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116079 47.13.5!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116086 47.13.5!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116093 47.13.5!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116101 47.13.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116119 47.13.7!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116120 47.13.7!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116125 47.13.7!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116126 47.13.7!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116130 47.13.7!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116132 47.13.7!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116152 47.13.9!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116153 47.13.9!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116155 47.13.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116157 47.13.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116160 47.13.9!10Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116164 47.13.9!13Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
116166 47.13.9!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
116168 47.13.10!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116170 47.13.10!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
116171 47.13.10!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116183 47.13.10!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116195 47.13.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116205 47.13.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116212 47.13.11!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116232 47.13.12!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
116234 47.13.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116272 48.1.1!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
116290 48.1.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116292 48.1.3!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
116303 48.1.4!1Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
116341 48.1.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116351 48.1.6!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
116352 48.1.6!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116362 48.1.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116364 48.1.7!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
116376 48.1.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116378 48.1.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116390 48.1.8!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116393 48.1.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116401 48.1.9!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116402 48.1.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116409 48.1.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116413 48.1.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116415 48.1.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116417 48.1.10!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
116423 48.1.10!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116426 48.1.10!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
116428 48.1.10!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116431 48.1.10!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116457 48.1.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116458 48.1.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116484 48.1.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116508 48.1.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116511 48.1.14!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
116512 48.1.14!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116516 48.1.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116518 48.1.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116521 48.1.15!6Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
116558 48.1.17!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
116560 48.1.17!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116577 48.1.18!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116593 48.1.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116595 48.1.19!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116608 48.1.20!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
116610 48.1.20!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
116613 48.1.20!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
116618 48.1.20!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116645 48.1.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116647 48.1.23!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116650 48.1.23!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
116654 48.1.23!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116660 48.1.23!16Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
116670 48.2.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116707 48.2.2!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116714 48.2.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116716 48.2.3!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
116720 48.2.3!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116726 48.2.4!1Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116746 48.2.4!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116748 48.2.5!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116757 48.2.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116765 48.2.6!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
116767 48.2.6!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
116772 48.2.6!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116775 48.2.6!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116779 48.2.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116782 48.2.6!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
116786 48.2.6!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116788 48.2.6!21Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116790 48.2.6!23Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
116803 48.2.7!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116807 48.2.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116809 48.2.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116836 48.2.9!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
116838 48.2.9!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116841 48.2.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116846 48.2.9!22Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
116849 48.2.9!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116854 48.2.9!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116861 48.2.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116869 48.2.10!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116873 48.2.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116875 48.2.11!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116880 48.2.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116886 48.2.11!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116889 48.2.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116892 48.2.12!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116899 48.2.12!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
116901 48.2.12!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116903 48.2.12!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116924 48.2.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
116927 48.2.13!12Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
116932 48.2.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116949 48.2.14!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
116950 48.2.14!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116951 48.2.14!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116953 48.2.14!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116960 48.2.14!27Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
116966 48.2.15!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
116967 48.2.15!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
116971 48.2.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
116984 48.2.16!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117010 48.2.16!33Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117013 48.2.16!36OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
117018 48.2.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117020 48.2.17!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117030 48.2.17!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117032 48.2.17!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
117037 48.2.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117039 48.2.18!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117041 48.2.18!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
117043 48.2.18!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117045 48.2.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117049 48.2.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117053 48.2.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117054 48.2.19!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117056 48.2.19!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117057 48.2.19!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117059 48.2.19!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117064 48.2.20!3DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
117073 48.2.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117075 48.2.20!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117080 48.2.20!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117083 48.2.20!19Appositive - Appositive
117088 48.2.20!24Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
117104 48.2.21!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117106 48.2.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117111 48.2.21!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117112 48.2.21!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117119 48.3.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117126 48.3.1!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117131 48.3.2!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117138 48.3.2!7Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117144 48.3.2!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
117149 48.3.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117155 48.3.3!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117156 48.3.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117159 48.3.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117168 48.3.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117170 48.3.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117187 48.3.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117188 48.3.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117189 48.3.6!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
117203 48.3.7!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
117207 48.3.7!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
117208 48.3.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117210 48.3.7!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
117217 48.3.8!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117222 48.3.8!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
117228 48.3.8!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
117236 48.3.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117242 48.3.9!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117246 48.3.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117248 48.3.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117252 48.3.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117259 48.3.10!13Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117278 48.3.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117280 48.3.11!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
117288 48.3.11!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117290 48.3.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117294 48.3.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117296 48.3.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117304 48.3.12!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117306 48.3.12!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
117307 48.3.12!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
117311 48.3.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117312 48.3.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117327 48.3.13!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117335 48.3.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117338 48.3.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117348 48.3.14!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117360 48.3.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117364 48.3.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117365 48.3.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117368 48.3.15!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
117373 48.3.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117375 48.3.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117379 48.3.16!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
117387 48.3.16!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117400 48.3.16!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117409 48.3.17!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117413 48.3.17!4Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117419 48.3.17!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117426 48.3.17!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117435 48.3.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117437 48.3.18!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117446 48.3.18!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117448 48.3.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117449 48.3.18!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117460 48.3.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117471 48.3.19!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
117476 48.3.19!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
117480 48.3.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117482 48.3.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117483 48.3.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117487 48.3.20!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117489 48.3.20!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117491 48.3.20!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117493 48.3.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117495 48.3.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117505 48.3.21!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117507 48.3.21!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117513 48.3.21!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117530 48.3.22!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117532 48.3.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117540 48.3.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117543 48.3.23!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117546 48.3.23!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117552 48.3.23!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117554 48.3.23!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
117557 48.3.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117559 48.3.24!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117566 48.3.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117574 48.3.25!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117579 48.3.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117581 48.3.26!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117591 48.3.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117593 48.3.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117595 48.3.27!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
117598 48.3.27!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117618 48.3.28!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117620 48.3.28!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117621 48.3.28!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117627 48.3.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
117629 48.3.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
117633 48.3.29!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117638 48.3.29!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
117640 48.3.29!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
117645 48.4.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117648 48.4.1!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117650 48.4.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117653 48.4.1!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
117656 48.4.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117661 48.4.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117664 48.4.2!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
117672 48.4.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117673 48.4.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117676 48.4.3!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117680 48.4.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117688 48.4.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117690 48.4.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117715 48.4.5!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117718 48.4.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117722 48.4.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117724 48.4.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117742 48.4.6!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
117753 48.4.7!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
117755 48.4.7!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
117763 48.4.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117775 48.4.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117791 48.4.9!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117797 48.4.9!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117802 48.4.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117804 48.4.10!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
117815 48.4.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117826 48.4.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117835 48.4.12!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117842 48.4.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117852 48.4.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117865 48.4.14!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117871 48.4.14!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
117885 48.4.15!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
117887 48.4.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117895 48.4.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117907 48.4.17!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117912 48.4.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117920 48.4.18!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
117937 48.4.19!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
117967 48.4.21!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
117974 48.4.21!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
117980 48.4.22!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117981 48.4.22!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
117985 48.4.22!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
117990 48.4.22!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117996 48.4.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
117998 48.4.23!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118001 48.4.23!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118005 48.4.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118007 48.4.23!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118017 48.4.24!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
118023 48.4.24!9Appositive - Appositive
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118029 48.4.24!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118037 48.4.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118039 48.4.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118040 48.4.25!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118041 48.4.25!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118050 48.4.25!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118060 48.4.26!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118062 48.4.26!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118064 48.4.26!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118075 48.4.27!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
118082 48.4.27!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
118090 48.4.27!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
118091 48.4.27!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118103 48.4.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118108 48.4.28!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118115 48.4.29!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118117 48.4.29!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118118 48.4.29!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118126 48.4.29!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118136 48.4.30!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
118164 48.4.31!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118167 48.4.31!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118170 48.5.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118180 48.5.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118181 48.5.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118185 48.5.2!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
118186 48.5.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118187 48.5.2!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
118191 48.5.2!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118193 48.5.2!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118194 48.5.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118195 48.5.2!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
118205 48.5.3!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118207 48.5.3!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118216 48.5.4!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118220 48.5.4!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
118222 48.5.4!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118224 48.5.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118226 48.5.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118227 48.5.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118233 48.5.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118235 48.5.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118237 48.5.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118241 48.5.6!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118246 48.5.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118252 48.5.7!2Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
118254 48.5.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118259 48.5.7!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118262 48.5.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118270 48.5.9!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118272 48.5.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118277 48.5.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118284 48.5.10!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
118288 48.5.10!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118290 48.5.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118300 48.5.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118305 48.5.11!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118306 48.5.11!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118329 48.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118331 48.5.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118347 48.5.13!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118353 48.5.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118355 48.5.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118357 48.5.14!5Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118358 48.5.14!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118362 48.5.14!9Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
118365 48.5.14!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
118372 48.5.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118374 48.5.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118375 48.5.15!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
118383 48.5.15!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118388 48.5.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118391 48.5.16!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118397 48.5.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118399 48.5.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118405 48.5.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118407 48.5.17!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118412 48.5.17!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
118415 48.5.17!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118419 48.5.17!20Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
118422 48.5.17!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118425 48.5.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118427 48.5.18!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118435 48.5.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118476 48.5.21!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
118486 48.5.21!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118487 48.5.21!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118490 48.5.21!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118496 48.5.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118498 48.5.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118520 48.5.23!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
118527 48.5.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118529 48.5.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118532 48.5.24!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118542 48.5.25!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118547 48.5.25!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118555 48.5.26!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118558 48.5.26!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118562 48.6.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118570 48.6.1!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118574 48.6.1!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
118584 48.6.1!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118588 48.6.2!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118594 48.6.2!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118601 48.6.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118603 48.6.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118607 48.6.3!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
118613 48.6.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118615 48.6.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118621 48.6.4!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118622 48.6.4!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118628 48.6.4!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118634 48.6.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118636 48.6.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118657 48.6.7!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118661 48.6.7!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
118663 48.6.7!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
118667 48.6.7!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
118668 48.6.7!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118672 48.6.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118678 48.6.8!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118684 48.6.8!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118686 48.6.8!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118690 48.6.8!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118697 48.6.9!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118699 48.6.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118704 48.6.9!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118706 48.6.9!9Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118713 48.6.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118714 48.6.10!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
118731 48.6.11!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
118732 48.6.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118734 48.6.11!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118740 48.6.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
118746 48.6.12!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118753 48.6.12!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
118757 48.6.12!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
118760 48.6.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118762 48.6.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118773 48.6.13!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118779 48.6.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118797 48.6.14!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118798 48.6.14!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118800 48.6.14!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118803 48.6.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118805 48.6.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118808 48.6.15!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118816 48.6.16!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
118817 48.6.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
118822 48.6.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118825 48.6.16!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118828 48.6.16!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
118835 48.6.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
118837 48.6.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118839 48.6.17!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
118842 48.6.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118844 48.6.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118854 48.6.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
118891 49.1.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
118893 49.1.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
118915 49.1.3!11Appositive - Appositive
118987 49.1.7!10Appositive - Appositive
119037 49.1.10!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
119047 49.1.10!22Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
119076 49.1.12!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
119084 49.1.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119092 49.1.13!10Appositive - Appositive
119122 49.1.14!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
119128 49.1.15!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
119130 49.1.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119136 49.1.15!8Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
119155 49.1.16!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
119163 49.1.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119171 49.1.17!9Appositive - Appositive
119226 49.1.19!11Appositive - Appositive
119280 49.1.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119288 49.1.22!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119302 49.1.23!6Appositive - Appositive
119309 49.1.23!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
119312 49.2.1!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119324 49.2.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119344 49.2.2!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119354 49.2.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119356 49.2.3!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
119379 49.2.3!26Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119387 49.2.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119388 49.2.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119390 49.2.4!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
119393 49.2.4!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119412 49.2.5!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119434 49.2.7!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
119448 49.2.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119450 49.2.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119457 49.2.8!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
119462 49.2.8!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
119473 49.2.9!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
119475 49.2.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119478 49.2.10!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
119494 49.2.10!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
119499 49.2.11!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119500 49.2.11!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
119506 49.2.11!10Appositive - Appositive
119515 49.2.11!19Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
119537 49.2.12!19Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
119546 49.2.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119548 49.2.13!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119551 49.2.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119564 49.2.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119577 49.2.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119583 49.2.14!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
119590 49.2.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119599 49.2.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119620 49.2.16!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
119642 49.2.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119691 49.2.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119693 49.2.21!5Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
119713 49.3.1!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
119715 49.3.1!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
119717 49.3.1!5Appositive - Appositive
119743 49.3.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119770 49.3.5!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119779 49.3.5!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
119827 49.3.8!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119833 49.3.8!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
119837 49.3.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119865 49.3.9!20Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
119881 49.3.10!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
119882 49.3.10!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
119885 49.3.10!19Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
119943 49.3.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119961 49.3.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
119967 49.3.16!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
119969 49.3.16!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
119978 49.3.17!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
119982 49.3.17!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
119985 49.3.17!13Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
120009 49.3.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120025 49.3.20!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
120028 49.3.20!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120032 49.3.20!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
120044 49.3.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120069 49.4.1!5Appositive - Appositive
120073 49.4.1!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120075 49.4.1!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
120137 49.4.6!6Appositive - Appositive
120148 49.4.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120150 49.4.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120166 49.4.8!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
120172 49.4.8!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
120177 49.4.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120179 49.4.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120194 49.4.10!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
120196 49.4.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120212 49.4.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120317 49.4.15!14Appositive - Appositive
120321 49.4.16!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120339 49.4.16!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120350 49.4.17!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120359 49.4.17!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120362 49.4.17!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120372 49.4.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120400 49.4.19!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120407 49.4.19!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
120411 49.4.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120414 49.4.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120422 49.4.21!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
120426 49.4.21!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
120439 49.4.22!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120441 49.4.22!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
120442 49.4.22!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120463 49.4.24!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120466 49.4.24!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120480 49.4.25!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
120490 49.4.25!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
120493 49.4.26!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
120498 49.4.26!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120513 49.4.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120525 49.4.28!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
120532 49.4.28!18Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
120535 49.4.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120543 49.4.29!9Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
120577 49.4.31!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120605 49.4.32!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120608 49.4.32!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120629 49.5.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120648 49.5.3!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120650 49.5.3!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120652 49.5.3!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
120679 49.5.5!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120684 49.5.5!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120706 49.5.6!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120712 49.5.6!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
120737 49.5.8!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
120743 49.5.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120748 49.5.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120750 49.5.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120783 49.5.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120785 49.5.12!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120789 49.5.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120791 49.5.12!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
120794 49.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120796 49.5.13!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120801 49.5.13!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
120803 49.5.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120805 49.5.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120807 49.5.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120813 49.5.14!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
120848 49.5.16!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120850 49.5.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120853 49.5.17!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
120898 49.5.19!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
120912 49.5.20!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
120923 49.5.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120933 49.5.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120939 49.5.23!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120946 49.5.23!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
120952 49.5.24!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
120953 49.5.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120959 49.5.24!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
120960 49.5.24!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120968 49.5.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120977 49.5.25!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
120983 49.5.25!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
120990 49.5.26!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
121003 49.5.27!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
121014 49.5.27!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
121024 49.5.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121038 49.5.28!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121043 49.5.28!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121046 49.5.29!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
121048 49.5.29!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
121052 49.5.29!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
121061 49.5.29!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121068 49.5.30!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121070 49.5.30!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121074 49.5.31!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
121098 49.5.32!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
121101 49.5.32!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121104 49.5.32!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121115 49.5.33!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121121 49.5.33!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121124 49.5.33!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121126 49.5.33!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121129 49.5.33!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121131 49.5.33!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121137 49.6.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121147 49.6.1!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
121152 49.6.2!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
121167 49.6.3!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
121168 49.6.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121179 49.6.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121197 49.6.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121202 49.6.5!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
121214 49.6.5!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
121235 49.6.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121248 49.6.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121249 49.6.8!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121250 49.6.8!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
121252 49.6.8!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121254 49.6.8!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
121257 49.6.8!11Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121268 49.6.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121280 49.6.9!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121291 49.6.9!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121297 49.6.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121362 49.6.13!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
121379 49.6.13!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121410 49.6.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121421 49.6.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121431 49.6.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121437 49.6.17!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121448 49.6.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121458 49.6.18!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
121462 49.6.18!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121470 49.6.18!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
121480 49.6.19!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121489 49.6.19!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121503 49.6.20!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121505 49.6.20!9Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121513 49.6.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121520 49.6.21!9Appositive - Appositive
121523 49.6.21!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121527 49.6.21!15Appositive - Appositive
121540 49.6.22!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
121542 49.6.22!7Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121558 49.6.23!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121563 49.6.23!9Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121606 50.1.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121608 50.1.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121628 50.1.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121629 50.1.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121637 50.1.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121659 50.1.6!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
121662 50.1.6!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121678 50.1.7!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
121691 50.1.7!17Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121706 50.1.7!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121707 50.1.7!32Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
121714 50.1.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121716 50.1.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121729 50.1.9!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121733 50.1.9!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121736 50.1.9!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121776 50.1.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121784 50.1.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121788 50.1.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121795 50.1.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121798 50.1.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121809 50.1.13!16Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
121812 50.1.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121816 50.1.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121822 50.1.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121824 50.1.14!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121830 50.1.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121832 50.1.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121838 50.1.15!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121840 50.1.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121847 50.1.16!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
121854 50.1.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121860 50.1.17!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
121862 50.1.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121868 50.1.17!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
121872 50.1.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121883 50.1.18!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121886 50.1.18!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121888 50.1.18!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121891 50.1.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121895 50.1.18!14Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
121897 50.1.18!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
121901 50.1.18!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
121906 50.1.19!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
121907 50.1.19!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121929 50.1.20!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
121934 50.1.20!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
121955 50.1.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121957 50.1.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121961 50.1.21!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
121965 50.1.22!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
121967 50.1.22!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
121972 50.1.22!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
121978 50.1.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121989 50.1.23!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
121996 50.1.23!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122005 50.1.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122007 50.1.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122016 50.1.25!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
122035 50.1.26!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122054 50.1.27!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122062 50.1.27!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122067 50.1.27!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122080 50.1.27!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122103 50.1.28!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122108 50.1.28!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
122113 50.1.29!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122124 50.1.29!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122130 50.1.29!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122132 50.1.30!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122136 50.1.30!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122146 50.2.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122147 50.2.1!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122149 50.2.1!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122170 50.2.2!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
122174 50.2.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122178 50.2.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122185 50.2.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122189 50.2.3!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
122199 50.2.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122205 50.2.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122210 50.2.4!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122216 50.2.5!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122227 50.2.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122232 50.2.6!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122241 50.2.7!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122242 50.2.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122246 50.2.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122252 50.2.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122254 50.2.7!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122269 50.2.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122272 50.2.9!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122285 50.2.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122289 50.2.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122292 50.2.10!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122299 50.2.11!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
122303 50.2.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122316 50.2.12!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122317 50.2.12!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122336 50.2.12!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122345 50.2.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122363 50.2.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122392 50.2.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122405 50.2.16!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122411 50.2.16!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122414 50.2.17!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122432 50.2.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122434 50.2.18!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122435 50.2.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122447 50.2.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122448 50.2.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122453 50.2.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122460 50.2.20!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
122465 50.2.20!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122471 50.2.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122474 50.2.21!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122478 50.2.21!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122483 50.2.22!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122485 50.2.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122490 50.2.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122491 50.2.22!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122500 50.2.23!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
122518 50.2.24!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122520 50.2.24!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122523 50.2.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122526 50.2.25!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122549 50.2.26!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122568 50.2.27!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122583 50.2.27!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122588 50.2.28!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122597 50.2.28!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122611 50.2.29!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
122613 50.2.29!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122617 50.2.30!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122638 50.3.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122648 50.3.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122652 50.3.1!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122657 50.3.1!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122674 50.3.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122681 50.3.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122691 50.3.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122696 50.3.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122704 50.3.4!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122705 50.3.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122707 50.3.4!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
122712 50.3.4!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122715 50.3.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122729 50.3.5!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122733 50.3.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122739 50.3.6!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122749 50.3.7!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
122754 50.3.7!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
122759 50.3.7!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
122765 50.3.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122780 50.3.8!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122788 50.3.8!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122797 50.3.9!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122804 50.3.9!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122809 50.3.9!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122851 50.3.12!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122854 50.3.12!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122872 50.3.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122874 50.3.13!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
122881 50.3.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122883 50.3.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122885 50.3.13!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122887 50.3.13!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122890 50.3.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122905 50.3.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122907 50.3.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122909 50.3.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122913 50.3.15!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122914 50.3.15!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122918 50.3.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122926 50.3.16!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
122930 50.3.16!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122934 50.3.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122948 50.3.17!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
122950 50.3.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122958 50.3.18!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
122960 50.3.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
122972 50.3.19!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122977 50.3.19!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122982 50.3.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122990 50.3.19!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
122994 50.3.20!1Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
122996 50.3.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
122998 50.3.20!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123005 50.3.20!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123007 50.3.20!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
123049 50.4.1!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123056 50.4.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123059 50.4.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123061 50.4.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123079 50.4.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123094 50.4.3!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123110 50.4.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123117 50.4.5!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123121 50.4.6!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
123125 50.4.6!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123127 50.4.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123143 50.4.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123163 50.4.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123168 50.4.8!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
123195 50.4.8!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123198 50.4.9!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
123210 50.4.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123214 50.4.9!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123228 50.4.10!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123234 50.4.10!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
123245 50.4.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123249 50.4.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123252 50.4.11!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123266 50.4.12!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123283 50.4.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123294 50.4.14!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
123307 50.4.15!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123312 50.4.15!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123317 50.4.15!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123319 50.4.15!17Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
123333 50.4.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123335 50.4.16!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123385 50.4.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123387 50.4.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123403 50.4.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123405 50.4.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123447 50.4.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123471 51.1.2!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
123475 51.1.2!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
123480 51.1.2!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123482 51.1.2!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
123498 51.1.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123544 51.1.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123582 51.1.7!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
123589 51.1.8!1Appositive - Appositive
123599 51.1.9!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
123601 51.1.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123604 51.1.9!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123613 51.1.9!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
123637 51.1.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123649 51.1.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123664 51.1.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123709 51.1.14!6Appositive - Appositive
123722 51.1.15!8Appositive - Appositive
123727 51.1.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123740 51.1.16!14Appositive - Appositive
123746 51.1.16!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
123755 51.1.16!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123757 51.1.16!29Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123765 51.1.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123770 51.1.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123774 51.1.17!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
123777 51.1.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123790 51.1.18!13Appositive - Appositive
123797 51.1.18!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
123799 51.1.18!21Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123811 51.1.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123831 51.1.20!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
123843 51.1.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
123844 51.1.21!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123857 51.1.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123911 51.1.23!30Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
123915 51.1.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123965 51.1.26!1Appositive - Appositive
123977 51.1.26!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
123994 51.1.27!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
124007 51.1.27!22Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
124013 51.1.28!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124020 51.1.28!9Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
124028 51.1.28!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
124054 51.2.1!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124098 51.2.2!23Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
124103 51.2.3!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124112 51.2.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
124115 51.2.4!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124121 51.2.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124123 51.2.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124129 51.2.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124138 51.2.5!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
124145 51.2.5!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124150 51.2.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124152 51.2.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124161 51.2.6!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
124181 51.2.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124190 51.2.8!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124209 51.2.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124217 51.2.9!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
124223 51.2.10!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
124278 51.2.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124279 51.2.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124304 51.2.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124315 51.2.14!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124342 51.2.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124365 51.2.17!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124367 51.2.17!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124371 51.2.18!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124386 51.2.18!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124403 51.2.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124406 51.2.19!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
124411 51.2.19!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
124420 51.2.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124424 51.2.20!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
124431 51.2.20!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124437 51.2.21!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
124462 51.2.23!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124465 51.2.23!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
124483 51.3.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124485 51.3.1!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124489 51.3.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124494 51.3.1!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124497 51.3.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124503 51.3.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124507 51.3.2!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
124517 51.3.3!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124524 51.3.3!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
124528 51.3.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124531 51.3.4!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
124533 51.3.4!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
124538 51.3.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124555 51.3.5!9Appositive - Appositive
124586 51.3.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124592 51.3.7!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
124595 51.3.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124603 51.3.8!8Appositive - Appositive
124624 51.3.9!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124635 51.3.10!5Appositive - Appositive
124665 51.3.11!15Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124683 51.3.12!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
124700 51.3.13!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124701 51.3.13!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124706 51.3.13!12Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
124707 51.3.13!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124712 51.3.13!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124716 51.3.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
124719 51.3.14!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
124730 51.3.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124749 51.3.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124752 51.3.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124760 51.3.16!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124768 51.3.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124774 51.3.16!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124783 51.3.16!28DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
124787 51.3.17!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
124811 51.3.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124823 51.3.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124835 51.3.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124844 51.3.20!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
124846 51.3.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124851 51.3.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124864 51.3.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124870 51.3.22!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
124871 51.3.22!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
124891 51.3.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124895 51.3.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124908 51.3.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124916 51.3.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124921 51.3.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124923 51.3.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124933 51.4.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124936 51.4.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124947 51.4.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
124956 51.4.2!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
124971 51.4.3!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
124998 51.4.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125007 51.4.5!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
125009 51.4.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125016 51.4.6!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125025 51.4.6!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
125027 51.4.7!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125034 51.4.7!8Appositive - Appositive
125049 51.4.8!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
125076 51.4.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125079 51.4.9!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
125100 51.4.10!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
125113 51.4.11!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
125118 51.4.11!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
125135 51.4.12!4Appositive - Appositive
125143 51.4.12!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125192 51.4.15!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125199 51.4.15!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125205 51.4.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
125214 51.4.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125217 51.4.16!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125222 51.4.16!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125226 51.4.16!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125234 51.4.17!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
125244 51.4.17!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
125249 51.4.18!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125251 51.4.18!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
125254 51.4.18!8Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
125280 52.1.1!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125282 52.1.1!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
125292 52.1.2!8Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
125299 52.1.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125301 52.1.3!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
125336 52.1.4!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125341 52.1.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125374 52.1.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125375 52.1.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125378 52.1.6!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
125388 52.1.6!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125408 52.1.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125427 52.1.8!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125441 52.1.8!32Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
125447 52.1.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125464 52.1.9!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125488 52.1.10!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
125498 52.2.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
125512 52.2.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125521 52.2.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125539 52.2.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125541 52.2.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125554 52.2.4!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
125562 52.2.4!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
125563 52.2.4!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
125567 52.2.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125571 52.2.4!18Appositive - Appositive
125579 52.2.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
125580 52.2.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125593 52.2.5!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125597 52.2.6!2Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125602 52.2.6!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
125610 52.2.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125614 52.2.7!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125626 52.2.7!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125632 52.2.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
125651 52.2.8!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125661 52.2.9!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125668 52.2.9!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125686 52.2.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125688 52.2.10!3Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
125692 52.2.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125727 52.2.12!14Appositive - Appositive
125738 52.2.13!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125741 52.2.13!5Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125763 52.2.13!26DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125774 52.2.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125776 52.2.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125781 52.2.14!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
125795 52.2.14!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125811 52.2.15!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
125815 52.2.15!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
125820 52.2.15!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125824 52.2.15!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125829 52.2.15!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125835 52.2.16!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125844 52.2.16!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
125858 52.2.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125870 52.2.17!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125874 52.2.17!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125876 52.2.17!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125890 52.2.18!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
125892 52.2.18!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
125906 52.2.19!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
125924 52.2.19!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
125926 52.2.19!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
125929 52.2.20!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
125952 52.3.2!4Appositive - Appositive
125976 52.3.3!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
125978 52.3.3!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
125983 52.3.3!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
125987 52.3.3!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
125989 52.3.3!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
125991 52.3.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
125993 52.3.4!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
125994 52.3.4!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
126010 52.3.5!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
126012 52.3.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126030 52.3.5!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126038 52.3.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126040 52.3.6!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
126044 52.3.6!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126061 52.3.6!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
126062 52.3.6!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126064 52.3.6!26Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
126065 52.3.6!27Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126071 52.3.7!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
126077 52.3.7!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126086 52.3.7!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126088 52.3.7!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
126092 52.3.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126093 52.3.8!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126095 52.3.8!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126104 52.3.9!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126122 52.3.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126125 52.3.10!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126130 52.3.10!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
126141 52.3.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126143 52.3.11!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126145 52.3.11!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126160 52.3.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126162 52.3.12!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126184 52.3.13!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
126210 52.4.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126224 52.4.1!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126256 52.4.3!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126263 52.4.3!7Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
126276 52.4.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126307 52.4.6!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126312 52.4.6!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
126314 52.4.6!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
126338 52.4.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126341 52.4.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126346 52.4.8!10Appositive - Appositive
126357 52.4.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126359 52.4.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126362 52.4.9!6Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
126367 52.4.9!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126369 52.4.9!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126370 52.4.9!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126416 52.4.11!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126425 52.4.12!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
126426 52.4.12!9Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
126437 52.4.13!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126453 52.4.14!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126455 52.4.14!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126457 52.4.14!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126458 52.4.14!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
126462 52.4.14!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
126464 52.4.14!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126466 52.4.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126475 52.4.15!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126484 52.4.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126501 52.4.16!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126504 52.4.16!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126520 52.4.16!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126528 52.4.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126533 52.4.17!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126539 52.4.17!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126547 52.4.17!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126548 52.4.17!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126549 52.4.17!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126556 52.4.18!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
126561 52.5.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126563 52.5.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126572 52.5.1!10Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
126575 52.5.1!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126577 52.5.2!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126579 52.5.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126582 52.5.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126584 52.5.2!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
126588 52.5.2!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126591 52.5.3!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126594 52.5.3!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
126598 52.5.3!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126599 52.5.3!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126602 52.5.3!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
126607 52.5.3!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
126616 52.5.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126627 52.5.4!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126629 52.5.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126634 52.5.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126636 52.5.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126637 52.5.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126640 52.5.5!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
126663 52.5.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126665 52.5.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126666 52.5.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126670 52.5.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126672 52.5.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126675 52.5.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126677 52.5.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
126687 52.5.8!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126710 52.5.10!1Appositive - Appositive
126715 52.5.10!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
126719 52.5.10!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126763 52.5.13!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
126796 52.5.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126797 52.5.15!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126800 52.5.15!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126804 52.5.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126805 52.5.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126815 52.5.16!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126818 52.5.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126821 52.5.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126825 52.5.18!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126832 52.5.18!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
126835 52.5.19!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
126837 52.5.19!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126840 52.5.20!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
126841 52.5.20!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126844 52.5.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126848 52.5.21!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
126850 52.5.21!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
126852 52.5.22!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126859 52.5.23!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126861 52.5.23!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
126870 52.5.23!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
126880 52.5.23!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126881 52.5.23!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126891 52.5.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126910 52.5.26!4Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
126954 53.1.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126956 53.1.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
126967 53.1.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126978 53.1.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
126998 53.1.4!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127000 53.1.4!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127027 53.1.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127054 53.1.6!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
127056 53.1.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127096 53.1.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127098 53.1.9!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
127134 53.1.10!21Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
127148 53.1.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127152 53.1.11!13Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
127178 53.1.12!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127208 53.2.1!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127216 53.2.2!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127239 53.2.2!26Reported speech. - Reported speech.
127246 53.2.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127267 53.2.3!21Appositive - Appositive
127284 53.2.4!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127285 53.2.4!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127300 53.2.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127304 53.2.5!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
127309 53.2.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127310 53.2.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127320 53.2.6!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127323 53.2.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127325 53.2.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127328 53.2.7!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
127336 53.2.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127341 53.2.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127347 53.2.8!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127390 53.2.10!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127402 53.2.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
127430 53.2.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127501 53.2.16!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127503 53.2.16!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127529 53.2.17!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
127541 53.3.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127547 53.3.1!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
127551 53.3.1!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127568 53.3.2!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127575 53.3.2!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127579 53.3.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127604 53.3.4!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
127609 53.3.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127611 53.3.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127613 53.3.5!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
127646 53.3.6!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127658 53.3.7!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127672 53.3.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127683 53.3.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127702 53.3.9!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127703 53.3.9!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127711 53.3.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127713 53.3.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127718 53.3.10!7Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127723 53.3.10!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127724 53.3.10!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127739 53.3.11!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
127744 53.3.12!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127746 53.3.12!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127755 53.3.12!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127758 53.3.12!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127759 53.3.12!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127763 53.3.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127772 53.3.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127774 53.3.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127784 53.3.14!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127785 53.3.14!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
127796 53.3.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127805 53.3.16!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127807 53.3.16!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
127817 53.3.16!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
127821 53.3.16!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127827 53.3.17!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
127830 53.3.17!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127832 53.3.17!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
127841 53.3.17!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127844 53.3.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127872 54.1.2!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127892 54.1.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
127916 54.1.4!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127926 54.1.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127928 54.1.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127934 54.1.5!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
127944 54.1.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127967 54.1.8!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127971 54.1.8!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127972 54.1.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
127973 54.1.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
127977 54.1.9!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
127980 54.1.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128019 54.1.10!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128021 54.1.10!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128036 54.1.12!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
128041 54.1.12!6Appositive - Appositive
128048 54.1.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128055 54.1.13!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
128056 54.1.13!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128089 54.1.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128092 54.1.15!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128093 54.1.15!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128098 54.1.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128104 54.1.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128108 54.1.15!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128113 54.1.16!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128118 54.1.16!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128120 54.1.16!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128125 54.1.16!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128139 54.1.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128141 54.1.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128163 54.1.18!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128174 54.1.18!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128194 54.1.19!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128199 54.1.19!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128238 54.2.2!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128243 54.2.2!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128254 54.2.3!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
128265 54.2.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128270 54.2.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128285 54.2.5!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
128299 54.2.6!10Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128315 54.2.7!12Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
128332 54.2.8!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128345 54.2.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128364 54.2.10!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
128370 54.2.10!7Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
128374 54.2.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128375 54.2.11!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128382 54.2.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128388 54.2.12!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128397 54.2.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128399 54.2.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128406 54.2.14!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
128410 54.2.14!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128412 54.2.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128414 54.2.14!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128435 54.3.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128439 54.3.1!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128440 54.3.1!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128441 54.3.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128444 54.3.1!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128452 54.3.2!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128455 54.3.2!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128482 54.3.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128488 54.3.4!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128497 54.3.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128499 54.3.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128500 54.3.5!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128508 54.3.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128518 54.3.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128521 54.3.6!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128527 54.3.7!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128530 54.3.7!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128536 54.3.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128539 54.3.7!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128544 54.3.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128552 54.3.8!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128565 54.3.9!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128568 54.3.10!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
128574 54.3.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128576 54.3.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128579 54.3.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128592 54.3.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128594 54.3.12!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128598 54.3.12!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128601 54.3.12!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128606 54.3.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128608 54.3.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128610 54.3.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128612 54.3.13!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128614 54.3.13!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128624 54.3.14!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
128626 54.3.14!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128635 54.3.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128637 54.3.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128643 54.3.15!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128654 54.3.15!17Appositive - Appositive
128661 54.3.16!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128665 54.3.16!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128693 54.4.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128695 54.4.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128696 54.4.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128699 54.4.1!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128700 54.4.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128713 54.4.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128728 54.4.3!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128735 54.4.3!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
128743 54.4.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128749 54.4.4!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
128751 54.4.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128763 54.4.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
128767 54.4.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128769 54.4.6!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128791 54.4.7!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128799 54.4.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128801 54.4.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128803 54.4.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128808 54.4.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128810 54.4.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128811 54.4.8!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128816 54.4.8!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128818 54.4.8!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128825 54.4.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128828 54.4.9!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128829 54.4.9!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128833 54.4.10!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128849 54.4.10!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128852 54.4.10!17Appositive - Appositive
128856 54.4.11!2Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
128860 54.4.12!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
128861 54.4.12!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
128862 54.4.12!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128867 54.4.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128869 54.4.12!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128886 54.4.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128901 54.4.14!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128917 54.4.15!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
128918 54.4.15!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128920 54.4.15!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
128922 54.4.15!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128925 54.4.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
128928 54.4.15!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128930 54.4.15!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128941 54.4.16!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
128943 54.4.16!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
128944 54.4.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128947 54.4.16!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
128952 54.5.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128961 54.5.1!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128965 54.5.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128969 54.5.2!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128972 54.5.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
128977 54.5.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
128980 54.5.3!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128983 54.5.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128985 54.5.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
128987 54.5.4!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
128994 54.5.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
128999 54.5.4!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129004 54.5.4!20Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
129012 54.5.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129014 54.5.5!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129032 54.5.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129034 54.5.6!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129036 54.5.6!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129038 54.5.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129043 54.5.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129046 54.5.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129048 54.5.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129049 54.5.8!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129057 54.5.8!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129062 54.5.8!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129066 54.5.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129068 54.5.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129074 54.5.9!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129078 54.5.10!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129083 54.5.10!5Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
129090 54.5.10!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129095 54.5.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129099 54.5.10!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129104 54.5.11!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129106 54.5.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129107 54.5.11!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129109 54.5.11!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129111 54.5.11!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129115 54.5.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129124 54.5.12!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129126 54.5.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129129 54.5.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129160 54.5.14!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129168 54.5.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129176 54.5.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129177 54.5.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129192 54.5.16!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129193 54.5.16!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129197 54.5.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129198 54.5.17!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129201 54.5.17!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129205 54.5.17!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
129218 54.5.18!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
129220 54.5.18!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129225 54.5.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
129228 54.5.18!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
129232 54.5.19!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129235 54.5.19!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129247 54.5.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129249 54.5.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129254 54.5.20!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129257 54.5.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129273 54.5.21!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
129278 54.5.21!17Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
129283 54.5.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129284 54.5.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129285 54.5.22!3Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
129293 54.5.22!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129294 54.5.22!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129302 54.5.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129310 54.5.23!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129315 54.5.24!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129319 54.5.24!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129326 54.5.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129328 54.5.24!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129333 54.5.25!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129340 54.5.25!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129341 54.5.25!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129344 54.5.25!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129347 54.6.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129353 54.6.1!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129356 54.6.1!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129370 54.6.1!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129372 54.6.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129374 54.6.2!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129381 54.6.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129389 54.6.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129391 54.6.2!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
129393 54.6.2!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
129394 54.6.2!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129398 54.6.2!23Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129403 54.6.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
129404 54.6.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129409 54.6.3!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129421 54.6.3!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129427 54.6.4!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
129460 54.6.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129469 54.6.6!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
129474 54.6.7!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
129483 54.6.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129493 54.6.8!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
129494 54.6.8!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129496 54.6.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129498 54.6.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129521 54.6.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129523 54.6.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129531 54.6.10!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129538 54.6.10!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129543 54.6.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129550 54.6.11!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
129551 54.6.11!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129576 54.6.12!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129585 54.6.12!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129588 54.6.12!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129608 54.6.13!18Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
129628 54.6.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129629 54.6.15!3Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129637 54.6.15!10Appositive - Appositive
129646 54.6.16!1Appositive - Appositive
129647 54.6.16!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129651 54.6.16!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129653 54.6.16!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
129661 54.6.16!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129671 54.6.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129675 54.6.17!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129689 54.6.17!18Appositive - Appositive
129704 54.6.18!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129720 54.6.19!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129726 54.6.20!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
129728 54.6.20!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129732 54.6.20!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129737 54.6.20!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129741 54.6.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
129746 54.6.21!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129786 55.1.3!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
129795 55.1.3!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
129800 55.1.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129811 55.1.3!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
129816 55.1.4!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
129819 55.1.4!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
129824 55.1.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129826 55.1.5!1Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
129831 55.1.5!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
129903 55.1.8!11Appositive - Appositive
129941 55.1.9!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
129983 55.1.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
129999 55.1.12!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130001 55.1.12!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130010 55.1.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130012 55.1.13!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
130015 55.1.13!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130027 55.1.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130040 55.1.15!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
130061 55.1.16!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130065 55.1.16!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130070 55.1.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130080 55.1.17!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130100 55.1.18!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130101 55.1.18!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130105 55.1.18!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130109 55.2.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130125 55.2.2!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
130133 55.2.2!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
130139 55.2.2!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130141 55.2.2!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130152 55.2.4!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
130156 55.2.4!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130161 55.2.4!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130165 55.2.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130167 55.2.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130175 55.2.5!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130178 55.2.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130182 55.2.6!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130225 55.2.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130229 55.2.9!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
130232 55.2.10!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130234 55.2.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130241 55.2.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130243 55.2.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130245 55.2.10!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
130253 55.2.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130257 55.2.11!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130259 55.2.11!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130264 55.2.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130270 55.2.12!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130273 55.2.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130277 55.2.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130280 55.2.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130281 55.2.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130284 55.2.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130286 55.2.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130290 55.2.14!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130291 55.2.14!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
130301 55.2.14!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130311 55.2.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130312 55.2.15!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130317 55.2.15!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
130326 55.2.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130328 55.2.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130332 55.2.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130339 55.2.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130342 55.2.17!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130354 55.2.18!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130360 55.2.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130362 55.2.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130368 55.2.18!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130371 55.2.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130373 55.2.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130380 55.2.19!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
130384 55.2.19!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
130392 55.2.19!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
130395 55.2.19!21Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130402 55.2.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130405 55.2.20!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130420 55.2.20!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130424 55.2.20!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130429 55.2.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130431 55.2.21!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130434 55.2.21!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130448 55.2.21!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130454 55.2.22!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130456 55.2.22!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130475 55.2.22!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130478 55.2.23!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130480 55.2.23!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130491 55.2.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130493 55.2.24!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130499 55.2.24!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130508 55.2.25!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130528 55.2.26!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130540 55.3.1!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130544 55.3.1!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130565 55.3.2!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130598 55.3.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130600 55.3.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130605 55.3.5!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130606 55.3.5!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
130608 55.3.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130628 55.3.7!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
130630 55.3.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130631 55.3.7!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130637 55.3.8!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
130640 55.3.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
130646 55.3.8!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
130647 55.3.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130669 55.3.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130671 55.3.9!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130673 55.3.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130675 55.3.9!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
130678 55.3.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130683 55.3.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130686 55.3.10!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
130715 55.3.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130731 55.3.11!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130738 55.3.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130741 55.3.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130743 55.3.12!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130750 55.3.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130752 55.3.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130764 55.3.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130780 55.3.15!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130782 55.3.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130787 55.3.15!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
130789 55.3.15!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130800 55.3.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130821 55.3.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130824 55.3.17!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130829 55.3.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130842 55.4.1!8Appositive - Appositive
130882 55.4.3!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130883 55.4.3!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130889 55.4.3!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130901 55.4.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130903 55.4.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130909 55.4.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130911 55.4.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130915 55.4.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130923 55.4.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130925 55.4.5!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
130927 55.4.5!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
130930 55.4.5!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
130932 55.4.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
130938 55.4.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130945 55.4.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130946 55.4.7!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130950 55.4.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130954 55.4.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
130958 55.4.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
130962 55.4.8!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
130976 55.4.8!17Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
130999 55.4.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131002 55.4.10!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
131005 55.4.10!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131013 55.4.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131017 55.4.10!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131021 55.4.11!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131027 55.4.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131040 55.4.12!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131046 55.4.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131059 55.4.13!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131067 55.4.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131070 55.4.14!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131072 55.4.14!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131085 55.4.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131089 55.4.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131096 55.4.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
131101 55.4.16!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131106 55.4.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131111 55.4.16!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131114 55.4.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131116 55.4.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131124 55.4.17!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131128 55.4.17!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
131175 55.4.19!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131178 55.4.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131183 55.4.20!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131191 55.4.21!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131209 55.4.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131216 55.4.22!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131247 56.1.2!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131292 56.1.5!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131299 56.1.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131307 56.1.5!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
131310 56.1.5!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131312 56.1.5!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
131315 56.1.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131319 56.1.6!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131323 56.1.6!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131325 56.1.6!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131338 56.1.7!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131341 56.1.7!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131374 56.1.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131381 56.1.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131391 56.1.9!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131416 56.1.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131432 56.1.12!5Appositive - Appositive
131436 56.1.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
131446 56.1.13!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
131476 56.1.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131481 56.1.15!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131483 56.1.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131486 56.1.15!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
131491 56.1.15!14Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
131499 56.1.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131506 56.1.16!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
131508 56.1.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131510 56.1.16!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131517 56.1.16!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
131519 56.2.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131528 56.2.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131529 56.2.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131546 56.2.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131550 56.2.3!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
131555 56.2.3!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131565 56.2.4!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131585 56.2.5!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131589 56.2.5!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
131591 56.2.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131599 56.2.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131605 56.2.7!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
131621 56.2.8!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
131622 56.2.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131627 56.2.8!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131629 56.2.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131630 56.2.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131636 56.2.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131646 56.2.10!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131649 56.2.10!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131652 56.2.10!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131683 56.2.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131732 56.2.15!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
131742 56.2.15!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
131744 56.2.15!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
131748 56.3.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131753 56.3.1!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131760 56.3.2!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
131763 56.3.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131768 56.3.2!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131770 56.3.2!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131792 56.3.3!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131803 56.3.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
131805 56.3.4!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
131811 56.3.4!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131817 56.3.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131826 56.3.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131857 56.3.7!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131864 56.3.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131869 56.3.8!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
131877 56.3.8!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
131880 56.3.8!15Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
131884 56.3.8!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
131892 56.3.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131894 56.3.9!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131910 56.3.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
131912 56.3.10!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131922 56.3.11!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
131930 56.3.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
131935 56.3.12!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
131945 56.3.12!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
131950 56.3.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131955 56.3.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131959 56.3.13!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131968 56.3.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
131995 56.3.15!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132027 57.1.2!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132032 57.1.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132034 57.1.3!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132050 57.1.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132059 57.1.5!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
132078 57.1.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132083 57.1.6!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132095 57.1.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132097 57.1.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132099 57.1.7!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132107 57.1.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132119 57.1.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132122 57.1.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132129 57.1.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132135 57.1.9!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
132140 57.1.9!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132150 57.1.10!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132162 57.1.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132164 57.1.11!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
132165 57.1.11!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132178 57.1.12!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
132185 57.1.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132187 57.1.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132192 57.1.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132202 57.1.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132204 57.1.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132207 57.1.14!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132212 57.1.14!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132226 57.1.15!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132232 57.1.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132260 57.1.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132262 57.1.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132271 57.1.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132273 57.1.18!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132279 57.1.18!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
132280 57.1.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132283 57.1.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132287 57.1.19!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132290 57.1.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132298 57.1.19!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132307 57.1.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132314 57.1.20!9Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
132329 57.1.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132335 57.1.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132345 57.1.22!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132387 58.1.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132399 58.1.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
132442 58.1.3!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132454 58.1.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132460 58.1.4!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132464 58.1.4!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132470 58.1.5!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132473 58.1.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132478 58.1.5!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132479 58.1.5!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132486 58.1.5!17OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132492 58.1.5!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132493 58.1.5!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132499 58.1.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132501 58.1.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132502 58.1.6!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
132509 58.1.6!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
132511 58.1.6!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132519 58.1.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132521 58.1.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132523 58.1.7!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
132525 58.1.7!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132532 58.1.7!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132539 58.1.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132541 58.1.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132544 58.1.8!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132555 58.1.8!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132556 58.1.8!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132565 58.1.9!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132571 58.1.9!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
132582 58.1.9!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132591 58.1.10!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132595 58.1.10!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132601 58.1.10!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132602 58.1.10!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132610 58.1.11!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132611 58.1.11!2Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
132613 58.1.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132615 58.1.11!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
132617 58.1.11!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132618 58.1.11!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132619 58.1.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132623 58.1.12!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132624 58.1.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132631 58.1.12!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132632 58.1.12!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
132634 58.1.12!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132636 58.1.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132640 58.1.12!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132641 58.1.12!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132644 58.1.12!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
132655 58.1.13!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132659 58.1.13!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132671 58.1.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132675 58.1.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132684 58.2.1!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
132687 58.2.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132696 58.2.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132698 58.2.2!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132699 58.2.2!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132707 58.2.2!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132716 58.2.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132718 58.2.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132720 58.2.3!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132724 58.2.3!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132731 58.2.3!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132759 58.2.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132776 58.2.6!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132783 58.2.6!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132790 58.2.7!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132794 58.2.7!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
132797 58.2.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132803 58.2.8!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132810 58.2.8!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132813 58.2.8!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132817 58.2.8!14Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
132822 58.2.8!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132828 58.2.8!24Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132831 58.2.9!1Inline annotations -
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
132833 58.2.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132840 58.2.9!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132845 58.2.9!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132851 58.2.9!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132853 58.2.9!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132873 58.2.10!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132875 58.2.10!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132878 58.2.10!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132883 58.2.10!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132887 58.2.11!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
132890 58.2.11!4Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
132894 58.2.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132903 58.2.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132909 58.2.12!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132917 58.2.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132926 58.2.13!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132935 58.2.13!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
132936 58.2.13!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
132946 58.2.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132948 58.2.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132955 58.2.14!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
132957 58.2.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132963 58.2.14!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132968 58.2.14!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
132971 58.2.14!24Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132974 58.2.14!26Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
132981 58.2.15!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
132983 58.2.15!4Appositive - Appositive
132984 58.2.15!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132986 58.2.15!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
132990 58.2.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
132992 58.2.15!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
132997 58.2.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133001 58.2.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133007 58.2.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133014 58.2.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133016 58.2.17!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133032 58.2.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133035 58.2.18!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133037 58.2.18!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
133040 58.2.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133049 58.3.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133061 58.3.1!15Appositive - Appositive
133063 58.3.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133065 58.3.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133069 58.3.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133077 58.3.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133079 58.3.3!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
133080 58.3.3!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133086 58.3.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133091 58.3.3!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133095 58.3.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133097 58.3.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133102 58.3.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133104 58.3.4!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133109 58.3.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133117 58.3.5!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133124 58.3.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133139 58.3.6!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
133146 58.3.6!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
133157 58.3.7!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133158 58.3.7!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133159 58.3.7!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133164 58.3.8!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133174 58.3.8!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133183 58.3.9!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133190 58.3.9!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133195 58.3.10!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133198 58.3.10!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133200 58.3.10!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
133203 58.3.10!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133206 58.3.10!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
133211 58.3.10!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133219 58.3.11!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
133226 58.3.11!7EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133261 58.3.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133262 58.3.13!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133275 58.3.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133277 58.3.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133282 58.3.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133286 58.3.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133295 58.3.15!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133296 58.3.15!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133297 58.3.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133302 58.3.15!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133329 58.3.17!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133338 58.3.17!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133347 58.3.18!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133412 58.4.3!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133418 58.4.3!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
133425 58.4.3!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133433 58.4.3!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133435 58.4.3!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133446 58.4.4!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133448 58.4.4!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
133457 58.4.4!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133464 58.4.5!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
133468 58.4.5!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
133475 58.4.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133477 58.4.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133478 58.4.6!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133484 58.4.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133485 58.4.6!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133493 58.4.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133495 58.4.7!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133497 58.4.7!5Appositive - Appositive
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133499 58.4.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133509 58.4.7!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133510 58.4.7!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133511 58.4.7!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133516 58.4.7!20OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133522 58.4.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133524 58.4.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133525 58.4.8!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133530 58.4.8!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133533 58.4.8!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
133535 58.4.8!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133545 58.4.10!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
133547 58.4.10!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
133552 58.4.10!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133560 58.4.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133576 58.4.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133580 58.4.11!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133586 58.4.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133592 58.4.12!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133628 58.4.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133651 58.4.14!8Appositive - Appositive
133678 58.4.15!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133685 58.4.16!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133694 58.4.16!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133700 58.5.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133702 58.5.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133703 58.5.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133706 58.5.1!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133723 58.5.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133730 58.5.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133736 58.5.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133740 58.5.3!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
133745 58.5.3!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133746 58.5.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133755 58.5.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133772 58.5.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133773 58.5.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133777 58.5.5!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133788 58.5.5!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
133793 58.5.5!19OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133794 58.5.5!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133799 58.5.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133804 58.5.6!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133809 58.5.6!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
133815 58.5.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133821 58.5.7!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133832 58.5.7!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133852 58.5.8!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133862 58.5.9!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133870 58.5.10!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
133879 58.5.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133883 58.5.11!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133888 58.5.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133890 58.5.11!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133903 58.5.12!10Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
133920 58.5.12!26Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
133929 58.5.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133931 58.5.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
133938 58.5.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133942 58.5.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133949 58.5.14!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
133950 58.5.14!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
133953 58.5.14!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133967 58.6.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
133972 58.6.1!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133979 58.6.1!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
133981 58.6.1!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
133991 58.6.2!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134005 58.6.3!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
134006 58.6.3!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
134014 58.6.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134024 58.6.4!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134026 58.6.4!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134029 58.6.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134031 58.6.5!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134055 58.6.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134060 58.6.7!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134093 58.6.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134105 58.6.9!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
134113 58.6.9!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134118 58.6.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134143 58.6.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134145 58.6.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134148 58.6.11!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134159 58.6.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134165 58.6.12!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134174 58.6.13!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134176 58.6.13!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134182 58.6.13!8Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
134185 58.6.13!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134188 58.6.13!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134194 58.6.14!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
134196 58.6.14!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
134200 58.6.14!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
134205 58.6.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134206 58.6.15!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
134211 58.6.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134213 58.6.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134219 58.6.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134221 58.6.16!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134230 58.6.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134239 58.6.17!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
134248 58.6.18!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134260 58.6.18!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134263 58.6.18!15Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
134271 58.6.19!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134274 58.6.19!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134290 58.6.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134294 58.6.20!6Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
134296 58.6.20!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134306 58.7.1!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
134308 58.7.1!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
134309 58.7.1!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134321 58.7.1!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134330 58.7.1!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134335 58.7.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134339 58.7.2!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134341 58.7.2!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134346 58.7.2!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134349 58.7.2!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134363 58.7.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134386 58.7.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134387 58.7.4!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
134390 58.7.4!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134391 58.7.4!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134396 58.7.4!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134400 58.7.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134402 58.7.5!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134406 58.7.5!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134409 58.7.5!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134418 58.7.5!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
134431 58.7.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134433 58.7.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134441 58.7.6!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134451 58.7.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134453 58.7.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134459 58.7.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134461 58.7.8!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134462 58.7.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134466 58.7.8!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134473 58.7.9!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134477 58.7.9!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134479 58.7.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134486 58.7.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134488 58.7.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134499 58.7.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134502 58.7.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134503 58.7.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134505 58.7.11!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134509 58.7.11!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134514 58.7.11!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
134519 58.7.11!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134525 58.7.11!25Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134528 58.7.11!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134538 58.7.12!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134540 58.7.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134541 58.7.12!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134545 58.7.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134548 58.7.13!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134549 58.7.13!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
134550 58.7.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134556 58.7.13!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
134564 58.7.14!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134574 58.7.14!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134576 58.7.14!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134581 58.7.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134587 58.7.15!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134597 58.7.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134611 58.7.17!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
134616 58.7.17!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134621 58.7.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134625 58.7.18!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134634 58.7.19!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
134659 58.7.20!7Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
134662 58.7.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134665 58.7.20!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134668 58.7.21!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
134678 58.7.21!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
134681 58.7.21!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134685 58.7.21!15EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134691 58.7.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134693 58.7.22!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134697 58.7.22!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134701 58.7.23!2Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
134703 58.7.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134706 58.7.23!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134709 58.7.23!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134713 58.7.24!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
134715 58.7.24!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134722 58.7.24!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134724 58.7.24!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134729 58.7.25!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134741 58.7.25!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134749 58.7.26!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134754 58.7.26!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134756 58.7.26!7Appositive - Appositive
134768 58.7.26!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134776 58.7.27!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134784 58.7.27!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134785 58.7.27!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134792 58.7.27!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134797 58.7.27!21Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
134801 58.7.27!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134804 58.7.28!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134807 58.7.28!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134813 58.7.28!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134816 58.7.28!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134824 58.7.28!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134829 58.8.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134831 58.8.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134835 58.8.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134837 58.8.1!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134851 58.8.2!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
134854 58.8.2!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134868 58.8.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134870 58.8.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
134871 58.8.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134884 58.8.3!16Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
134889 58.8.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134892 58.8.4!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134904 58.8.4!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
134911 58.8.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134915 58.8.5!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134926 58.8.5!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
134929 58.8.5!17Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
134931 58.8.5!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
134943 58.8.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134945 58.8.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134947 58.8.6!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134951 58.8.6!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134953 58.8.6!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
134957 58.8.6!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134963 58.8.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134965 58.8.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
134973 58.8.7!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
134980 58.8.8!4Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
134982 58.8.8!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
134983 58.8.8!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134986 58.8.8!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
134989 58.8.8!10EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
134995 58.8.8!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135000 58.8.8!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
135003 58.8.9!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135012 58.8.9!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135025 58.8.9!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135026 58.8.9!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135034 58.8.9!30OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135038 58.8.9!33Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135041 58.8.10!1EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135042 58.8.10!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135050 58.8.10!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135055 58.8.10!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135058 58.8.10!16EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135066 58.8.10!23OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135067 58.8.10!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135073 58.8.10!29OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135078 58.8.10!34OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135079 58.8.10!35Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135085 58.8.11!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135093 58.8.11!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135105 58.8.11!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135106 58.8.11!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135109 58.8.11!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
135115 58.8.12!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135116 58.8.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135122 58.8.12!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135123 58.8.12!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135131 58.8.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135134 58.8.13!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135139 58.8.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135141 58.8.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135160 58.9.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135163 58.9.2!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
135181 58.9.2!21Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135183 58.9.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135185 58.9.3!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135191 58.9.3!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135194 58.9.4!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135196 58.9.4!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135225 58.9.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135227 58.9.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135238 58.9.5!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135244 58.9.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
135246 58.9.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135249 58.9.6!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135251 58.9.6!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135254 58.9.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135259 58.9.6!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135263 58.9.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135265 58.9.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135284 58.9.7!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135288 58.9.8!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135298 58.9.8!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135302 58.9.8!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135318 58.9.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135323 58.9.9!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135325 58.9.9!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135340 58.9.10!9Appositive - Appositive
135343 58.9.10!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135347 58.9.11!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
135352 58.9.11!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135363 58.9.11!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
135370 58.9.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135378 58.9.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135388 58.9.12!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135392 58.9.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135394 58.9.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135403 58.9.13!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135408 58.9.13!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135412 58.9.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135414 58.9.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135420 58.9.14!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135443 58.9.15!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
135445 58.9.15!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135451 58.9.15!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135456 58.9.15!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135461 58.9.15!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135470 58.9.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135472 58.9.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135474 58.9.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135477 58.9.16!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135480 58.9.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135482 58.9.17!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135495 58.9.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135511 58.9.19!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
135530 58.9.19!28Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135532 58.9.19!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135542 58.9.20!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135543 58.9.20!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135554 58.9.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135558 58.9.21!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135570 58.9.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135573 58.9.22!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135580 58.9.22!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135588 58.9.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135590 58.9.23!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135595 58.9.23!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135598 58.9.23!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
135600 58.9.23!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
135604 58.9.23!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
135609 58.9.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135612 58.9.24!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135625 58.9.24!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135641 58.9.25!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135649 58.9.25!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
135662 58.9.26!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135664 58.9.26!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135665 58.9.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135669 58.9.26!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135680 58.9.27!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135685 58.9.27!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135688 58.9.27!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
135690 58.9.27!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
135693 58.9.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135695 58.9.28!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135698 58.9.28!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135702 58.9.28!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135706 58.9.28!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135708 58.9.28!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135713 58.9.28!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
135717 58.10.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135722 58.10.1!6Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135733 58.10.1!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135745 58.10.1!27Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
135747 58.10.1!29Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
135757 58.10.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135760 58.10.2!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135764 58.10.2!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135768 58.10.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135777 58.10.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135789 58.10.5!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
135791 58.10.5!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135794 58.10.5!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
135797 58.10.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135802 58.10.6!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135806 58.10.6!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
135809 58.10.7!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135812 58.10.7!3EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
135813 58.10.7!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135815 58.10.7!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135822 58.10.7!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135828 58.10.7!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
135835 58.10.8!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135839 58.10.8!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135843 58.10.8!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
135849 58.10.8!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135853 58.10.9!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135856 58.10.9!3Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135857 58.10.9!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135868 58.10.9!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135875 58.10.10!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135884 58.10.10!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
135887 58.10.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135889 58.10.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
135891 58.10.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135895 58.10.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135899 58.10.11!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135907 58.10.12!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
135909 58.10.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135913 58.10.12!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
135936 58.10.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135938 58.10.14!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135943 58.10.14!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
135955 58.10.15!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
135960 58.10.16!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135967 58.10.16!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135972 58.10.16!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
135975 58.10.16!14EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135982 58.10.16!20OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135983 58.10.16!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
135990 58.10.17!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135995 58.10.17!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
135998 58.10.17!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
136003 58.10.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136005 58.10.18!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136006 58.10.18!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
136040 58.10.20!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
136059 58.10.22!5DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
136073 58.10.22!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
136083 58.10.23!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136120 58.10.26!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136132 58.10.26!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136138 58.10.27!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136140 58.10.27!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136146 58.10.27!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136155 58.10.28!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136157 58.10.28!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136164 58.10.29!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136166 58.10.29!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136170 58.10.29!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136177 58.10.29!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136181 58.10.29!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136188 58.10.29!23Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136199 58.10.30!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
136202 58.10.30!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136208 58.10.30!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
136225 58.10.32!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136231 58.10.32!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136234 58.10.32!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136236 58.10.33!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
136238 58.10.33!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136244 58.10.33!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
136246 58.10.33!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136254 58.10.34!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136259 58.10.34!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136264 58.10.34!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136271 58.10.34!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136273 58.10.34!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136288 58.10.36!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136293 58.10.36!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136302 58.10.37!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136304 58.10.37!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136309 58.10.37!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
136310 58.10.37!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
136315 58.10.38!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136317 58.10.38!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136319 58.10.38!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136324 58.10.38!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136327 58.10.38!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
136335 58.10.39!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136352 58.11.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136355 58.11.1!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136357 58.11.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136360 58.11.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
136367 58.11.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136377 58.11.3!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136384 58.11.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136385 58.11.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136388 58.11.4!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136405 58.11.4!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
136409 58.11.4!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136415 58.11.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136416 58.11.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136424 58.11.5!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
136432 58.11.5!16Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136434 58.11.5!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136437 58.11.5!21OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
136441 58.11.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136443 58.11.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136447 58.11.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136454 58.11.6!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136457 58.11.6!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136460 58.11.6!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136463 58.11.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136486 58.11.7!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136487 58.11.7!23Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136491 58.11.7!27Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136493 58.11.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136513 58.11.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136519 58.11.9!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
136522 58.11.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136539 58.11.10!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136545 58.11.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136551 58.11.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136552 58.11.11!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
136556 58.11.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136567 58.11.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136574 58.11.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136579 58.11.12!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
136580 58.11.12!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
136602 58.11.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136605 58.11.13!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
136606 58.11.13!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
136614 58.11.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136623 58.11.13!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136631 58.11.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136633 58.11.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136637 58.11.14!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136641 58.11.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136643 58.11.15!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136645 58.11.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136654 58.11.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136656 58.11.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136659 58.11.16!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
136669 58.11.16!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136671 58.11.16!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136678 58.11.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136686 58.11.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136689 58.11.17!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
136690 58.11.17!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136698 58.11.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
136707 58.11.19!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136715 58.11.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136716 58.11.19!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136721 58.11.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136722 58.11.20!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136733 58.11.21!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136734 58.11.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136736 58.11.21!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136743 58.11.21!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
136751 58.11.22!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136752 58.11.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136754 58.11.22!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136763 58.11.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136769 58.11.23!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136770 58.11.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136781 58.11.23!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
136792 58.11.24!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136793 58.11.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136794 58.11.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136810 58.11.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136812 58.11.25!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136815 58.11.26!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136821 58.11.26!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
136832 58.11.27!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136843 58.11.27!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136845 58.11.27!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136850 58.11.28!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136862 58.11.28!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136869 58.11.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136880 58.11.29!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136886 58.11.30!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136887 58.11.30!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136896 58.11.31!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136897 58.11.31!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136922 58.11.32!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
136940 58.11.33!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
136972 58.11.34!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136974 58.11.34!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
136980 58.11.35!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
136984 58.11.35!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
136994 58.11.35!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
136998 58.11.36!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137000 58.11.36!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137016 58.11.37!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137041 58.11.38!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137044 58.11.38!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137055 58.11.39!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
137056 58.11.39!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
137066 58.11.40!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137068 58.11.40!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137070 58.11.40!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137076 58.11.40!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137082 58.12.1!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137084 58.12.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137088 58.12.1!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137091 58.12.1!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137093 58.12.1!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137099 58.12.1!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137115 58.12.2!9Appositive - Appositive
137118 58.12.2!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137125 58.12.2!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137128 58.12.2!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137131 58.12.2!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137140 58.12.3!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137145 58.12.3!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137158 58.12.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137164 58.12.4!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137172 58.12.5!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137173 58.12.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137177 58.12.5!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
137185 58.12.5!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137189 58.12.5!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137191 58.12.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137193 58.12.6!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137197 58.12.6!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137204 58.12.7!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
137206 58.12.7!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137208 58.12.7!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137223 58.12.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137225 58.12.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137227 58.12.8!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137229 58.12.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137234 58.12.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137241 58.12.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137243 58.12.9!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137252 58.12.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137255 58.12.9!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137264 58.12.10!1Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
137267 58.12.10!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137270 58.12.10!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137276 58.12.10!12Articular Pronoun - Articular pronoun, which often introduces an ‘intermediate step’ in a reported conversation.
137288 58.12.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137290 58.12.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137291 58.12.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137293 58.12.11!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137297 58.12.11!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137299 58.12.11!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137302 58.12.11!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137304 58.12.11!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137311 58.12.11!23Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137314 58.12.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137324 58.12.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137333 58.12.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137335 58.12.13!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137342 58.12.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137347 58.12.14!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137353 58.12.14!10Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
137360 58.12.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137369 58.12.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137376 58.12.15!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137382 58.12.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137390 58.12.16!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137402 58.12.17!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137409 58.12.17!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137411 58.12.17!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137416 58.12.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137435 58.12.19!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137442 58.12.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137456 58.12.20!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137457 58.12.20!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137466 58.12.21!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137472 58.12.21!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137475 58.12.21!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
137477 58.12.21!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137515 58.12.24!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137518 58.12.24!5Appositive - Appositive
137523 58.12.24!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137525 58.12.24!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137535 58.12.25!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137537 58.12.25!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137540 58.12.25!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137550 58.12.25!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137558 58.12.26!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137563 58.12.26!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137568 58.12.26!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137570 58.12.26!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137574 58.12.26!18OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137578 58.12.26!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137581 58.12.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137583 58.12.27!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
137587 58.12.27!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137600 58.12.28!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137619 58.12.29!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137625 58.13.1!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137627 58.13.1!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137629 58.13.2!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137634 58.13.2!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
137637 58.13.2!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137652 58.13.3!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137657 58.13.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137663 58.13.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137667 58.13.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137669 58.13.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137675 58.13.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137683 58.13.5!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137687 58.13.5!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
137690 58.13.5!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137695 58.13.5!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137702 58.13.6!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
137706 58.13.6!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137710 58.13.6!11OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
137739 58.13.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137741 58.13.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137747 58.13.8!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137752 58.13.9!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137761 58.13.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137766 58.13.9!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137780 58.13.10!5Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137785 58.13.10!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137792 58.13.11!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
137804 58.13.11!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
137805 58.13.11!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137814 58.13.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137816 58.13.12!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137825 58.13.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137830 58.13.13!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
137838 58.13.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137851 58.13.14!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137855 58.13.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137866 58.13.15!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
137875 58.13.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137877 58.13.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137883 58.13.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137885 58.13.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137897 58.13.17!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137904 58.13.17!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
137905 58.13.17!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
137909 58.13.17!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137911 58.13.17!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
137913 58.13.17!22Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
137917 58.13.17!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137920 58.13.17!28Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
137929 58.13.18!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137933 58.13.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137939 58.13.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137942 58.13.19!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
137943 58.13.19!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
137945 58.13.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
137949 58.13.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137951 58.13.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
137970 58.13.20!20Appositive - Appositive
138023 58.13.22!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138033 58.13.23!6Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
138037 58.13.23!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138038 58.13.23!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138060 58.13.25!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138067 59.1.1!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138082 59.1.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138090 59.1.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138092 59.1.2!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138096 59.1.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138098 59.1.3!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
138104 59.1.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138106 59.1.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138107 59.1.4!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138117 59.1.4!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
138122 59.1.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138124 59.1.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138132 59.1.5!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138134 59.1.5!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138149 59.1.6!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
138152 59.1.6!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138154 59.1.6!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138174 59.1.8!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
138196 59.1.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138198 59.1.10!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138205 59.1.10!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138223 59.1.11!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138228 59.1.11!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138235 59.1.11!24Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138236 59.1.11!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138239 59.1.11!28Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
138243 59.1.11!32Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
138253 59.1.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138267 59.1.13!1Inline annotations -
Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
138271 59.1.13!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138275 59.1.13!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138277 59.1.13!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138278 59.1.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138280 59.1.13!13Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138287 59.1.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138299 59.1.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138305 59.1.15!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138307 59.1.15!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138319 59.1.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138326 59.1.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138342 59.1.17!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138359 59.1.18!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138361 59.1.19!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
138385 59.1.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138387 59.1.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138388 59.1.20!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138400 59.1.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138425 59.1.23!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138426 59.1.23!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138427 59.1.23!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138430 59.1.23!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138434 59.1.23!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138454 59.1.24!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138457 59.1.25!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
138459 59.1.25!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
138463 59.1.25!7Appositive - Appositive
138470 59.1.25!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138477 59.1.25!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138478 59.1.25!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138485 59.1.26!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138486 59.1.26!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138488 59.1.26!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138499 59.1.26!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138500 59.1.26!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138504 59.1.27!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138513 59.1.27!10Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138525 59.1.27!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138536 59.2.1!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138549 59.2.2!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138551 59.2.2!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138555 59.2.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
138566 59.2.2!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138581 59.2.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138584 59.2.3!15Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
138587 59.2.3!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138591 59.2.3!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138594 59.2.3!24Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138612 59.2.5!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
138619 59.2.5!6Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138639 59.2.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138646 59.2.6!7Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138652 59.2.6!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138659 59.2.7!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
138662 59.2.7!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138670 59.2.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138672 59.2.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138674 59.2.8!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138678 59.2.8!9OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138688 59.2.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138690 59.2.9!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138692 59.2.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138699 59.2.9!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
138702 59.2.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138704 59.2.10!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138715 59.2.10!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138718 59.2.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138720 59.2.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138721 59.2.11!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138725 59.2.11!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138728 59.2.11!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138730 59.2.11!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138737 59.2.11!18Inline annotations -
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138742 59.2.12!4Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138745 59.2.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138751 59.2.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138753 59.2.13!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138772 59.2.14!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138776 59.2.14!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138788 59.2.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138789 59.2.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138792 59.2.15!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138794 59.2.15!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138808 59.2.16!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138829 59.2.17!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138831 59.2.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138834 59.2.17!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
138839 59.2.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138848 59.2.18!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138849 59.2.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138851 59.2.18!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138852 59.2.18!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138864 59.2.18!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138865 59.2.18!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138871 59.2.18!25Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
138877 59.2.19!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138885 59.2.19!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138901 59.2.20!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138906 59.2.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138909 59.2.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138914 59.2.21!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138929 59.2.22!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138936 59.2.22!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138941 59.2.22!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
138950 59.2.23!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
138963 59.2.23!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138969 59.2.24!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138973 59.2.24!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
138981 59.2.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
138986 59.2.25!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
138994 59.2.25!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
138998 59.2.26!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139000 59.2.26!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139007 59.2.26!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139009 59.2.26!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139017 59.3.1!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139018 59.3.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139026 59.3.1!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139030 59.3.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139035 59.3.2!5Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139036 59.3.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139037 59.3.2!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139042 59.3.2!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
139053 59.3.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139055 59.3.3!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139057 59.3.3!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139059 59.3.3!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139069 59.3.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139076 59.3.4!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139081 59.3.4!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139084 59.3.4!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139091 59.3.4!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139094 59.3.4!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139098 59.3.4!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
139102 59.3.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139104 59.3.5!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139108 59.3.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139112 59.3.5!11Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139113 59.3.5!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139115 59.3.5!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139120 59.3.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139124 59.3.6!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139136 59.3.6!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
139138 59.3.6!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139153 59.3.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139155 59.3.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139172 59.3.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139174 59.3.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139175 59.3.8!4Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
139178 59.3.8!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
139180 59.3.8!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
139187 59.3.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139196 59.3.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139202 59.3.9!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139207 59.3.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139222 59.3.10!13Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
139223 59.3.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139227 59.3.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139229 59.3.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139247 59.3.12!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139254 59.3.12!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139255 59.3.12!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139269 59.3.13!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139271 59.3.13!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139272 59.3.13!13Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
139275 59.3.13!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139278 59.3.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139280 59.3.14!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139283 59.3.14!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
139300 59.3.15!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
139303 59.3.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139313 59.3.16!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
139315 59.3.16!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
139319 59.3.16!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139323 59.3.16!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139326 59.3.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139328 59.3.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139330 59.3.17!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139332 59.3.17!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139352 59.3.18!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139354 59.3.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139355 59.3.18!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139371 59.4.1!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
139373 59.4.1!10Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
139417 59.4.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139421 59.4.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139432 59.4.4!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139436 59.4.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139441 59.4.4!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139444 59.4.4!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139445 59.4.4!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139447 59.4.4!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
139450 59.4.4!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139458 59.4.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139463 59.4.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
139473 59.4.6!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139476 59.4.6!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
139481 59.4.6!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
139483 59.4.6!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139485 59.4.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
139530 59.4.9!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139533 59.4.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139537 59.4.9!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139545 59.4.10!3Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139571 59.4.11!18Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
139573 59.4.11!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
139583 59.4.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139590 59.4.12!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
139596 59.4.12!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139601 59.4.12!16Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
139611 59.4.13!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139639 59.4.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139642 59.4.14!14Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
139643 59.4.14!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139656 59.4.15!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139659 59.4.15!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
139669 59.4.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139677 59.4.16!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
139680 59.4.16!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139683 59.4.17!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
139685 59.4.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
139691 59.4.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139695 59.5.1!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139709 59.5.2!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139712 59.5.2!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
139715 59.5.2!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139718 59.5.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139721 59.5.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139727 59.5.3!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
139730 59.5.3!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139733 59.5.3!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139750 59.5.4!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139751 59.5.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139761 59.5.4!12Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139767 59.5.4!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139771 59.5.4!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139808 59.5.7!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
139814 59.5.7!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139815 59.5.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139843 59.5.8!9Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139846 59.5.8!12Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
139854 59.5.9!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
139861 59.5.9!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139862 59.5.9!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
139864 59.5.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139869 59.5.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139874 59.5.10!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
139879 59.5.10!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
139889 59.5.11!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
139894 59.5.11!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139900 59.5.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139906 59.5.11!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139908 59.5.11!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
139910 59.5.11!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
139913 59.5.12!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
139930 59.5.12!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
139936 59.5.12!20Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
139947 59.5.12!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
139988 59.5.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140002 59.5.15!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140003 59.5.15!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140023 59.5.16!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140029 59.5.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140030 59.5.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140032 59.5.17!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140036 59.5.17!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140048 59.5.17!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140055 59.5.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140059 59.5.18!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140062 59.5.18!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140064 59.5.18!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140074 59.5.19!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140075 59.5.19!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140089 59.5.20!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140141 60.1.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140144 60.1.2!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140147 60.1.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140159 60.1.3!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140169 60.1.3!22Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140187 60.1.4!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140190 60.1.5!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140196 60.1.5!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140208 60.1.6!4Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140209 60.1.6!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140210 60.1.6!6Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140211 60.1.6!7Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140221 60.1.7!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
140224 60.1.7!7Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
140228 60.1.7!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140239 60.1.7!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140252 60.1.8!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140268 60.1.9!7Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
140278 60.1.10!8Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140283 60.1.10!13Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140302 60.1.11!17Inline annotations -
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
140312 60.1.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140320 60.1.12!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140328 60.1.12!19Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140354 60.1.13!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140357 60.1.13!16Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140362 60.1.14!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140364 60.1.14!3Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140372 60.1.14!10Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140381 60.1.15!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140383 60.1.15!8Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
140398 60.1.16!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140405 60.1.17!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140406 60.1.17!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140409 60.1.17!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140416 60.1.17!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140422 60.1.17!18Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
140427 60.1.18!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140437 60.1.18!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140438 60.1.18!12Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140442 60.1.19!1Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
140461 60.1.20!9Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140467 60.1.21!2Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
140476 60.1.21!11Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140483 60.1.21!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140492 60.1.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140501 60.1.22!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140504 60.1.22!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140519 60.1.23!8Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140523 60.1.23!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140524 60.1.23!13Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140532 60.1.24!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140533 60.1.24!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140540 60.1.24!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140541 60.1.24!14Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140545 60.1.24!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140547 60.1.24!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140549 60.1.25!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140551 60.1.25!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140552 60.1.25!4Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
140583 60.2.2!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140587 60.2.2!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140590 60.2.2!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140593 60.2.2!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140594 60.2.2!11Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140611 60.2.4!4Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
140614 60.2.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140618 60.2.4!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140620 60.2.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140624 60.2.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140625 60.2.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140626 60.2.5!4Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
140655 60.2.6!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140656 60.2.6!10Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140657 60.2.6!11Appositive - Appositive
140660 60.2.6!13OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140661 60.2.6!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140665 60.2.6!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140669 60.2.7!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140672 60.2.7!4Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140676 60.2.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140678 60.2.7!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140683 60.2.7!14OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
140689 60.2.8!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140691 60.2.8!4OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140697 60.2.8!9Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
140706 60.2.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140708 60.2.9!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140722 60.2.9!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140725 60.2.9!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140726 60.2.9!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140737 60.2.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140740 60.2.10!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140745 60.2.10!9Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140755 60.2.11!3Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140764 60.2.11!11Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140781 60.2.12!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140788 60.2.12!16Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140792 60.2.12!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140802 60.2.13!3Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140816 60.2.14!4Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140827 60.2.15!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140834 60.2.15!8Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
140840 60.2.15!14Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
140848 60.2.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140850 60.2.16!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
140851 60.2.16!9Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140860 60.2.17!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140863 60.2.17!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140865 60.2.17!5Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140871 60.2.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140875 60.2.18!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140877 60.2.18!3Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140895 60.2.19!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
140898 60.2.19!4Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
140899 60.2.19!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140912 60.2.20!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140918 60.2.20!10Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
140919 60.2.20!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
140924 60.2.20!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
140927 60.2.20!18Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
140936 60.2.21!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
140941 60.2.21!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140951 60.2.22!2Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140952 60.2.22!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140954 60.2.22!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
140978 60.2.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
140981 60.2.24!5Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
140987 60.2.24!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
140994 60.2.24!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
140996 60.2.24!19Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141000 60.2.24!22OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141002 60.2.24!24Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141006 60.2.25!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141008 60.2.25!5Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141023 60.3.1!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141027 60.3.1!6Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141033 60.3.1!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141037 60.3.1!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141041 60.3.1!19Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141042 60.3.1!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141047 60.3.2!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141054 60.3.3!2Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141070 60.3.4!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141076 60.3.4!9Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141088 60.3.4!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
141090 60.3.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141092 60.3.5!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141093 60.3.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141095 60.3.5!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141096 60.3.5!7Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141115 60.3.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141129 60.3.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141131 60.3.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141136 60.3.7!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
141137 60.3.7!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141139 60.3.7!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
141140 60.3.7!11Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141160 60.3.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141161 60.3.8!4Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
141187 60.3.9!15Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141193 60.3.10!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141195 60.3.10!3OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141196 60.3.10!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141198 60.3.10!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141202 60.3.10!10OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141207 60.3.10!15OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141208 60.3.10!16Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141222 60.3.11!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141228 60.3.12!1OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141229 60.3.12!2Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141233 60.3.12!6OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141234 60.3.12!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141240 60.3.12!12OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141242 60.3.12!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141253 60.3.13!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141259 60.3.14!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141267 60.3.14!8OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141271 60.3.14!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141276 60.3.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141278 60.3.15!3Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141280 60.3.15!5OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
141292 60.3.15!16Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141309 60.3.16!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
141312 60.3.16!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141318 60.3.16!16Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
141321 60.3.16!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141325 60.3.17!1Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141332 60.3.17!7Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
141342 60.3.18!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141343 60.3.18!4Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141344 60.3.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141353 60.3.18!12Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141368 60.3.19!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141369 60.3.19!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141371 60.3.19!7Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
141382 60.3.20!8Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141390 60.3.20!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141392 60.3.20!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141402 60.3.21!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141404 60.3.21!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141407 60.3.21!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
141409 60.3.21!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
141410 60.3.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141414 60.3.21!13Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141420 60.3.21!18Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141445 60.4.1!4Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141448 60.4.1!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141449 60.4.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141454 60.4.1!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141463 60.4.2!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141468 60.4.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141469 60.4.2!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141471 60.4.2!12Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
141475 60.4.3!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141478 60.4.3!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141484 60.4.3!10Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141490 60.4.3!14Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141513 60.4.4!12Inline annotations -
Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
141528 60.4.6!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141531 60.4.6!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141532 60.4.6!5Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
141544 60.4.6!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
141546 60.4.7!1Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141548 60.4.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141550 60.4.7!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141559 60.4.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141561 60.4.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141564 60.4.8!6Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141569 60.4.8!10Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141577 60.4.9!4DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
141580 60.4.10!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141581 60.4.10!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141585 60.4.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141590 60.4.10!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141592 60.4.10!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141596 60.4.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141598 60.4.11!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141604 60.4.11!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141606 60.4.11!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141617 60.4.11!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141648 60.4.12!7Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141654 60.4.12!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141659 60.4.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141664 60.4.13!7Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141668 60.4.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141671 60.4.13!13Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141687 60.4.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141694 60.4.14!15Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141695 60.4.14!16Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141701 60.4.15!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141702 60.4.15!4Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141716 60.4.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141726 60.4.16!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
141744 60.4.17!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141746 60.4.17!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141758 60.4.17!26Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141761 60.4.18!2OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141762 60.4.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141764 60.4.18!5Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141767 60.4.18!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141776 60.4.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141783 60.4.19!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141792 60.5.1!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141794 60.5.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141797 60.5.1!6Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
141804 60.5.1!13Inline annotations -
Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141807 60.5.1!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141809 60.5.1!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
141811 60.5.1!19Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141818 60.5.2!5Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141843 60.5.3!9Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141855 60.5.4!10Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
141857 60.5.5!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
141859 60.5.5!2Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141866 60.5.5!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141872 60.5.5!12Inline annotations -
OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141874 60.5.5!14Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
141875 60.5.5!15Inline annotations -
Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
141876 60.5.5!16OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141886 60.5.6!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141887 60.5.6!6Inline annotations -
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141897 60.5.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141906 60.5.7!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141915 60.5.8!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141916 60.5.8!4Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141924 60.5.8!12Inline annotations -
Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141935 60.5.9!8Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141939 60.5.9!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141940 60.5.9!13Inline annotations -
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
141949 60.5.10!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
141951 60.5.10!5Inline annotations -
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141962 60.5.10!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
141966 60.5.10!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141968 60.5.10!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
141977 60.5.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
141985 60.5.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
141987 60.5.12!3Inline annotations -
Appositive - Appositive
141989 60.5.12!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
141995 60.5.12!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142002 60.5.12!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142004 60.5.12!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142016 60.5.13!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142021 60.5.13!9Appositive - Appositive
142031 60.5.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142046 61.1.1!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142049 61.1.1!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142060 61.1.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142062 61.1.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142076 61.1.3!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142077 61.1.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142080 61.1.3!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142083 61.1.3!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142102 61.1.4!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142107 61.1.4!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142111 61.1.4!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
142114 61.1.4!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142116 61.1.4!16Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142123 61.1.4!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142128 61.1.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
142131 61.1.5!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142132 61.1.5!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
142139 61.1.5!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
142142 61.1.5!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142144 61.1.5!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142149 61.1.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142151 61.1.6!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142156 61.1.6!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142158 61.1.6!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142163 61.1.6!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142165 61.1.6!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142170 61.1.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142172 61.1.7!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142177 61.1.7!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142179 61.1.7!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142184 61.1.8!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142186 61.1.8!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
142187 61.1.8!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142190 61.1.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142204 61.1.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142206 61.1.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142208 61.1.9!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
142210 61.1.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142214 61.1.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142216 61.1.9!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142229 61.1.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142230 61.1.10!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
142237 61.1.10!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142245 61.1.11!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142247 61.1.11!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142266 61.1.12!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142269 61.1.12!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
142281 61.1.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142300 61.1.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142310 61.1.14!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142321 61.1.15!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142329 61.1.15!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
142336 61.1.16!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142352 61.1.16!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142354 61.1.16!20Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142363 61.1.17!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
142366 61.1.17!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142369 61.1.17!12Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142375 61.1.17!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
142387 61.1.17!28Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142390 61.1.18!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142393 61.1.18!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142395 61.1.18!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142398 61.1.18!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142426 61.1.19!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142429 61.1.19!22Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142436 61.1.20!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142440 61.1.20!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142443 61.1.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142450 61.1.21!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142457 61.1.21!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142464 61.1.21!16Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
142475 61.2.1!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142486 61.2.1!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142499 61.2.2!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142501 61.2.2!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
142511 61.2.2!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142514 61.2.3!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142516 61.2.3!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142522 61.2.3!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142524 61.2.3!11Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
142525 61.2.3!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142529 61.2.3!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142532 61.2.3!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142535 61.2.4!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142537 61.2.4!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142539 61.2.4!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142545 61.2.4!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142549 61.2.4!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142554 61.2.5!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142560 61.2.5!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142566 61.2.5!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142572 61.2.6!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142577 61.2.6!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142580 61.2.6!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142586 61.2.7!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142598 61.2.8!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142600 61.2.8!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142602 61.2.8!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
142610 61.2.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142618 61.2.9!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142619 61.2.9!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142623 61.2.9!7Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142625 61.2.9!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142631 61.2.10!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
142634 61.2.10!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142641 61.2.10!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142649 61.2.10!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142656 61.2.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142657 61.2.11!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142668 61.2.11!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
142671 61.2.12!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142684 61.2.12!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142693 61.2.12!20Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142700 61.2.13!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142703 61.2.13!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142718 61.2.14!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142720 61.2.14!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142730 61.2.14!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142751 61.2.15!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142754 61.2.16!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142757 61.2.16!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142760 61.2.16!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142773 61.2.17!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142779 61.2.17!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142784 61.2.17!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142790 61.2.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142792 61.2.18!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142799 61.2.18!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
142803 61.2.18!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
142807 61.2.19!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142811 61.2.19!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
142812 61.2.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142814 61.2.19!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142817 61.2.19!9Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
142819 61.2.19!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
142820 61.2.19!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142822 61.2.19!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142825 61.2.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142827 61.2.20!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142842 61.2.20!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
142844 61.2.20!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142856 61.2.21!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142883 61.2.22!7OT quotes - Old Testament quotations.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
142892 61.2.22!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
142898 61.3.1!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142903 61.3.1!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142906 61.3.1!7Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142911 61.3.1!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
142914 61.3.1!14DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
142937 61.3.3!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142946 61.3.3!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
142949 61.3.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142958 61.3.4!3Reported speech. - Reported speech.
142966 61.3.4!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142969 61.3.4!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
142971 61.3.4!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
142973 61.3.4!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
142974 61.3.4!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142983 61.3.5!4Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
142986 61.3.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
142989 61.3.5!10Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
142991 61.3.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143000 61.3.5!21Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
143004 61.3.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143007 61.3.6!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143011 61.3.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143013 61.3.7!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143018 61.3.7!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143023 61.3.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143034 61.3.8!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143036 61.3.8!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143044 61.3.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143052 61.3.8!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143065 61.3.9!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143076 61.3.9!16Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
143077 61.3.9!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143079 61.3.9!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143080 61.3.9!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143093 61.3.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143095 61.3.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143098 61.3.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143100 61.3.10!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143104 61.3.10!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143111 61.3.10!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143114 61.3.11!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
143116 61.3.11!3Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
143117 61.3.11!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143118 61.3.11!5Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143141 61.3.12!13Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143144 61.3.12!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143145 61.3.12!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143148 61.3.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143150 61.3.13!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143162 61.3.13!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143169 61.3.14!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
143172 61.3.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143181 61.3.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143191 61.3.15!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143213 61.3.16!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
143223 61.3.16!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143227 61.3.16!21Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143239 61.3.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143248 61.3.17!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143272 61.3.18!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143286 62.1.1!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
143303 62.1.1!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143315 62.1.2!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143339 62.1.3!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143348 62.1.3!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143350 62.1.3!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143356 62.1.3!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143359 62.1.3!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143369 62.1.3!29Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
143373 62.1.4!2Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
143377 62.1.4!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143386 62.1.5!3Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
143398 62.1.5!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143400 62.1.5!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143403 62.1.5!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143408 62.1.5!24Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
143410 62.1.6!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143413 62.1.6!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
143421 62.1.6!12Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
143430 62.1.7!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143433 62.1.7!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143438 62.1.7!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143444 62.1.7!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143449 62.1.7!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143452 62.1.7!21Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
143461 62.1.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143464 62.1.8!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
143465 62.1.8!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143469 62.1.8!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143471 62.1.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143478 62.1.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143484 62.1.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143486 62.1.9!8Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
143500 62.1.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143503 62.1.10!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
143506 62.1.10!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143510 62.1.10!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143521 62.2.1!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
143529 62.2.1!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143530 62.2.1!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143533 62.2.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143538 62.2.1!18Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
143540 62.2.1!20Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143544 62.2.2!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143566 62.2.3!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143573 62.2.3!8Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
143574 62.2.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143579 62.2.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143582 62.2.4!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
143588 62.2.4!10Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
143590 62.2.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143594 62.2.4!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
143598 62.2.4!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143599 62.2.4!20Inline annotations -
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
143603 62.2.5!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
143605 62.2.5!5Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
143609 62.2.5!8Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
143616 62.2.5!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143618 62.2.5!16Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143619 62.2.5!17Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143626 62.2.6!1Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143630 62.2.6!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
143632 62.2.6!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
143633 62.2.6!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143635 62.2.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143643 62.2.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143656 62.2.7!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143667 62.2.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143682 62.2.8!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143686 62.2.8!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143691 62.2.8!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143693 62.2.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143695 62.2.9!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143700 62.2.9!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143704 62.2.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143711 62.2.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143719 62.2.10!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143722 62.2.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143728 62.2.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143730 62.2.11!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143734 62.2.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143742 62.2.11!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143751 62.2.11!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143821 62.2.14!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143824 62.2.14!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143830 62.2.14!29Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143846 62.2.15!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143847 62.2.15!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143862 62.2.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143868 62.2.16!7Appositive - Appositive
143890 62.2.16!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143896 62.2.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143899 62.2.17!5Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
143904 62.2.17!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143906 62.2.17!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143918 62.2.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143923 62.2.18!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143926 62.2.18!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143929 62.2.18!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143931 62.2.18!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143938 62.2.18!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143942 62.2.19!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
143944 62.2.19!3Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
143952 62.2.19!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143954 62.2.19!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
143956 62.2.19!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
143974 62.2.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
143975 62.2.20!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
143977 62.2.20!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
144000 62.2.21!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144017 62.2.22!10Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144023 62.2.22!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144028 62.2.22!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
144036 62.2.23!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144041 62.2.23!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144046 62.2.23!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144050 62.2.23!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144055 62.2.24!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
144056 62.2.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144063 62.2.24!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144065 62.2.24!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
144066 62.2.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144070 62.2.24!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
144074 62.2.24!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144076 62.2.24!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144086 62.2.25!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144091 62.2.25!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144095 62.2.25!10Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
144100 62.2.26!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
144109 62.2.27!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
144110 62.2.27!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144122 62.2.27!14Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
144125 62.2.27!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144130 62.2.27!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144131 62.2.27!22Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
144140 62.2.27!30Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
144147 62.2.27!36Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144158 62.2.28!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144167 62.2.28!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144181 62.2.29!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144184 62.2.29!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
144190 62.2.29!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144197 62.2.29!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144199 62.3.1!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
144207 62.3.1!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144214 62.3.1!14Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144217 62.3.1!17Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144229 62.3.2!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144241 62.3.2!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144243 62.3.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144254 62.3.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144257 62.3.3!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
144265 62.3.3!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144269 62.3.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144274 62.3.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144280 62.3.4!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144289 62.3.5!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144294 62.3.5!9Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144297 62.3.5!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144300 62.3.5!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144303 62.3.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144307 62.3.6!5Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
144311 62.3.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144323 62.3.7!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
144327 62.3.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144331 62.3.7!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144335 62.3.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144339 62.3.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144343 62.3.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144349 62.3.8!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144355 62.3.8!15Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144369 62.3.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144376 62.3.9!8Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144380 62.3.9!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144392 62.3.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144397 62.3.10!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144411 62.3.10!14Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144422 62.3.10!24Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
144431 62.3.11!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144447 62.3.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144464 62.3.12!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144467 62.3.12!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144470 62.3.12!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144472 62.3.12!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144489 62.3.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144505 62.3.14!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144513 62.3.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144519 62.3.15!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144525 62.3.15!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144533 62.3.15!20Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
144535 62.3.16!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144542 62.3.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144543 62.3.16!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144545 62.3.16!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144551 62.3.16!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144553 62.3.16!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144556 62.3.16!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144560 62.3.17!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
144562 62.3.17!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
144573 62.3.17!14Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
144584 62.3.17!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144607 62.3.19!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
144608 62.3.19!3Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144617 62.3.19!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144623 62.3.20!1Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144626 62.3.20!4Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
144631 62.3.20!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144644 62.3.21!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144648 62.3.21!6Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
144651 62.3.21!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144658 62.3.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144666 62.3.22!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144671 62.3.22!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144678 62.3.23!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144691 62.3.23!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
144703 62.3.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144708 62.3.24!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144712 62.3.24!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144717 62.3.24!15Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144725 62.3.24!22Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
144730 62.3.24!27Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
144735 62.4.1!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144744 62.4.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144750 62.4.1!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144757 62.4.2!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144765 62.4.2!8Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144771 62.4.2!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
144774 62.4.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144780 62.4.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144790 62.4.3!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144794 62.4.3!15Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
144806 62.4.3!25Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144807 62.4.3!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144813 62.4.4!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144814 62.4.4!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144826 62.4.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144837 62.4.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144838 62.4.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144843 62.4.5!6Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
144848 62.4.5!11Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144850 62.4.5!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144853 62.4.5!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144855 62.4.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144856 62.4.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144861 62.4.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144868 62.4.6!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144878 62.4.6!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
144897 62.4.7!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144899 62.4.7!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144905 62.4.7!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144911 62.4.7!18Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
144917 62.4.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144926 62.4.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144928 62.4.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144931 62.4.9!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144942 62.4.9!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144958 62.4.10!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
144966 62.4.10!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144973 62.4.10!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144981 62.4.10!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
144989 62.4.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
144990 62.4.11!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
144996 62.4.11!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
144999 62.4.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145002 62.4.12!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145003 62.4.12!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
145004 62.4.12!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145007 62.4.12!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
145011 62.4.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145015 62.4.12!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
145017 62.4.12!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145020 62.4.12!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145022 62.4.12!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145026 62.4.13!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145030 62.4.13!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145034 62.4.13!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145038 62.4.13!12Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
145039 62.4.13!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145047 62.4.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145052 62.4.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145057 62.4.14!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
145061 62.4.15!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
145065 62.4.15!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145072 62.4.15!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145074 62.4.15!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145078 62.4.15!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145084 62.4.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145098 62.4.16!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145100 62.4.16!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145104 62.4.16!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145109 62.4.16!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145114 62.4.16!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145116 62.4.16!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145120 62.4.17!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145129 62.4.17!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145138 62.4.17!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145139 62.4.17!18Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145141 62.4.17!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145149 62.4.18!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145157 62.4.18!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145160 62.4.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145166 62.4.18!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145168 62.4.18!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145171 62.4.18!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145173 62.4.18!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145180 62.4.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145184 62.4.19!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145185 62.4.19!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145189 62.4.20!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145190 62.4.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145193 62.4.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
145198 62.4.20!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145203 62.4.20!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145206 62.4.20!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145208 62.4.20!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145213 62.4.20!22Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
145216 62.4.20!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145218 62.4.20!26Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
145226 62.4.21!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145234 62.4.21!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145244 62.5.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145248 62.5.1!5Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145258 62.5.1!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145270 62.5.2!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145280 62.5.2!10Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
145281 62.5.2!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145285 62.5.2!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145290 62.5.3!1Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145298 62.5.3!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145304 62.5.3!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145307 62.5.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145312 62.5.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145323 62.5.4!12Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145332 62.5.4!20Cataphoric referent - The clause or sentence to which a cataphoric reference refers when NOT introduced with ὅτι or ἵνα.
145348 62.5.5!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145356 62.5.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145365 62.5.6!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
145383 62.5.6!25Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145390 62.5.6!31Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145397 62.5.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145402 62.5.8!1Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
145412 62.5.8!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145414 62.5.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145419 62.5.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145420 62.5.9!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145426 62.5.9!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145430 62.5.9!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145434 62.5.9!14Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145447 62.5.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145460 62.5.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145465 62.5.10!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145485 62.5.11!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145491 62.5.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145499 62.5.11!14Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145502 62.5.11!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145508 62.5.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145516 62.5.12!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145521 62.5.12!13Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
145525 62.5.12!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
145528 62.5.13!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145534 62.5.13!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145536 62.5.13!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
145538 62.5.13!10Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
145549 62.5.14!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145559 62.5.14!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145560 62.5.14!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145570 62.5.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145575 62.5.15!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
145589 62.5.16!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145590 62.5.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145608 62.5.16!17Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
145620 62.5.16!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145626 62.5.17!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145641 62.5.18!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145651 62.5.18!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145660 62.5.18!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145668 62.5.19!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145674 62.5.19!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145677 62.5.19!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145685 62.5.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145706 62.5.20!22Appositive - Appositive
145713 62.5.20!28Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145716 62.5.20!31Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
145742 63.1.1!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145768 63.1.2!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145794 63.1.3!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
145812 63.1.4!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145819 63.1.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145827 63.1.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145842 63.1.6!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145854 63.1.6!12Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145867 63.1.6!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
145870 63.1.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145877 63.1.7!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
145886 63.1.7!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145904 63.1.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145908 63.1.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145919 63.1.9!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145923 63.1.9!15Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
145929 63.1.9!20Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
145930 63.1.9!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145938 63.1.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
145939 63.1.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145944 63.1.10!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
145947 63.1.10!10Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
145956 63.1.10!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
145961 63.1.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145964 63.1.11!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
145965 63.1.11!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
145973 63.1.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145976 63.1.12!4Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
145990 63.1.12!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
145996 63.1.12!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146000 63.1.12!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146020 64.1.1!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146028 64.1.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146038 64.1.2!11Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
146054 64.1.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146055 64.1.3!13Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
146057 64.1.3!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
146059 64.1.4!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146060 64.1.4!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
146063 64.1.4!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
146070 64.1.4!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146079 64.1.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146088 64.1.5!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
146107 64.1.7!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146109 64.1.7!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146112 64.1.7!6Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
146118 64.1.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146122 64.1.8!5Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
146126 64.1.8!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146137 64.1.9!6Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
146140 64.1.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146145 64.1.10!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
146148 64.1.10!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
146152 64.1.10!6Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
146158 64.1.10!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146166 64.1.10!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
146169 64.1.10!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146174 64.1.10!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146178 64.1.10!30Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146193 64.1.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146195 64.1.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146200 64.1.11!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146207 64.1.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146217 64.1.12!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146225 64.1.12!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146228 64.1.12!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146231 64.1.13!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146239 64.1.13!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146248 64.1.14!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146253 64.1.14!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146273 65.1.1!2Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146282 65.1.1!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146292 65.1.2!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146294 65.1.2!3Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
146302 65.1.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146312 65.1.3!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146319 65.1.3!19Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146330 65.1.4!5Appositive - Appositive
146333 65.1.4!8Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
146340 65.1.4!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146349 65.1.4!22Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146359 65.1.5!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146361 65.1.5!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146370 65.1.5!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146366 65.1.5!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
146377 65.1.5!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
146378 65.1.5!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
146383 65.1.5!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
146385 65.1.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146387 65.1.6!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146398 65.1.6!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146402 65.1.6!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146408 65.1.7!1Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146418 65.1.7!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146431 65.1.7!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146437 65.1.8!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
146439 65.1.8!3Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146442 65.1.8!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146446 65.1.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146450 65.1.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146454 65.1.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146456 65.1.9!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146460 65.1.9!6Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
146461 65.1.9!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146466 65.1.9!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146472 65.1.9!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146474 65.1.9!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
146479 65.1.9!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
146483 65.1.10!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146485 65.1.10!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146487 65.1.10!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146491 65.1.10!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
146493 65.1.10!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
146494 65.1.10!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146500 65.1.10!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146508 65.1.11!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146515 65.1.11!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146519 65.1.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146523 65.1.11!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146529 65.1.12!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146532 65.1.12!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146540 65.1.12!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146545 65.1.12!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146552 65.1.12!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146567 65.1.13!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146571 65.1.13!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146578 65.1.14!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
146583 65.1.14!8Appositive - Appositive
146586 65.1.14!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
146622 65.1.16!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146628 65.1.16!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146635 65.1.16!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146646 65.1.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146671 65.1.18!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
146678 65.1.18!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146683 65.1.18!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
146686 65.1.19!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146693 65.1.19!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146697 65.1.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146705 65.1.20!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146709 65.1.20!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146714 65.1.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146715 65.1.21!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146735 65.1.22!5Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
146740 65.1.23!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146753 65.1.23!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146759 65.1.24!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146771 65.1.24!13Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
146830 66.1.1!25DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
146863 66.1.3!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
146867 66.1.3!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146869 66.1.3!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146872 66.1.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
146881 66.1.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
146883 66.1.4!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
146911 66.1.5!5Appositive - Appositive
146929 66.1.5!20Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
146939 66.1.5!30Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
146956 66.1.6!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
146970 66.1.7!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
146971 66.1.7!2Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
146984 66.1.7!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
147000 66.1.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147014 66.1.8!12Appositive - Appositive
147023 66.1.8!20Appositive - Appositive
147026 66.1.9!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147051 66.1.9!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
147062 66.1.10!2Inline annotations -
Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147090 66.1.11!12Appositive - Appositive
147122 66.1.12!11Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
147129 66.1.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147144 66.1.13!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
147147 66.1.14!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147149 66.1.14!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147159 66.1.14!12Appositive - Appositive
147163 66.1.14!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147171 66.1.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147178 66.1.15!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147183 66.1.15!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147198 66.1.16!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
147202 66.1.16!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147206 66.1.16!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147212 66.1.16!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147217 66.1.16!25Inline annotations -
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
147234 66.1.17!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
147246 66.1.17!20Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147249 66.1.17!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147265 66.1.18!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
147266 66.1.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147295 66.1.19!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
147298 66.1.20!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
147317 66.1.20!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147320 66.1.20!21Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147327 66.1.20!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147331 66.1.20!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147335 66.2.1!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147338 66.2.1!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147343 66.2.1!8Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147355 66.2.1!19Appositive - Appositive
147365 66.2.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147402 66.2.3!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147421 66.2.4!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147436 66.2.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147441 66.2.5!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147443 66.2.5!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147463 66.2.6!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147473 66.2.6!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147476 66.2.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147481 66.2.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147487 66.2.7!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
147507 66.2.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147510 66.2.8!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147515 66.2.8!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147530 66.2.9!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
147538 66.2.9!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147547 66.2.9!17Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147560 66.2.10!1Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
147566 66.2.10!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
147597 66.2.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147602 66.2.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147608 66.2.11!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147620 66.2.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147623 66.2.12!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147628 66.2.12!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147643 66.2.13!4Appositive - Appositive
147681 66.2.13!36Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147691 66.2.14!6Appositive - Appositive
147715 66.2.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147729 66.2.16!3Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147731 66.2.16!5Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147748 66.2.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147753 66.2.17!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147759 66.2.17!11Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
147775 66.2.17!25Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
147778 66.2.17!28Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147782 66.2.17!32Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
147790 66.2.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147793 66.2.18!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
147798 66.2.18!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
147805 66.2.18!15Appositive - Appositive
147815 66.2.18!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147822 66.2.19!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
147841 66.2.19!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147860 66.2.20!10Appositive - Appositive
147893 66.2.22!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
147917 66.2.23!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147930 66.2.23!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147947 66.2.24!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
147950 66.2.24!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
147959 66.2.24!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
147982 66.2.25!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
147991 66.2.26!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
147997 66.2.26!8Inline annotations -
DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
148016 66.2.27!8Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148023 66.2.28!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148038 66.2.29!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148043 66.2.29!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148050 66.3.1!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148053 66.3.1!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148058 66.3.1!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148073 66.3.1!23Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
148078 66.3.1!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148084 66.3.1!32Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148101 66.3.2!13Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
148122 66.3.3!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148124 66.3.3!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148135 66.3.3!22Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148162 66.3.4!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148165 66.3.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148167 66.3.5!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148201 66.3.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148206 66.3.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148213 66.3.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148216 66.3.7!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148221 66.3.7!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148226 66.3.7!13Appositive - Appositive
148238 66.3.7!23Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
148244 66.3.7!28Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
148245 66.3.7!29Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
148248 66.3.8!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
148252 66.3.8!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
148260 66.3.8!12Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
148266 66.3.8!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148268 66.3.8!19Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
148272 66.3.8!22Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
148283 66.3.9!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
148291 66.3.9!8Appositive - Appositive
148293 66.3.9!10Inline annotations -
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148294 66.3.9!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148303 66.3.9!18Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
148318 66.3.9!32Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148322 66.3.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148330 66.3.10!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148331 66.3.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148361 66.3.11!7Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
148367 66.3.12!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
148380 66.3.12!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148381 66.3.12!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
148404 66.3.12!35Appositive - Appositive
148425 66.3.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148430 66.3.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148437 66.3.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148440 66.3.14!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148445 66.3.14!9Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148450 66.3.14!13Appositive - Appositive
148465 66.3.15!2Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
148470 66.3.15!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148473 66.3.15!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
148477 66.3.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148479 66.3.15!14Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
148484 66.3.16!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148485 66.3.16!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148487 66.3.16!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
148504 66.3.17!4EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148506 66.3.17!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148509 66.3.17!9Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
148510 66.3.17!10Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
148517 66.3.17!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148565 66.3.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148566 66.3.19!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148578 66.3.20!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
148586 66.3.20!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148587 66.3.20!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148606 66.3.20!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148610 66.3.21!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
148623 66.3.21!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148631 66.3.21!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
148636 66.3.22!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148641 66.3.22!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148647 66.4.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
148652 66.4.1!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
148653 66.4.1!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148660 66.4.1!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148666 66.4.1!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148674 66.4.1!24Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148684 66.4.1!32Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
148692 66.4.2!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
148693 66.4.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148700 66.4.2!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148706 66.4.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148716 66.4.3!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148725 66.4.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148733 66.4.4!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148736 66.4.4!12Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
148746 66.4.4!21Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148754 66.4.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148757 66.4.5!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
148765 66.4.5!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148782 66.4.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148792 66.4.6!11Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148800 66.4.6!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
148809 66.4.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148817 66.4.7!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148824 66.4.7!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148834 66.4.7!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148842 66.4.8!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
148846 66.4.8!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148855 66.4.8!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
148862 66.4.8!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148870 66.4.8!26Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148878 66.4.8!32Appositive - Appositive
148881 66.4.8!34Appositive - Appositive
148891 66.4.9!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
148900 66.4.9!11Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
148906 66.4.9!16Appositive - Appositive
148928 66.4.10!14Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
148947 66.4.11!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
148968 66.4.11!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
148974 66.4.11!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
148992 66.5.1!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149011 66.5.2!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149023 66.5.3!2Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
149025 66.5.3!4Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
149047 66.5.4!5Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
149048 66.5.4!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
149058 66.5.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149062 66.5.5!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
149065 66.5.5!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149068 66.5.5!10Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149078 66.5.5!19Appositive - Appositive
149107 66.5.6!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
149136 66.5.7!4Historical Perfect - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
149147 66.5.8!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
149152 66.5.8!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149182 66.5.9!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
149187 66.5.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149208 66.5.9!26DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
149224 66.5.10!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
149245 66.5.11!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
149267 66.5.12!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149290 66.5.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149318 66.5.13!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149345 66.5.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149350 66.5.14!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149353 66.5.14!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149383 66.6.1!23Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149389 66.6.2!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
149394 66.6.2!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149414 66.6.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
149423 66.6.3!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
149427 66.6.3!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149436 66.6.4!7Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
149451 66.6.4!22Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
149460 66.6.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
149469 66.6.5!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
149473 66.6.5!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149479 66.6.5!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
149484 66.6.5!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149506 66.6.6!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149517 66.6.6!20Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149526 66.6.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
149536 66.6.7!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
149540 66.6.7!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149546 66.6.8!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
149551 66.6.8!8Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
149561 66.6.8!17Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149594 66.6.9!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
149604 66.6.9!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
149626 66.6.10!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149693 66.6.12!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149698 66.6.12!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149707 66.6.12!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149715 66.6.13!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149725 66.6.13!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149730 66.6.13!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149736 66.6.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149739 66.6.14!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149744 66.6.14!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149748 66.6.14!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149755 66.6.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149789 66.6.16!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
149796 66.6.16!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149831 66.7.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
149900 66.7.3!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
149930 66.7.4!7Appositive - Appositive
149942 66.7.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149945 66.7.5!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
149949 66.7.5!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149955 66.7.5!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149961 66.7.6!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149967 66.7.6!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149973 66.7.6!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149979 66.7.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149985 66.7.7!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149991 66.7.7!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
149997 66.7.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150003 66.7.8!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150009 66.7.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150012 66.7.8!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150016 66.7.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
150021 66.7.9!5Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
150026 66.7.9!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150028 66.7.9!11Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
150062 66.7.10!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
150067 66.7.10!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150072 66.7.10!11Appositive - Appositive
150082 66.7.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150089 66.7.11!9Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
150102 66.7.11!21DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
150113 66.7.12!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150115 66.7.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150155 66.7.13!9Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150169 66.7.14!2Historical Perfect - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
150172 66.7.14!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150175 66.7.14!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150182 66.7.14!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150206 66.7.15!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150227 66.7.15!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150255 66.7.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150269 66.7.17!15Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
150285 66.8.1!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
150297 66.8.1!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
150306 66.8.2!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150318 66.8.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150341 66.8.3!24Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
150366 66.8.4!15DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
150371 66.8.5!2Historical Perfect - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
150404 66.8.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150418 66.8.7!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150438 66.8.7!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150445 66.8.7!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150452 66.8.7!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150458 66.8.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150464 66.8.8!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150467 66.8.8!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
150498 66.8.9!15Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150505 66.8.10!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150515 66.8.10!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
150536 66.8.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150555 66.8.11!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150567 66.8.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150595 66.8.12!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150603 66.8.12!35Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
150622 66.8.13!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150644 66.9.1!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150652 66.9.1!9Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
150683 66.9.2!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
150702 66.9.3!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
150770 66.9.5!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150782 66.9.6!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
150801 66.9.6!20Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
150809 66.9.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150820 66.9.7!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
150830 66.9.7!21Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150845 66.9.8!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150848 66.9.8!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150860 66.9.9!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150883 66.9.10!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
150900 66.9.11!5Appositive - Appositive
150905 66.9.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150910 66.9.11!14Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
150913 66.9.11!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
150918 66.9.12!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150924 66.9.12!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
150925 66.9.12!7Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
150929 66.9.12!11Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
150933 66.9.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
150960 66.9.14!5Appositive - Appositive
150965 66.9.14!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
150980 66.9.15!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
151003 66.9.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151018 66.9.17!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151040 66.9.17!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151049 66.9.17!30Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151060 66.9.18!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
151071 66.9.18!11Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
151087 66.9.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151089 66.9.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151103 66.9.19!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151105 66.9.19!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151114 66.9.19!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151120 66.9.20!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151128 66.9.20!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
151167 66.9.20!45Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
151169 66.9.20!47Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
151211 66.10.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151219 66.10.1!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151227 66.10.1!27Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151240 66.10.2!7DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
151266 66.10.3!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151270 66.10.3!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
151282 66.10.4!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
151284 66.10.4!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
151299 66.10.4!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151308 66.10.4!24Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151312 66.10.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151347 66.10.6!11Appositive - Appositive
151372 66.10.6!35Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
151376 66.10.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151401 66.10.7!24Appositive - Appositive
151405 66.10.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151413 66.10.8!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151420 66.10.8!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151454 66.10.9!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
151457 66.10.9!15Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151464 66.10.9!21Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
151469 66.10.9!25Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151497 66.10.10!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
151502 66.10.10!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
151513 66.10.11!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
151516 66.10.11!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151518 66.10.11!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
151539 66.11.1!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151555 66.11.2!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151556 66.11.2!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151567 66.11.2!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151576 66.11.2!19Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151604 66.11.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
151614 66.11.4!11Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
151622 66.11.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151623 66.11.5!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151625 66.11.5!5Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
151628 66.11.5!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151641 66.11.5!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151642 66.11.5!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151645 66.11.5!23Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
151647 66.11.5!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151652 66.11.6!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
151662 66.11.6!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151671 66.11.6!18Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
151693 66.11.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151699 66.11.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151718 66.11.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151737 66.11.8!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151741 66.11.8!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
151744 66.11.9!2Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
151763 66.11.9!20Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151766 66.11.9!23Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
151773 66.11.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151778 66.11.10!7Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
151782 66.11.10!11Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
151785 66.11.10!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151790 66.11.10!17Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
151802 66.11.11!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151808 66.11.11!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151825 66.11.11!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151843 66.11.12!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151851 66.11.12!17DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
151863 66.11.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
151872 66.11.13!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151883 66.11.13!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
151889 66.11.13!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151891 66.11.13!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151902 66.11.14!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151908 66.11.14!6Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
151909 66.11.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151917 66.11.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
151931 66.11.15!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151953 66.11.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
151958 66.11.16!7Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
151978 66.11.17!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
151981 66.11.17!4Appositive - Appositive
151989 66.11.17!9Appositive - Appositive
152006 66.11.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152020 66.11.18!15Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
152028 66.11.18!23Appositive - Appositive
152090 66.12.1!2Cataphoric Focus - An expression that points forward to and highlights something which ‘is about to be expressed.’
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152103 66.12.1!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152111 66.12.1!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152120 66.12.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152125 66.12.2!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152140 66.12.3!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
152152 66.12.3!20Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152160 66.12.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152163 66.12.4!5Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152179 66.12.4!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152190 66.12.4!29Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152228 66.12.6!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152245 66.12.6!17Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152260 66.12.7!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
152273 66.12.7!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152276 66.12.7!22Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
152286 66.12.8!5Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152305 66.12.9!11Appositive - Appositive
152324 66.12.9!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152341 66.12.10!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152369 66.12.10!35Appositive - Appositive
152376 66.12.10!42Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
152381 66.12.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152406 66.12.12!1Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
152438 66.12.12!28Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152443 66.12.13!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152508 66.12.15!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
152513 66.12.15!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152514 66.12.15!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152563 66.12.17!18Appositive - Appositive
152588 66.13.1!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
152599 66.13.1!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152607 66.13.1!22Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152615 66.13.2!2Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152624 66.13.2!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152631 66.13.2!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152655 66.13.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152666 66.13.3!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152671 66.13.3!17Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
152699 66.13.4!16Reported speech. - Reported speech.
152751 66.13.6!19Appositive - Appositive
152752 66.13.6!20Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
152812 66.13.9!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152813 66.13.9!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152818 66.13.10!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152819 66.13.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152825 66.13.10!7Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
152827 66.13.10!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
152828 66.13.10!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152829 66.13.10!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
152832 66.13.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152835 66.13.10!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
152837 66.13.10!17Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
152869 66.13.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152872 66.13.12!5Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
152875 66.13.12!8Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152880 66.13.12!12Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152904 66.13.13!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152909 66.13.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152912 66.13.13!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
152919 66.13.13!16DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
152924 66.13.14!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152981 66.13.15!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
152985 66.13.15!24Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
152989 66.13.15!28Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
152992 66.13.16!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
152995 66.13.16!4Appositive - Appositive
153034 66.13.17!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153057 66.13.18!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
153058 66.13.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153062 66.13.18!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153071 66.13.18!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153073 66.13.18!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153077 66.13.18!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153088 66.14.1!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
153098 66.14.1!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153137 66.14.2!17Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153150 66.14.3!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
153167 66.14.3!18Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
153186 66.14.4!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
153189 66.14.4!4Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
153194 66.14.4!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153198 66.14.4!11Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
153207 66.14.4!19Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
153212 66.14.4!24DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
153220 66.14.5!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153228 66.14.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153265 66.14.7!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153297 66.14.8!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153303 66.14.8!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153311 66.14.8!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153325 66.14.9!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153335 66.14.9!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
153336 66.14.9!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153358 66.14.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153392 66.14.11!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153393 66.14.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153398 66.14.11!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153411 66.14.11!18Postposed thematic subject - When a subject is postposed to the end of its clause (following nominals or adjuncts), it is marked ThS+ (e.g. Lk 1:41 [twice]). Such postposing typically marks as salient the participant who performs the next event in chronological sequence in the story (see Levinsohn 2014).
153430 66.14.12!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
153431 66.14.12!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153437 66.14.12!7Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
153456 66.14.13!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153458 66.14.13!9EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
153462 66.14.13!13Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
153468 66.14.13!18EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
153470 66.14.13!19Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153481 66.14.13!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153483 66.14.13!30Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153493 66.14.14!4Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
153498 66.14.14!8Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
153511 66.14.14!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
153514 66.14.14!23Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
153522 66.14.15!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153532 66.14.15!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
153538 66.14.15!17Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153560 66.14.16!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
153578 66.14.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153596 66.14.18!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153622 66.14.18!25Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153623 66.14.18!26Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
153645 66.14.19!3Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
153692 66.14.20!19DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
153699 66.15.1!3Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
153704 66.15.1!8Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
153708 66.15.1!11Appositive - Appositive
153717 66.15.1!19Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
153764 66.15.3!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
153779 66.15.3!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
153791 66.15.3!25Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
153794 66.15.3!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153820 66.15.4!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
153824 66.15.4!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153834 66.15.4!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153837 66.15.4!27Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
153840 66.15.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
153879 66.15.6!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
153883 66.15.7!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
153900 66.15.7!19Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
153925 66.15.8!17Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
153952 66.16.1!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154002 66.16.3!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154019 66.16.3!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154023 66.16.3!21Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
154029 66.16.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154056 66.16.5!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154069 66.16.5!18Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
154070 66.16.5!19Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
154073 66.16.6!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154080 66.16.6!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154081 66.16.6!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154085 66.16.6!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154094 66.16.7!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154101 66.16.7!10Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
154104 66.16.7!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154112 66.16.8!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154144 66.16.9!13Appositive - Appositive
154148 66.16.9!17Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
154161 66.16.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154214 66.16.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154264 66.16.13!20DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
154297 66.16.14!26Appositive - Appositive
154300 66.16.15!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154316 66.16.15!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154336 66.16.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154353 66.16.17!18DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
154358 66.16.17!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154369 66.16.18!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154371 66.16.18!11Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
154378 66.16.18!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154383 66.16.18!22Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
154399 66.16.19!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154406 66.16.19!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154426 66.16.20!2Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154431 66.16.20!6Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154436 66.16.21!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154444 66.16.21!10DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
154450 66.16.21!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
154461 66.16.21!25Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154466 66.16.21!30Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154552 66.17.4!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154586 66.17.5!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
154593 66.17.5!8Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
154595 66.17.5!9DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
154631 66.17.6!22DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
154640 66.17.7!6Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154644 66.17.7!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154658 66.17.7!22Appositive - Appositive
154668 66.17.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154685 66.17.8!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154723 66.17.9!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
154730 66.17.9!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154733 66.17.9!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154738 66.17.9!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154745 66.17.9!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154749 66.17.10!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154753 66.17.10!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154757 66.17.10!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154763 66.17.10!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
154765 66.17.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154771 66.17.11!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
154779 66.17.11!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154781 66.17.11!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154784 66.17.11!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154790 66.17.11!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154795 66.17.12!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154800 66.17.12!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154806 66.17.12!12Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
154810 66.17.12!15Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154813 66.17.12!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154820 66.17.13!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
154821 66.17.13!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154826 66.17.13!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154831 66.17.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154835 66.17.14!1Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
154836 66.17.14!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154842 66.17.14!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154848 66.17.14!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154851 66.17.14!15Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
154856 66.17.14!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154866 66.17.15!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
154869 66.17.15!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
154879 66.17.15!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154883 66.17.15!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
154889 66.17.16!2Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
154898 66.17.16!10Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
154904 66.17.16!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
154907 66.17.16!18Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
154911 66.17.16!21Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154914 66.17.16!24Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
154917 66.17.16!26Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154922 66.17.17!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154924 66.17.17!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154955 66.17.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
154973 66.18.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
154988 66.18.1!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155003 66.18.2!7Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155033 66.18.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155047 66.18.3!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155056 66.18.3!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155060 66.18.3!27Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155077 66.18.4!9Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155094 66.18.4!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155099 66.18.4!27Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
155104 66.18.5!3Topical Genitive - A genitival constituent that is nominal is preposed within the noun phrase for two purposes: 1) to bring it into focus; 2) within a point of departure, to indicate that it is the genitive in particular which relates to a corresponding constituent of the context.(DFNTG §4.5)
155122 66.18.6!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155135 66.18.6!15Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
155144 66.18.7!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
155150 66.18.7!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155153 66.18.7!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
155158 66.18.7!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155164 66.18.7!19EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
155168 66.18.7!22Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
155169 66.18.7!23Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
155174 66.18.7!27Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
155178 66.18.8!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
155180 66.18.8!3Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155188 66.18.8!10Appositive - Appositive
155195 66.18.8!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155200 66.18.8!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155204 66.18.8!24Appositive - Appositive
155218 66.18.9!11Appositive - Appositive
155221 66.18.9!14Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
155233 66.18.10!1Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155244 66.18.10!11Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155259 66.18.10!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155268 66.18.11!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155272 66.18.11!6Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
155274 66.18.11!8Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
155279 66.18.11!12Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155282 66.18.11!15Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
155284 66.18.11!17Inline annotations -
Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
155359 66.18.14!1Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155360 66.18.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155372 66.18.14!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155384 66.18.14!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155389 66.18.15!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155391 66.18.15!3Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
155393 66.18.15!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
155398 66.18.15!8Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155413 66.18.16!2Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155439 66.18.17!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155447 66.18.17!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155452 66.18.17!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
155460 66.18.17!21Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
155464 66.18.17!24Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155477 66.18.18!10Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155498 66.18.19!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155523 66.18.19!36Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155571 66.18.21!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155572 66.18.21!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155586 66.18.22!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155602 66.18.22!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155614 66.18.22!28Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155624 66.18.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155634 66.18.23!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155646 66.18.23!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155656 66.18.23!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155666 66.18.24!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155668 66.18.24!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155673 66.18.24!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
155681 66.19.1!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
155694 66.19.1!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155696 66.19.1!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155709 66.19.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155743 66.19.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155746 66.19.3!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155749 66.19.3!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155775 66.19.4!16Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
155782 66.19.4!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155787 66.19.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155788 66.19.5!3Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Inline annotations -
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155799 66.19.5!12DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
155809 66.19.5!20Appositive - Appositive
155834 66.19.6!18Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155843 66.19.6!25Appositive - Appositive
155864 66.19.7!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155879 66.19.8!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155881 66.19.8!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155882 66.19.8!12Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155890 66.19.9!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
155893 66.19.9!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155895 66.19.9!5EmbeddedRepSpeech - Embedded reported speech - speech that is reported within a reported speech.
155904 66.19.9!14Embedded DFE - 'Dominant focal elements' embedded within a constituent in P1.
155907 66.19.9!16Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
155910 66.19.9!18Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155911 66.19.9!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155928 66.19.10!10Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
155931 66.19.10!12Reported speech. - Reported speech.
155934 66.19.10!14Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155937 66.19.10!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
155947 66.19.10!26Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155951 66.19.10!29Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155953 66.19.10!31Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155968 66.19.11!7Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
155973 66.19.11!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155983 66.19.11!20Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
155989 66.19.12!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155991 66.19.12!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
155998 66.19.12!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
156009 66.19.12!19Constituent Negation - Negative pro-forms when they are in P2 indicate that the constituent has been negated rather than the clause as a whole.
156022 66.19.13!7Historical Perfect - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
156032 66.19.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156050 66.19.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
156054 66.19.15!6Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
156059 66.19.15!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156066 66.19.15!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156074 66.19.15!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156075 66.19.15!24Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
156086 66.19.15!35Appositive - Appositive
156090 66.19.16!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
156099 66.19.16!11DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
156102 66.19.16!13Appositive - Appositive
156131 66.19.17!22Reported speech. - Reported speech.
156163 66.19.18!22Appositive - Appositive
156206 66.19.20!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156210 66.19.20!10Appositive - Appositive
156233 66.19.20!31Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156248 66.19.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156267 66.19.21!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156302 66.20.2!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
156347 66.20.3!24Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
156351 66.20.3!28Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
156365 66.20.4!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156416 66.20.4!57DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
156419 66.20.5!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156431 66.20.5!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
156449 66.20.6!12Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
156451 66.20.6!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156476 66.20.7!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
156503 66.20.8!13Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
156515 66.20.8!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156555 66.20.10!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156557 66.20.10!4Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
156582 66.20.10!27DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
156600 66.20.11!12Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
156611 66.20.11!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156621 66.20.12!5Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
156633 66.20.12!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156637 66.20.12!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156656 66.20.12!35DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
156672 66.20.13!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156693 66.20.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156705 66.20.14!13Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156712 66.20.14!19Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
156718 66.20.15!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
156719 66.20.15!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156722 66.20.15!6Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
156744 66.21.1!8Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156746 66.21.1!10Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156750 66.21.1!14Embedded Focus+ - A constituent of a phrase or embedded clause preposed for focal prominence.
156752 66.21.1!16Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
156755 66.21.1!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156762 66.21.2!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156766 66.21.2!6Appositive - Appositive
156773 66.21.2!13DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
156794 66.21.3!9Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
156795 66.21.3!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156809 66.21.3!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156810 66.21.3!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156815 66.21.3!27Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156821 66.21.3!33Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
156834 66.21.4!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156840 66.21.4!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156851 66.21.4!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156853 66.21.4!27Verb Focus+ - Verb in final position in clause demonstrates verb focus.
156863 66.21.5!8Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
156864 66.21.5!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156869 66.21.5!13Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
156871 66.21.5!14Reported speech. - Reported speech.
156874 66.21.5!16Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
156877 66.21.5!19Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
156886 66.21.6!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
156887 66.21.6!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156895 66.21.6!12Appositive - Appositive
156902 66.21.6!18Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156912 66.21.6!28DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
156914 66.21.7!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156917 66.21.7!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
156924 66.21.7!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156929 66.21.8!1Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
156931 66.21.8!3Left-Dislocation - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in INITIAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN or a full LEXICAL NOUN PHRASE with the same REFERENCE, e.g. John, I like him/the old chap.”
156948 66.21.8!20Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
156994 66.21.9!25Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157000 66.21.9!30Appositive - Appositive
157010 66.21.10!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
157023 66.21.10!18Appositive - Appositive
157028 66.21.10!23DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
157038 66.21.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157061 66.21.12!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
157068 66.21.12!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157080 66.21.13!1Ambiguous - Marked but ambiguous constituent order.
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157086 66.21.13!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157092 66.21.13!11Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157098 66.21.13!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157104 66.21.14!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157113 66.21.14!10Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
157124 66.21.15!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157130 66.21.15!8DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
157147 66.21.16!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157149 66.21.16!4Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157153 66.21.16!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157172 66.21.16!24Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157181 66.21.16!33Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157189 66.21.17!6DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
157202 66.21.18!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157210 66.21.18!9Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157218 66.21.19!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157224 66.21.19!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157229 66.21.19!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157235 66.21.19!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157239 66.21.19!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157243 66.21.19!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157247 66.21.20!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157251 66.21.20!4Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157255 66.21.20!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157259 66.21.20!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157263 66.21.20!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157267 66.21.20!16Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157271 66.21.20!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157275 66.21.20!22Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157280 66.21.21!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157286 66.21.21!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157297 66.21.21!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157309 66.21.22!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157315 66.21.22!7Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157317 66.21.22!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157322 66.21.22!12Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
157329 66.21.22!17Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
157334 66.21.23!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157337 66.21.23!5Noun Incorporation - Some nominal objects that appear to be in P2 may precede their verb because they have been “incorporated” (Rosen 1989) in the verb phrase. Typically, the phrase consists of an indefinite noun and a “light verb” such as “do, give, have, make, take” (Wikipedia entry on Light Verbs).
157349 66.21.23!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157351 66.21.23!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157358 66.21.23!23Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157374 66.21.24!10Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157378 66.21.24!14Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
157386 66.21.25!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157394 66.21.25!9Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157458 66.22.2!1DFE - Constituents that may be moved from their default position to the end of a proposition to give them focal prominence include verbs, pronominals and objects that follow adjuncts (NonNarr §5.3, DFNTG §3.5). Such constituents, also called ‘dominant focal elements’or DFEs (Heimedinger 1999:167).
157465 66.22.2!7Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
157476 66.22.2!17Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157485 66.22.2!25Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157495 66.22.3!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157496 66.22.3!3Inline annotations -
Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157514 66.22.3!19Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157527 66.22.4!7Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157536 66.22.5!2Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157543 66.22.5!8Futuristic Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
157552 66.22.5!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157571 66.22.6!4Referential PoD+ - Topical prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence (e.g. 1 Th 2:1).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157579 66.22.6!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157584 66.22.6!15Over-encoding - Any instance in which more encoding than the default is employed to refer to an active participant or prop. Over-encoding is used in Greek, as in other languages: to mark the beginning of a narrative unit (e.g. Mt 4:5); and to highlight the action or speech concerned (e.g. Mt 4:7).
157604 66.22.7!2Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
157615 66.22.7!12Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157620 66.22.8!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157626 66.22.8!7Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157629 66.22.8!9Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
Tail-Head linkage - Point of departure involving renewal - Tail-head linkage involves “the repetition in a subordinate clause, at the beginning (the ‘head’) of a new sentence, of at least the main verb of the previous sentence (the tail)” (Dooley & Levinsohn 2001:16).
157644 66.22.8!23Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157647 66.22.9!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
157650 66.22.9!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157653 66.22.9!6Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157656 66.22.9!9Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
157667 66.22.9!20Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157671 66.22.9!23Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157676 66.22.10!2Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
157679 66.22.10!4Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157685 66.22.10!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157689 66.22.10!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157692 66.22.10!16Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157695 66.22.11!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157701 66.22.11!6Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157707 66.22.11!11Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157709 66.22.11!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157714 66.22.11!17Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157720 66.22.12!1Highlighter - Presentatives - Interjections such as ἰδού and ἴδε ‘look!, see!’ typically highlight what immediately follows (Narr §5.4.2, NonNarr §7.7.3).
157725 66.22.12!5Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157734 66.22.12!13Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157737 66.22.12!16Split Focal - The second part of a focal constituent with only the first part in P2 (NonNarr §5.5, DFNTG §4.4).
157739 66.22.13!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157746 66.22.13!7Appositive - Appositive
157752 66.22.13!12Appositive - Appositive
157776 66.22.14!18Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157783 66.22.15!1Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
157805 66.22.16!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157813 66.22.16!9Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157818 66.22.16!13Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157836 66.22.17!2Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157843 66.22.17!8Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157846 66.22.17!10Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157850 66.22.17!13Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157853 66.22.17!15Focus+ - Constituents placed in P2 to give them focal prominence.
157857 66.22.17!18Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157873 66.22.18!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157877 66.22.18!13Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
157878 66.22.18!14Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157892 66.22.18!27Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157898 66.22.19!2Situational PoD - Situational point of departure (e.g. temporal, spatial, conditional―(NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 3:4).
157899 66.22.19!3Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).
157906 66.22.19!10Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157928 66.22.19!30Right-Dislocated - Point of departure - A type of SENTENCE in which one of the CONSTITUENTS appears in FINAL position and its CANONICAL position is filled by a PRONOUN with the same REFERENCE, e.g. ... He’s always late, that chap.
157930 66.22.19!32Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157935 66.22.20!1Historical Present - Highlights not the speech or act to which it refers but the event(s) that follow (DFNTG §12.2).
157938 66.22.20!4Thematic Prominence - Thematic prominence - In Greek, prominence is given to active participants and props who are the current centre of attention (NARR §4.6) by omitting the article (DFNTG §§9.2.3-9.4), by adding αυτος ‘-self’ (e.g. in 1 Th 3:11), by using the proximal demonstrative οὗτος (NARR chap. 9, Appendix 1; e.g. in 3:3), and by postposing the constituent concerned (e.g. Mt 14:29). If such constituents are NOT in postion P1, they are demonstrating topical prominence.
157940 66.22.20!5Reported speech. - Reported speech.
157952 66.22.21!1Referential PoD - Pre-verbal topical subject other referential point of departure (NARR §3.1, NonNarr §4.3, DFNTG §§2.2, 2.8; as in 1 Th 1:6).